Discovery Ls

GE Healthcare
Discovery LS
System Service Manual
OPERATING DOCUMENTATION
2307224-100
Rev 6
GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 2307224-100, REVISION 6 DISCOVERY LS SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL
Page 2
GE HEALTHCARE
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
LANGUAGE
WARNING • This Service Manual is available in English only.
• If a customer's service provider requires a language other than English, it
(EN) is the customer's responsibility to provide translation services.
• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has
been consulted and is understood.
• Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider,
operator, or patient, from electric shock or from mechanical or other
hazards.
警告 • 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN) • 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
• 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形
式的伤害。
VÝSTRAHA • Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.
• V případě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce,
(CS) je zajištění překladu do odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.
• Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní
návod a pochopili jeho obsah.
• V případě nedodržování této výstrahy může dojít k poranění pracovníka
prodejního servisu, obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem
elektrického proudu, respektive vlivem mechanických či jiných rizik.
ADVARSEL • Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.

• Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det
(DA) kundens ansvar at sørge for oversættelse.
• Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret medmindre denne servicemanual har
været konsulteret og er forstået.
• Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund
af elektrisk, mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller
patienten.
WAARSCHUWING • Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar.

• Als het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal vereist, dan is de klant
(NL) verantwoordelijk voor de vertaling ervan.
• Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden voordat deze
onderhoudshandleiding werd geraadpleegd en begrepen is.
• Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het
onderhoudspersoneel, de operator of een patiënt gewond kunnen raken
als gevolg van een elektrische schok, mechanische of andere gevaren.
Important Precautions Page 3

GE HEALTHCARE
HOIATUS • Käesolev teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.

• Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas
(ET) keeles, vastutab klient tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.
• Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt
käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist.
• Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori
või patsiendi vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.
VAROITUS • Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.

• Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä
(FI) materiaalia, tarvittavan käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.
• Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt
tämän huolto-ohjeen.
• Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla
huoltohenkilöstön, laitteiston käyttäjän tai potilaan vahingoittuminen
sähköiskun, mekaanisen vian tai muun vaaratilanteen vuoksi.
ATTENTION • Ce manuel de service n'est disponible qu'en anglais.

• Si le technicien du client a besoin de ce manuel dans une autre langue
(FR) que l'anglais, c'est au client qu'il incombe de le faire traduire.
• Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que le manuel service
n'a pas été consulté et compris
• Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien,
l'opérateur ou le patient des blessures dues à des dangers électriques,
mécaniques ou autres.
WARNUNG • Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in Englischer Sprache.

• Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, ist es
(DE) aufgabe des Kunden für eine Entsprechende Übersetzung zu sorgen.
• Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten,
ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und verstanden zu haben.
• Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungen des
Kundendiensttechnikers, des Bedieners oder des Patienten durch
stromschläge, Mechanische oder Sonstige gefahren kommen.
ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ • Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται στα αγγλικά μόνο.

• Εάν το άτομο παροχής σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε
(EL) γλώσσα εκτός των αγγλικών, αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει
υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.
• Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό εκτός
εαν έχετε συμβουλευτεί και έχετε κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.
• Εαν δε λάβετε υπόψη την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί
τραυματισμός στο άτομο παροχής σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή
από ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς ή άλλους κινδύνους.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS • Ezen karbantartási kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.

• Ha a vevő szolgáltatója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő
(HU) felelőssége a fordítás elkészíttetése.
• Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a karbantartási
kézikönyvben leírtakat nem értelmezték.
• Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szolgáltató, működtető
vagy a beteg áramütés, mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti
sérülését eredményezheti.
Page 4 Important Precautions

GE HEALTHCARE
AÐVÖRUN • Þessi þjónustuhandbók er eingöngu fáanleg á ensku.

• Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en
(IS) ensku, er það skylda viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.
• Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók
hefur verið skoðuð og skilin.
• Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda,
stjórnanda eða sjúklings frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.
AVVERTENZA • Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in inglese.

• Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua
(IT) diversa, il cliente è tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.
• Si proceda alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver
consultato il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto
• Il non rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe far compiere operazioni
da cui derivino lesioni all'addetto, alla manutenzione, all'utilizzatore ed al
paziente per folgorazione elettrica, per urti meccanici od altri rischi.
警告 • このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA) ･サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作
業はその業者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
･このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わな
いでください。
･この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患
者さんが、感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があり
ます。
경고 • 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다 .

(KO) • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를
제공하는 것은 고객의 책임입니다 .
• 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려
고 시도하지 마십시오 .
• 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터
서비스 제공자 , 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다 .
BRDINJUMS • Šī apkalpes rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.
• Ja klienta apkalpes sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā valodā,
(LV) nevis angļu, klienta pienākums ir nodrošināt tulkošanu.
• Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkalpi bez apkalpes rokasgrāmatas izlasīšanas un
saprašanas.
• Šī brīdinājuma neievērošana var radīt elektriskās strāvas trieciena,
mehānisku vai citu risku izraisītu traumu apkalpes sniedzējam,
operatoram vai pacientam.
ĮSPĖJIMAS • Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra prieinamas tik anglų kalba.

• Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų,
(LT) numatyti vertimo paslaugas yra kliento atsakomybė.
• Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, nebent atsižvelgėte į šį
eksploatavimo vadovą ir jį supratote.
• Jei neatkreipsite dėmesio į šį perspėjimą, galimi sužalojimai dėl elektros
šoko, mechaninių ar kitų pavojų paslaugų tiekėjui, operatoriui ar pacientui.

GE HEALTHCARE
ADVARSEL • Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.

• Hvis kundens serviceleverandør trenger et annet språk, er det kundens
(NO) ansvar å sørge for oversettelse.
• Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og
forstått.
• Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at
serviceleverandøren, operatøren eller pasienten skades på grunn av
elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller andre farer.
OSTRZEŻENIE • Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku

angielskim.
(PL) • Jeśli dostawca usług klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski,
zapewnienie usługi tłumaczenia jest obowiązkiem klienta.
• Nie próbować serwisować wyposażenia bez zapoznania się i zrozumienia
niniejszego podręcznika serwisowego.
• Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może spowodować urazy
dostawcy usług, operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia
elektrycznego, zagrożenia mechanicznego bądź innego.
ATENÇÃO • Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.

• Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar estes manuais
(PT) noutro idioma, é da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de
tradução.
• Não tente consertar o equipamento sem ter consultado e
compreendido este manual de assistência técnica.
• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode pôr em perigo a segurança do
técnico, do operador ou do paciente devido a choques elétricos,
mecânicos ou outros.
ATENŢIE • Acest manual de service este disponibil numai în limba engleză.

• Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea
(RO) engleză, este de datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.
• Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi
înţelegerii acestui manual de service.
• Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului,
operatorului sau pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare,
mecanice sau de altă natură.
ОСТОРОЖНО! • Данное руководство по обслуживанию предлагается только на

английском языке.
(RU) • Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на
английском, а на каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует
самостоятельно обеспечить перевод.
• Перед обслуживанием оборудования обязательно обратитесь к
данному руководству и поймите изложенные в нем сведения.
• Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести
к тому, что специалист по обслуживанию, оператор или пациент
получат удар электрическим током, механическую травму или другое
повреждение.

GE HEALTHCARE
UPOZORNENIE • Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.

• Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu,
(SK) poskytnutie prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednos″ou zákazníka.
• Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia skôr, ako si neprečítate návod na
obluhu a neporozumiete mu.
• Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia môže vyústi″ do zranenia poskytovateľa
služieb, obsluhujúcej osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, do
mechanického alebo iného nebezpečenstva.
ATENCION • Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.

• Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que
(ES) no sea el inglés, el cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del
manual.
• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y
comprendido este manual de servicio.
• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor
de servicios, el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por
causas eléctricas, mecánicas o de otra naturaleza.
VARNING • Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.

• Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska
(SV) ansvarar kunden för att tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.
• Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår
den här servicehandboken.
• Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på
serviceteknikern, operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar,
mekaniska faror eller andra faror.
DIKKAT • Bu servis kilavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.

• Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kilavuzu ingilizce dişinda bir başka lisandan
(TR) talep ederse, bunu tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.
• Servis kilavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale etmeyiniz.
• Bu uyariya uyulmamasi, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayi
teknisyen, operatör veya hastanin yaralanmasina yol açabilir.

GE HEALTHCARE
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
Check for damage to property that may have occurred at the site during delivery, such as damage
to floors, door frames or walls. If damage is found, notify the install specialist.
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, have notation
“damage in shipment” written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted
or “signed for” by a General Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or
concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event,
within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A
transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this
14-day period.
To file a report:
• Call 1-800-548-3366 and use option 8.
• Fill out a report on http://us44hdd21/sctq/InstallFulfill/InstalFulfillment.htm
• Contact the local service coordinator for more information on this process.
Rev. Jan. 5, 2005
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Healthcare personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, GE
Healthcare Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and take adequate steps to protect against injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, GE Healthcare
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be
used.

GE HEALTHCARE
IMPORTANT...RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL HANDLING
Only employees formally trained in radioactive materials handling and this equipment are
authorized by the GE Healthcare Radiation Safety Officer to use radioactive materials to service
this equipment.
GE Healthcare Services is required to notify the applicable U.S. state agency PRIOR to any source
service event involving pin source handling. See NUC/PET Radioactive material guides for specific
instruction or contact your EHS Specialist.
A radiation survey must be performed when a pin source has been removed and replaced. See
Radiation Survey Form Instructions or contact your EHS Specialist.
Rev 2 (July 21, 2005)
LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or
Risk of equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to the
Explosion manufacturer’s instructions.
ATTENTION Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a replacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement

Danger avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type recommandé par le constructeur. Mettre au
d’Explosion rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GE Healthcare iTrak process to report all omissions, errors, and
defects in this publication.

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
Revision History
Revision Date Reason for Change
0 10/14/01 First release

1 2/02 CH 2: Safety update;
CH 5: Software install corrections and update;
CH 10: Planned Maintenance update;
CH 11: Wiring Connections update;
App A: System Calibration Quick Guide added
2 Updated Software Load from Cold (LFC)
3 11/19/02 Removed SW LFC Chapter
4 03/27/03 CH 2: Added Emergency Stop warnings
5 06/15/06 Made revisions throughout;
CH 6: Revised to reflect new table design and replaced table wiring diagrams;
App C: Added VQC Theory
Revision History Page 11

GE HEALTHCARE
Revision Date Reason for Change
6 03/07/07 Changed "eNTEGRA" to "Xeleris".

CH 1:
- Updated the manual references in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 on page 33.
- Added new Sections: 1.4 on page 34, Required Skill Set and Tools and 1.5 on page 36,
System Power Lock-Out and Tag-Out (LOTO).
CH 2:
- Updated the manuals referenced in Section 2.1 on page 43.
- Added "C" to PDU in the following Sections:
• 2.2.3.4 on page 48
• 2.7 on page 62
• 2.7.1.1 on page 63
• 2.7.1.3 on page 63
- Added "GOC1" to Section 2.6 on page 61.
- Added "NGPDU" to Section 2.7 on page 62.
CH 3:
- Updated the manuals and systems referenced on page 79.
- Changed "Helios II LightSpeed Plus" to LightSpeed on page 79 and page 82.
- Added explanation about CPDU and NGPDU in Section 3.2.1 on page 80.
- Updated the manuals referenced in Section 3.4 on page 82.
CH 4: Updated the manuals referenced page 103.
CH 7:
- Updated the manuals referenced on page 223.
- Updated the LighSpeed systems referenced in Section 7.1.1 on page 223.
- Updated the manuals referenced in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 on page 226.
CH 8: Removed the "VQC Theory" subheading since no body of information followed.
CH 9:
- Updated manual referenced on page 259.
CH 10:
- Updated manuals referenced on page 263.
- Updated Table 10-1: on page 263 with CPDU and NGPDU P/Ns
- Updated Console Power row in Table 10-3: on page 265.
- Updated High Voltage AC, High Voltage DC, and 120 VA Power rows in Table 10-8: on page
269 and Table 10-9: on page 270.
- Updated manuals referenced in Table 10-11: on page 272 and Table 10-12: on page 273.
- Added new diagrams (Figures 10-2, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 8) in Section 10.3.2 on page 275.
Page 12 Revision History

GE HEALTHCARE
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Preface.................................................................................................................... 33
Section 1.1
Scope of this Manual ....................................................................................... 33
Section 1.2
Manual Set ........................................................................................................ 33
Section 1.3
Referenced Documents ................................................................................... 33
Section 1.4
Required Skill Set and Tools........................................................................... 34
1.4.1 Training Requirements (Skill Set Required) .................................................................... 34
1.4.2 Tools Required ................................................................................................................ 35
Section 1.5
System Lock-Out and Tag-Out (LOTO) .......................................................... 36
1.5.1 Thermal Energy ............................................................................................................... 36
1.5.2 Electrical Energy.............................................................................................................. 37
1.5.2.1 Removing Power from the System................................................................... 37
1.5.2.2 Restoring Power to the System........................................................................ 37
1.5.3 Gantry Rotation (Mechanical and Gravitational Energy) ................................................. 38
1.5.3.1 Disable Gantry Rotation ................................................................................... 38
1.5.3.2 Restore Gantry Rotation .................................................................................. 38
Section 1.6
General Safety Guidelines............................................................................... 39
1.6.1 General Safety Definitions ............................................................................................... 39
1.6.2 IEC Symbols .................................................................................................................... 40
1.6.3 General Hazards.............................................................................................................. 41
1.6.4 General Electrical Hazards .............................................................................................. 41
1.6.5 General Electrical Precautions ........................................................................................ 41
1.6.6 General Unpacking Precautions ...................................................................................... 41
1.6.7 General Installation Safety Measures.............................................................................. 42
Section 1.7
Regulatory Information.................................................................................... 42
1.7.1 Standard Compliance ...................................................................................................... 42
Chapter 2
Discovery LS System Safety Information ........................................................... 43
Section 2.1
CT System Safety ............................................................................................. 43
Section 2.2
Normal CT System Operational Safety........................................................... 43
2.2.1 Potential Hazards ............................................................................................................ 43
Table of Contents Page 13
GE HEALTHCARE
2.2.2 Safety Awareness Indicators........................................................................................... 44

2.2.2.1 Labels .............................................................................................................. 44
2.2.2.2 Lights and Lamps ............................................................................................ 44
2.2.3 Emergency Switches, Buttons and Locks ....................................................................... 45
2.2.3.1 System Emergency Off (E-Off) Switch ............................................................ 45
2.2.3.2 System Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Switches ................................................... 46
2.2.3.3 Table Latch and Tape Switches ...................................................................... 47
2.2.3.4 Compact Power Distribution Cover Lock (CPDU Only) ................................... 48
Section 2.3
CT Equipment Service...................................................................................... 48
2.3.1 CT Gantry........................................................................................................................ 48
2.3.1.1 CT Gantry General .......................................................................................... 48
2.3.1.2 CT Gantry Electrical ........................................................................................ 49
2.3.1.3 Safety Awareness Indicators ........................................................................... 50
2.3.1.4 Service Outlet .................................................................................................. 52
2.3.1.5 Service Switches and Circuit Breakers............................................................ 52
2.3.1.6 Power Pan Circuit Breaker .............................................................................. 54
2.3.1.7 Gantry E-Stop .................................................................................................. 54
2.3.2 CT Mechanical Hazards.................................................................................................. 54
2.3.2.1 Fastener Torque Specifications ....................................................................... 55
2.3.2.2 Rotational Locking Pin ..................................................................................... 57
2.3.2.3 X-Ray Tube Hoist ............................................................................................ 58
2.3.2.4 Front and Rear Cover Dollies .......................................................................... 58
Section 2.4
Chemicals and Materials.................................................................................. 58
2.4.1 Slip-Ring Brush Dust and Debris .................................................................................... 58
2.4.1.1 Cleaning Equipment ........................................................................................ 58
2.4.1.2 Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) ............................................................ 58
2.4.1.3 Recommended Cleaning Procedure ............................................................... 58
2.4.2 Clean-up and Personal Hygiene ..................................................................................... 59
2.4.3 Oils (Tube, Tank and Hydraulic) ..................................................................................... 59
2.4.4 Lead ................................................................................................................................ 59
2.4.5 Heat Sources .................................................................................................................. 59
Section 2.5
Table .................................................................................................................. 60
2.5.1 Electrical Hazards ........................................................................................................... 60
2.5.1.1 Safety Awareness Indicators ........................................................................... 60
2.5.1.2 Service Outlet .................................................................................................. 60
2.5.1.3 Switches .......................................................................................................... 60
2.5.2 Mechanical Hazards........................................................................................................ 61
2.5.3 Chemical Hazards........................................................................................................... 61
Section 2.6
Console (H3 or GOC1)...................................................................................... 61
Section 2.7
Power Distribution Units.................................................................................. 62
2.7.1 Compact Power Distribution Unit (CPDU)....................................................................... 62
2.7.1.1 Hazard Awareness Indicators - CPDU ............................................................ 63
2.7.1.2 Protected Service Outlets - CPDU .................................................................. 63
Page 14 Table of Contents
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.1.3 Circuit Breakers and Switches - CPDU............................................................ 63

2.7.1.4 Mechanical Hazards - None............................................................................. 64
2.7.2 New Global Power Distribution Unit (NGPDU) ................................................................ 64
2.7.2.1 Hazard Awareness Indicators - NGPDU .......................................................... 65
2.7.2.2 Protected Service Outlets - NGPDU ................................................................ 65
2.7.2.3 Circuit Breakers and Switches - NGPDU ......................................................... 66
2.7.3 Mechanical Hazards ........................................................................................................ 66
Section 2.8
PET System Safety........................................................................................... 66
2.8.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 66
2.8.2 Safety Signal Definitions.................................................................................................. 66
2.8.3 Safety Labels ................................................................................................................... 67
2.8.3.1 Electrical Safety Labels.................................................................................... 67
2.8.3.2 Mechanical Motion Labels................................................................................ 71
2.8.4 Laser Related Labels....................................................................................................... 72
2.8.5 Radiation Safety Labels................................................................................................... 73
2.8.6 Thermal Hazard ............................................................................................................... 74
2.8.7 Rating Labels................................................................................................................... 74
Section 2.9
CT-PET System Safety..................................................................................... 74
2.9.1 CT-PET Gantry Safety..................................................................................................... 74
2.9.1.1 Clearance Between Gantries in Service Position............................................. 74
2.9.1.2 Safety Measures While Moving PET Gantry.................................................... 74
2.9.1.3 CT-PET Emergency Stops............................................................................... 75
2.9.2 CT-PET Table Safety....................................................................................................... 76
2.9.2.1 Secondary Base Drive Mechanism Safety (Automated Tables) ...................... 77
2.9.2.2 Table Secondary Base Remote Control Switch Safety (Manual Tables)......... 78
2.9.3 CT-PET Safety Labels ..................................................................................................... 78
Chapter 3
DLS System Functional Description.................................................................... 79
Section 3.1
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 79
Section 3.2
CT Overview and Functionality....................................................................... 79
3.2.1 PDU ................................................................................................................................. 80
3.2.2 Data Acquisition System.................................................................................................. 80
3.2.3 Image Processor.............................................................................................................. 80
3.2.4 Stationary Computer and Axial Board ............................................................................. 80
3.2.5 On-Board Controller......................................................................................................... 80
3.2.6 Axial Drive........................................................................................................................ 80
3.2.7 Slip-Ring Infrastructure .................................................................................................... 81
Section 3.3
PET Overview and Functionality..................................................................... 81
3.3.1 Electronic Cabinet............................................................................................................ 81
3.3.1.1 MAGIC ............................................................................................................. 81
3.3.1.2 SHARC............................................................................................................. 81
GE HEALTHCARE
3.3.1.3 PDU ................................................................................................................. 81

3.3.2 Gantry ............................................................................................................................. 81
3.3.3 Detector Ring .................................................................................................................. 82
3.3.4 PCU................................................................................................................................. 82
3.3.5 Power Switch Box ........................................................................................................... 82
3.3.6 Gantry Motion Control Board Rack ................................................................................. 82
Section 3.4
Electrical Requirements................................................................................... 82
Section 3.5
Patient Table ..................................................................................................... 83
Section 3.6
PET Service Access ......................................................................................... 83
Section 3.7
CT-PET LAN (Local Area Network) ................................................................. 83
3.7.1 LAN Connections for Systems with TurboSHARC.......................................................... 87
Section 3.8
E-Stop Safety .................................................................................................... 89
Section 3.9
Covers................................................................................................................ 89
Section 3.10
System Start-Up................................................................................................ 93
3.10.1 Powering Up the PET Peripherals and Subsystems....................................................... 94
3.10.2 Switching to the PET User Interface Display on the Scan Monitor ................................. 95
Section 3.11
System Shut-Down ........................................................................................... 96
3.11.1 Shutting Down the PET-CT System................................................................................ 96
3.11.2 Switching OFF Power to PET Subsystems and Peripherals........................................... 97
3.11.3 Shutting Down the CT and PET Applications.................................................................. 98
3.11.4 Resetting CT Subsystems............................................................................................. 100
3.11.5 Rebooting PET Subsystems ......................................................................................... 101
Chapter 4
Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics .......................................................... 103
Section 4.1
Service Desktop.............................................................................................. 103
4.1.1 Service Desktop Main Menu ......................................................................................... 104
4.1.2 Service Desktop Functionality....................................................................................... 105
4.1.3 Desktop Management ................................................................................................... 105

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 5
Console ................................................................................................................ 107
Section 5.1
CT-PET Console Functional Description ..................................................... 107
Section 5.2
Console Connections .................................................................................... 109
Chapter 6
Table ..................................................................................................................... 111
Section 6.1
CT-PET Table Functional Description .......................................................... 111
6.1.1 Table Overview.............................................................................................................. 111
6.1.2 Manual Table Functional Description ............................................................................ 111
Section 6.2
Manual Table................................................................................................... 112
6.2.1 Prerequisites.................................................................................................................. 112
6.2.1.1 )Furnished Materials ...................................................................................... 112
6.2.1.2 Required Tools............................................................................................... 112
6.2.2 Before Beginning ........................................................................................................... 113
6.2.3 Pre-Mechanical Installation............................................................................................ 113
6.2.4 Mechanical Installation .................................................................................................. 114
6.2.4.1 Remove the Table Covers ............................................................................. 114
6.2.4.2 Remove the Base Cover Brackets ................................................................. 118
6.2.4.3 Install the Mechanical Stop Assembly............................................................ 121
6.2.5 Remove the Manual Control Hardware ......................................................................... 122
6.2.5.1 Remove the KB Box....................................................................................... 122
6.2.5.2 Unfasten and Remove the Cables ................................................................. 123
6.2.5.3 Unfasten and Remove the KB Box ................................................................ 123
6.2.5.4 Remove the Pedal Assembly ......................................................................... 124
6.2.5.5 Remove the PET and CT Position Switches and Switch Rail ........................ 124
6.2.5.6 Remove the Switch Rail ................................................................................. 125
6.2.5.7 Disconnect and Discard the CT-PET Positions Cable (P/N 2318721)........... 126
6.2.5.8 Remove the Cable Harness (P/N 2271256) from the Table .......................... 127
6.2.5.9 Remove the INTF SW and CL CONT I Cable (P/N 2309066) from the Table 128
6.2.5.10 Remove the Motor Clutch Assembly (P/N 2309067) ..................................... 129
6.2.5.11 Assemble and Attach the Spreader Bar Assembly ........................................ 130
6.2.6 Install the Automated Base Hardware ........................................................................... 132
6.2.6.1 Drill and Tap the Right Secondary Base Rail................................................. 132
6.2.6.2 Determine the Right Secondary Base Rail Revision...................................... 133
6.2.6.3 Attach the CT Template and Drill the Hole(s) ................................................ 134
6.2.6.4 Determine the PET Detent Location .............................................................. 136
6.2.6.5 Attach the PET Template and Drill the Standard PET Detent Holes ............. 137
6.2.6.6 Fasten PET Detent Offset Template (P/N 2371258) to Revision 3 Rail......... 139
6.2.6.7 Fasten the PET Detent Offset Template to the Revision 0, 1 or 2 Rail.......... 140
6.2.6.8 Drill a New Set of PET Detent Holes 10mm Closer to the CT Detent............ 141
6.2.6.9 Drill a New Set of PET Detent Holes 20 mm Closer to the CT Detent........... 141
6.2.6.10 Install the New Clutch Motor Assembly.......................................................... 142
GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.11 Install the Table Bulkhead (If Necessary) ...................................................... 143

6.2.6.12 Install the Base Axis Motor I Cable (P/N 2323724) ....................................... 144
6.2.6.13 Install the Clutch Control I Cable (P/N 2340390)........................................... 145
6.2.6.14 Install Clutch Driver Unit (P/N 2340282)........................................................ 146
6.2.6.15 Install the Clutch Driver Unit Power Cable (P/N 2338088) ............................ 147
6.2.6.16 Attach the Ground Wire (P/N 2338084) to the Clutch Driver Unit ................. 148
6.2.6.17 Replace the ETC Interface Board.................................................................. 149
6.2.6.18 Install the Base CMD Adapter Cable (P/N 2338086) .................................... 150
6.2.6.19 Install the CT-PET Position Optical Sensor (P/N 2350570) .......................... 151
6.2.6.20 Install the Base Driver Enable Ribbon Cable (P/N 2340386) ........................ 152
6.2.6.21 Install Base CMD Adapter (P/N 2304737) ..................................................... 155
6.2.6.22 Attach Flanges (P/N 2320158) to the Secondary Base ................................. 157
6.2.6.23 Attach Clutch Motor Cables ........................................................................... 159
6.2.6.24 Reassemble the Secondary Base Drive Belt................................................. 161
6.2.6.25 Set the Table Position Pot ............................................................................. 164
6.2.6.26 Attach the CT-PET Position Latch Mounting Plate ........................................ 165
6.2.6.27 Install the PET-CT Position Latch Assembly ................................................. 166
6.2.6.28 Install the CT and PET Detent/Flag Assemblies ........................................... 168
6.2.6.29 If a PET Plug Is Required .............................................................................. 169
6.2.6.30 If a CT Plug Is Required ................................................................................ 170
6.2.6.31 Install the CT Detent and Flag Assembly ...................................................... 171
6.2.6.32 Install the PET Detent and Flag Assembly .................................................... 172
6.2.6.33 Assemble and Install PET Detent Adjuster.................................................... 173
6.2.6.34 Shim the PET Detent Assembly .................................................................... 174
6.2.6.35 Install Optical Sensor (P/N 2350570) ............................................................ 177
6.2.6.36 Align the Flag Plates to the Optical Sensor ................................................... 179
6.2.6.37 Install the Table Latch ................................................................................... 180
6.2.6.38 Adjust the Table Latch ................................................................................... 182
6.2.6.39 Install the New Characterization Bracket....................................................... 185
6.2.6.40 Install the Top Cover Brackets ...................................................................... 186
6.2.6.41 Install the Fourth Top Cover Bracket ............................................................. 187
6.2.6.42 Dress the Rest of the Cables and Close the ETC ......................................... 187
6.2.6.43 Install the Cosmetic Cradle Caps .................................................................. 188
6.2.7 Install Table Secondary Base Covers ........................................................................... 189
6.2.7.1 Automated Table Cover Components ........................................................... 189
6.2.7.2 Table Cover and Bracket Task List ............................................................... 190
6.2.7.3 Install the Roller Cover Assembly.................................................................. 191
6.2.7.4 Attach the Roller Cover Guides to the Secondary Base Side Rails .............. 191
6.2.7.5 Attach the Cover Bracket to the Secondary Base ......................................... 193
6.2.7.6 Reposition the Ground Bus Bar ..................................................................... 194
6.2.7.7 Attach Canister Brackets to Head End of the Secondary Base..................... 195
6.2.7.8 Attach the Drip Trough to the Roller Canister Assembly ............................... 196
6.2.7.9 Attach the Roller Cover Canister to the Secondary Base.............................. 197
6.2.7.10 Install the Idler Roller and Align it to the Roller Cover Guides....................... 198
6.2.7.11 Fasten the Side Skirts to the Secondary Base .............................................. 201
6.2.7.12 Attach the Interface Cover Between the DLS Table and Gantry ................... 203
6.2.7.13 Fasten the Rear Covers to the Secondary Base ........................................... 204
6.2.7.14 Attach the Top Cap Assembly to the Secondary Base.................................. 205
6.2.7.15 Attach the Back Cap to the Foot End of the Secondary Base ....................... 206
6.2.8 Finish the Mechanical Installation ................................................................................. 208
6.2.9 Completion .................................................................................................................... 210
GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.10 Manual Table Wiring...................................................................................................... 213

Section 6.3
Troubleshooting Tips..................................................................................... 215
6.3.1 Potentiometer Counts Differ .......................................................................................... 215
6.3.1.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 215
6.3.1.2 Probable Causes and Suggestions................................................................ 215
6.3.2 CT-PET Position Latch Solenoid Fails to Engage ......................................................... 216
6.3.2.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.3 Table Base or Cradle Unlatches.................................................................................... 216
6.3.3.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.4 Delta Z Not in Spec........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.4.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.5 Clutch Engages - Motor Does Not Spin......................................................................... 216
6.3.5.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.6 Motor Spins - Clutch Does Not Engage......................................................................... 216
6.3.6.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 216
6.3.7 Gantry Does Not Run System Light Tests..................................................................... 217
6.3.7.1 Symptom ........................................................................................................ 217
Section 6.4
Procedures and Adjustments ....................................................................... 217
Section 6.5
Replacement Procedures .............................................................................. 217
6.5.1 Replacing the Secondary Base Timing Belt .................................................................. 217
6.5.2 Replacing the Secondary Base Front Pulley ................................................................. 218
6.5.3 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor ........................................................................... 219
6.5.4 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor Coupling ............................................................ 221
6.5.5 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor Clutch ................................................................ 221
Chapter 7
Gantry ................................................................................................................... 223
Section 7.1
CT-PET Gantry Functional Description........................................................ 223
7.1.1 Mechanical Description.................................................................................................. 223
7.1.2 PET Gantry Field Upgrade Modifications ...................................................................... 223
7.1.2.1 Gantry Transport Mechanism......................................................................... 224
7.1.2.2 Gantry-Table Cable Routing .......................................................................... 225
7.1.2.3 Gantry Covers ................................................................................................ 225
7.1.2.4 Moving the PET Gantry to Service Position ................................................... 225
7.1.2.5 System Calibration ......................................................................................... 225
7.1.3 Electrical Description ..................................................................................................... 226

GE HEALTHCARE
Section 7.2
CT Gantry Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) .................................................. 226
Section 7.3
CT Gantry Replacement Procedures ............................................................ 226
Section 7.4
PET Gantry Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) ................................................ 226
Section 7.5
PET Gantry Replacement Procedures .......................................................... 227
7.5.1 PET Gantry Drive Mechanism Replacement (P/N 2290248) ........................................ 227
7.5.2 Gantry Cables or Retractor Replacement ..................................................................... 231
7.5.2.1 Replacing the External Retractor or its Cables.............................................. 233
7.5.2.2 Replacing the Internal Retractor or its Cables ............................................... 236
7.5.3 Connecting External PET Cables & New CT-PET Cables to New A36-1, A36-2, A37-1
Panels 239
7.5.4 Replacement of the Short Positioning Pin (P/N 2287052) ............................................ 240
Section 7.6
Procedures and Adjustments........................................................................ 241
7.6.1 Removing the Covers for PET Gantry Service Movement............................................ 241
7.6.2 Activating the Driving Mechanism ................................................................................. 241
Chapter 8
System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests ................................................. 243
Section 8.1
System QC....................................................................................................... 243
8.1.1 CT-PET Volumetric Calibration and Quality Control Procedure (VQC) ........................ 243
8.1.1.1 Initial Table Alignment ................................................................................... 243
8.1.1.2 Reset the Software Alignment Parameters ................................................... 244
8.1.1.3 Positioning the VCQ Phantom ....................................................................... 244
8.1.1.4 Scanning and Reconstructing the VQC Phantom ......................................... 245
8.1.1.5 VQC Processing and Software Realignment................................................. 248
8.1.1.6 Mechanical Alignment Table ......................................................................... 251
8.1.1.7 Options .......................................................................................................... 252
8.1.2 Table and Gantry Alignment Procedure........................................................................ 252
8.1.2.1 .Aligning the Table ......................................................................................... 252
8.1.2.2 Gantry Alignment Prerequisites ..................................................................... 253
8.1.2.3 Preparing the Gantry for Adjustment ............................................................. 254
8.1.2.4 Aligning the Gantry ........................................................................................ 256
Chapter 9
Planned Maintenance (PM)................................................................................. 259
Section 9.1
Maintenance of Mechanical Components .................................................... 259
9.1.1 Lubrication of PET Gantry Driving Mechanism ............................................................. 260
9.1.1.1 Overview of Maintenance and Lubrication Procedure ................................... 260
9.1.1.2 Quantity and Frequency of Lubrication.......................................................... 260

GE HEALTHCARE
9.1.1.3 Lubrication Kit ................................................................................................ 260

9.1.1.4 Greasing the PET Gantry Linear Bearings..................................................... 261
9.1.1.5 Greasing the High Load Rollers Linear Guide ............................................... 261
9.1.1.6 Greasing the Secondary Base Linear Bearings ............................................. 261
9.1.2 Checking the Timing Belts Adjustments and Tightness................................................. 261
Section 9.2
Maintenance of Cables and Connectors ...................................................... 262
Chapter 10
Electrical Connections........................................................................................ 263
Section 10.1
Power and Data Cables Checklist................................................................. 263
10.1.1 CT Electronics Cabinet .................................................................................................. 263
10.1.2 PET Electronics Cabinet................................................................................................ 264
10.1.3 Discovery LS Console ................................................................................................... 265
10.1.4 Table Retractor Cables.................................................................................................. 266
10.1.4.1 Manual Table Retractor Cables ..................................................................... 266
10.1.4.2 Automated and Extended Table Retractor Cables......................................... 267
10.1.5 Secondary Base Cables ................................................................................................ 268
10.1.5.1 Manual Table Secondary Base Cables.......................................................... 268
10.1.5.2 Automated and Extended Table Secondary Base Cables ............................. 268
10.1.6 CT Gantry Cables .......................................................................................................... 269
10.1.6.1 CT Gantry Cables – Manual Table................................................................. 269
10.1.6.2 CT Gantry Cables – Automated and Extended Table.................................... 270
Section 10.2
PET Gantry...................................................................................................... 271
Section 10.3
Wiring Diagrams............................................................................................. 272
10.3.1 Grounding Connections ................................................................................................. 272
10.3.1.1 Manual Table Grounding Connections........................................................... 272
10.3.1.2 Automated and Extended Table Grounding Connections.............................. 273
10.3.2 CT Cable Connections................................................................................................... 275
10.3.3 PET Cable Connections ................................................................................................ 283
Section 10.4
E-Stop Wiring.................................................................................................. 285
Chapter 11
Replacement Parts .............................................................................................. 287
Section 11.1
PET Gantry...................................................................................................... 287
Section 11.2
Table ................................................................................................................ 294
11.2.1 Secondary Base Covers ................................................................................................ 294
11.2.2 Secondary Base Components ....................................................................................... 295
11.2.3 Table Retractor Components......................................................................................... 301
GE HEALTHCARE
11.2.4 Secondary Base Cables................................................................................................ 302

Section 11.3
Covers.............................................................................................................. 303
11.3.1 Cover Sections and Components ................................................................................. 304
Section 11.4
Brackets for the Covers - Required Parts .................................................... 309
11.4.1 Brackets ........................................................................................................................ 309
11.4.2 Accessories................................................................................................................... 310
Section 11.5
Assembling the Covers.................................................................................. 310
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................. 311
Section 12.1
System Software Operation Issues............................................................... 311
Section 12.2
Manual Table Operation Issues..................................................................... 316
12.2.1 Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage................................................................................ 317
12.2.2 Base Axis Does Not Move ............................................................................................ 318
12.2.3 Base Axis Moves Constantly......................................................................................... 319
12.2.4 Base Axis Moves in One Direction Only ....................................................................... 319
12.2.5 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the Limit Switch and Collides with Mechanical Stopper... 319
12.2.6 Base Axis Stops at Limit Switch, But Workstation Displays Message: Move Table to CT
Position 319
Section 12.3
Automated Table Operation Issues .............................................................. 322
12.3.3 Base Axis Movement Malfunction ................................................................................. 328
12.3.4 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the PET or CT Positions .................................................. 328
12.3.5 Digits Disappear from Gantry Display ........................................................................... 328
Section 12.4
Extended Cradle Table Operation Issues..................................................... 330
12.4.3 Base Axis Movement Malfunction ................................................................................. 337
12.4.4 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the PET or CT Positions .................................................. 337
12.4.5 Digits Disappear from Gantry Display ........................................................................... 337
Section 12.5
CT-PET Communication Difficulties Due to NULL Modem Cable .............. 338
Appendix A -
Illustrated Parts Breakdown............................................................................... 339

GE HEALTHCARE
Section A.1
System Drawings ........................................................................................... 339
Section A.2
Part Lists ......................................................................................................... 342
A.2.1 Gantry and Cables......................................................................................................... 342
A.2.2 Base Casting ................................................................................................................. 342
A.2.3 Legs ............................................................................................................................... 343
A.2.4 Linear Bearings.............................................................................................................. 343
A.2.5 Driving Mechanism ........................................................................................................ 345
A.2.6 Cabling........................................................................................................................... 346
Appendix B -
System Calibration Quick Guide........................................................................ 347
Section B.1
Daily Calibrations ........................................................................................... 348
Section B.2
Weekly Calibrations ....................................................................................... 350
Section B.3
Three Monthly Calibrations ........................................................................... 355

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
List of Figures
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Figure 1-1: A1 Disconnect Panel with LOTO Applied ...........................................................................................37
Figure 1-2: Gantry Rotational Lock .......................................................................................................................38
Figure 1-3: Gantry Rotation Lock Out ...................................................................................................................38
Discovery LS System Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Figure 2-1: Laser Light Warning and Regulatory Compliance Labels ..................................................................44
Figure 2-2: X-ray Icon ...........................................................................................................................................44
Figure 2-3: Gantry Display (Front) and X-ray On Icon ..........................................................................................44
Figure 2-4: Operator Console and Gantry X-ray Exposure Warning Lights .........................................................45
Figure 2-5: Gantry E-Stop Button .........................................................................................................................46
Figure 2-6: Gantry E-Stop Reset Button ...............................................................................................................46
Figure 2-7: Console E-Stop Button .......................................................................................................................46
Figure 2-8: Table Tape Switches ..........................................................................................................................47
Figure 2-9: Cradle Latch Button ...........................................................................................................................47
Figure 2-10: CPDU Lock ........................................................................................................................................48
Figure 2-11: Gantry Slip-Ring Platter Cover ...........................................................................................................49
Figure 2-12: Gantry Electrical Hazard Labels .........................................................................................................50
Figure 2-13: Gantry E-Stop and Service Outlets (Right Side of Gantry) ................................................................52
Figure 2-14: Location of STC Service Switches (Shown in Off Position) and LEDs ..............................................53
Figure 2-15: Power Pan Circuit Breaker .................................................................................................................54
Figure 2-16: Rotational Lock Assembly ..................................................................................................................57
Figure 2-17: Rotational Lock Assembly Operation .................................................................................................57
Figure 2-18: Table Service Outlet and Safety Switches .........................................................................................60
Figure 2-19: Table Switches ...................................................................................................................................60
Figure 2-20: Table Touch Sensor Jumpered Out ...................................................................................................61
Figure 2-21: H3 Console On/Off Power Switch (Front Cover Removed) ...............................................................61
Figure 2-22: CPDU Front and Rear (Exposed View) ..............................................................................................62
Figure 2-23: CPDU Power Lamp (CPDU Top Cover Opened and Latched) ..........................................................63
Figure 2-24: CPDU Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................................................63
Figure 2-25: Auxiliary Gantry Power Switch (CPDU Rear) .....................................................................................64
Figure 2-26: NGPDU Front and Rear (Exposed View) ...........................................................................................64
Figure 2-27: NGPDU Power Lamp .........................................................................................................................65
Figure 2-28: NGPDU Circuit Breakers ....................................................................................................................65
Figure 2-29: CT Gantry E-Stop ...............................................................................................................................75
Figure 2-30: PET Gantry E-Stop ............................................................................................................................76
Figure 2-31: Secondary Base Drive Mechanism ....................................................................................................77
DLS System Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Figure 3-1: Discovery LS System .........................................................................................................................79
Figure 3-2: Patient Table ......................................................................................................................................83
Figure 3-3: Original CT and PET Network ............................................................................................................84
Figure 3-4: Integrated CT and PET Networks (Option 1) .....................................................................................85
Figure 3-5: Integrated CT and PET Networks (Option 2) .....................................................................................86
Figure 3-6: LAN Connections for Systems with Turbo SHARC ............................................................................87
Figure 3-7: Turbo SHARC Cabinet Selections .....................................................................................................88
Figure 3-8: RS232 PET Connection with Turbo SHARC ......................................................................................89
Figure 3-9: Electrical Block Diagram ....................................................................................................................90
Figure 3-10: Data Flow / Control Block Diagram ....................................................................................................91
LIst of Figures Page 25

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-11: Grounding Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 92
Figure 3-12: PDU Circuit Breaker Switches ........................................................................................................... 94
Figure 3-13: Image Monitor Screen Showing PET and Exam Rx Icons on Desktop Selection Area ..................... 95
Figure 3-14: Desktop Selection Area Showing Shut-Down Button ........................................................................ 96
Figure 3-15: CT Computer ..................................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 3-16: PET Computer ................................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 3-17: PDU Circuit Breaker Switches ........................................................................................................... 98
Figure 3-18: Desktop Selection Area Showing Service Button .............................................................................. 98
Figure 3-19: Service Desktop Showing Utilities/Tools Menu ................................................................................. 99
Figure 3-20: CT Service Desktop ......................................................................................................................... 100
Figure 3-21: System Reset Screen ...................................................................................................................... 100
Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Figure 4-1: Service Desktop Icon ....................................................................................................................... 103
Figure 4-2: Service Desktop Home Page .......................................................................................................... 103
Figure 4-3: Utilities Area and Menu ................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 4-4: Systems Reset ................................................................................................................................ 106
Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Figure 5-1: Locations of Console Components (H2 Shown) .............................................................................. 108
Figure 5-2: Key Console Components (H2 Shown) ........................................................................................... 108
Figure 5-3: Console Block Diagram (H2 Shown) ............................................................................................... 109
Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 6-1: Remove Metal Covers from the Secondary Base ........................................................................... 114
Figure 6-2: Remove Secondary Base Front Roll-up Cover ............................................................................... 114
Figure 6-3: Remove the Table Side Covers ....................................................................................................... 115
Figure 6-4: Remove the Side Elevator Covers .................................................................................................. 116
Figure 6-5: Remove the ETC Cover .................................................................................................................. 117
Figure 6-6: Remove the Middle Support Bar and Bracket ................................................................................. 117
Figure 6-7: Table Elevator/Tilt Drive Assembly .................................................................................................. 118
Figure 6-8: Remove Cover Brackets from ETC chassis .................................................................................... 118
Figure 6-9: Characterization Calibration Bracket ............................................................................................... 119
Figure 6-10: Calibration Bar with Tab .................................................................................................................. 119
Figure 6-11: Remove the Tab from the Calibration Bar ....................................................................................... 120
Figure 6-12: Front and Rear Mechanical Stops ................................................................................................... 121
Figure 6-13: Mechanical Stop Bracket (In Rear Stop Location) ........................................................................... 122
Figure 6-14: KB Box and Clutch Motor Assembly ................................................................................................ 123
Figure 6-15: Remove Pedal from Table Rail ........................................................................................................ 124
Figure 6-16: PET Position Switches (Shown with Pedal Assembly Attached to Rail) ......................................... 124
Figure 6-17: CT Position Switch .......................................................................................................................... 125
Figure 6-18: Cut Wires to Remove Switches and Cables .................................................................................... 125
Figure 6-19: ETC Board Locations ...................................................................................................................... 126
Figure 6-20: Old J8 Signal Harness ..................................................................................................................... 127
Figure 6-21: Disconnect J7 .................................................................................................................................. 128
Figure 6-22: Mark the Secondary Base Drive Belt ............................................................................................... 129
Figure 6-23: Disassemble Secondary Base Positioning Belt ............................................................................... 129
Figure 6-24: Secondary Base Spreader Bar with Side Pieces ............................................................................ 130
Figure 6-25: Secondary Base Spreader Bar Clamped into Place ........................................................................ 131
Figure 6-26: Support Casting with Wood ............................................................................................................. 131
Figure 6-27: Remove Old Motor Clutch Assembly from Table Base ................................................................... 132
Page 26 List of Figures

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 6-28: Determine the Right Secondary Base Rail Revision ........................................................................133
Figure 6-29: CT Drill Template Hole Labels (Viewed from the Rail Exterior) .......................................................134
Figure 6-30: Finish Tapping the "A" Holes ...........................................................................................................134
Figure 6-31: Fasten CT Drill Template to Right Rail Exterior ...............................................................................135
Figure 6-32: PET Drill Template ...........................................................................................................................137
Figure 6-33: PET Drill Template (Exterior View) ..................................................................................................138
Figure 6-34: Fasten PET Detent Offset Template to Revision 3 Rail ...................................................................139
Figure 6-35: Fasten PET Detent Offset Template to Revision 0, 1 or 2 Rail ........................................................140
Figure 6-36: Use M5 Washers as Stand-Offs .......................................................................................................140
Figure 6-37: 10 mm Offset Drill Holes ..................................................................................................................141
Figure 6-38: 20 mm Offset Drill Holes ..................................................................................................................142
Figure 6-39: Support the Clutch Motor Assembly with Wood ...............................................................................142
Figure 6-40: Install Table Bulkhead Bracket, P/N 2309772 ..................................................................................143
Figure 6-41: J5 Location on Cradle Tilt/Elevation Driver PCB ..............................................................................144
Figure 6-42: Rear View of Table Bulkhead ...........................................................................................................145
Figure 6-43: Install Clutch Driver Unit ...................................................................................................................146
Figure 6-44: Clutch Driver Unit .............................................................................................................................146
Figure 6-45: Filter Before Upgrade .......................................................................................................................147
Figure 6-46: Dual Connectors on P/N 2338088 ...................................................................................................147
Figure 6-47: Filter Connection to (Short) ETC ASM Side of Filter ........................................................................148
Figure 6-48: Attach Ground Wire to Ground Bar ..................................................................................................148
Figure 6-49: ETC Interface Board ........................................................................................................................149
Figure 6-50: Route P/N 2338086 Under ETC Board ............................................................................................150
Figure 6-51: Cable P/N 2338086 CT-PET Position Latch Connection .................................................................150
Figure 6-52: Trim Insulation from P/N 2350570 Connector ..................................................................................151
Figure 6-53: Route Optical Sensor Across ETC Board ........................................................................................151
Figure 6-54: Tie Off Old ETC I/F J8 Connector ....................................................................................................152
Figure 6-55: Disconnect ETC Cables ...................................................................................................................152
Figure 6-56: Attach New Ribbon Cable to ETC I/F J4 ..........................................................................................153
Figure 6-57: Connect New Cable to J24 ..............................................................................................................153
Figure 6-58: Connect New Ribbon Cable to Existing Ribbon Cable ....................................................................154
Figure 6-59: Connect Existing Signal Harness to New Ribbon Cable in J24 .......................................................154
Figure 6-60: CMD Connector, P/N 2304737 ........................................................................................................155
Figure 6-61: ETC Board and ETC I/F ...................................................................................................................155
Figure 6-62: Attach Existing Signal Harness to J1 on CMD Adapter ...................................................................156
Figure 6-63: Attach the CMD Adaptor to ETC I/F J7 ............................................................................................156
Figure 6-64: Attach Base CMD Adapter Cable to the J2 of CMD Adapter ...........................................................157
Figure 6-65: Left Cover Flange with Adhesive Tie-Wrap Mounts .........................................................................158
Figure 6-66: Attach Adhesive Mounts to Front of Table Rail ................................................................................159
Figure 6-67: Clutch Motor Cables .........................................................................................................................159
Figure 6-68: Route Clutch Motor Cables Beneath Front of Table ........................................................................160
Figure 6-69: Base Potentiometer E Cable, P/N 2323729 .....................................................................................161
Figure 6-70: Loosen Set Screws on Clutch Motor Pulley .....................................................................................161
Figure 6-71: Drive Belt Fastener Plate .................................................................................................................162
Figure 6-72: Drive Belt Idler Pulley .......................................................................................................................162
Figure 6-73: Reassemble the Drive Belt ...............................................................................................................163
Figure 6-74: Pot Pulley and Clutch Motor Pulley Set Screws ...............................................................................164
Figure 6-75: Linear Bearing Block ........................................................................................................................165
Figure 6-76: Determine Hardware Size ................................................................................................................165
Figure 6-77: CT-PET Mounting Plate in Correct Orientation ................................................................................166
Figure 6-78: CT-PET Position Latch Assembly, P/N 2340721 .............................................................................166
Figure 6-79: CT-PET Latch in Position .................................................................................................................167
Figure 6-80: CT and PET Detent/Flag Assembly Locations .................................................................................168
Figure 6-81: Revisions 0, 1, and 2 Right Rails .....................................................................................................169
Figure 6-82: PET Plug (Shown from Table Interior) .............................................................................................169
Figure 6-83: Revisions 0, 1, and 2 Right Rails .....................................................................................................170
List of Figures Page 27

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 6-84: CT Plug ............................................................................................................................................ 170
Figure 6-85: CT Detent/Flag Assembly ................................................................................................................ 171
Figure 6-86: PET Detent/Flag Assembly ............................................................................................................. 172
Figure 6-87: Adjust PET Detent for Recorded Distance Between Scan Planes .................................................. 173
Figure 6-88: PET Detent Adjuster, P/N 2332092 ................................................................................................. 173
Figure 6-89: PET Detent Adjuster Fastened into Place ....................................................................................... 174
Figure 6-90: Check Relationship between Roller Arm and Pin Out of Detent ..................................................... 175
Figure 6-91: Check the Relationship between the Roller Arm and Pin on the Detent ......................................... 175
Figure 6-92: Check Relationship between Roller Arm and Pin in the Detent ...................................................... 176
Figure 6-93: Fasten Optical Sensor with One Screw ........................................................................................... 177
Figure 6-94: Swing the Optical Sensor into Place ............................................................................................... 177
Figure 6-95: Align the Optical Sensor to the Flag ................................................................................................ 178
Figure 6-96: Mark the Flag ................................................................................................................................... 179
Figure 6-97: Center the Flag ................................................................................................................................ 179
Figure 6-98: Table Latch Assembly ..................................................................................................................... 180
Figure 6-99: Adjust the Set Screw for 90 Degrees .............................................................................................. 180
Figure 6-100: Fasten Service Latch to Table Rail with Three Sets of M5 Hardware ............................................. 181
Figure 6-101: Adjust CT Position Assembly to Clear Table Latch Arm ................................................................. 182
Figure 6-102: Correctly Adjusted Position Latch Arm ............................................................................................ 182
Figure 6-103: Reposition the Solenoid ................................................................................................................... 183
Figure 6-104: Check Latch Clearance in "Energized" Position .............................................................................. 183
Figure 6-105: Adjust the Solenoid Spring .............................................................................................................. 184
Figure 6-106: Latch in Service Position ................................................................................................................. 184
Figure 6-107: New Characterization Bracket ......................................................................................................... 185
Figure 6-108: Install Three Top Cover Brackets .................................................................................................... 186
Figure 6-109: Install Top Cover Bracket, P/N 233371 ........................................................................................... 187
Figure 6-110: Install Ten Cosmetic Cradle Caps, P/N 46-221523P10 .................................................................. 188
Figure 6-111: Automated Table Covers ................................................................................................................. 189
Figure 6-112: Secondary Base Covers .................................................................................................................. 190
Figure 6-113: Assemble the Roller Cover Guides ................................................................................................. 191
Figure 6-114: Secondary Base Side Rail Slot Locations ....................................................................................... 192
Figure 6-115: Fasten Roller Cover Guides into Place ........................................................................................... 192
Figure 6-116: Install the Roller Cover Bracket ....................................................................................................... 193
Figure 6-117: Roller Cover Bracket, P/N 2332803 ................................................................................................ 193
Figure 6-118: Align Cover Bracket with Cover Guide ............................................................................................ 194
Figure 6-119: Reposition the Ground Bus Bar ....................................................................................................... 194
Figure 6-120: Canister Bracket Assembly (with and without Canister) .................................................................. 195
Figure 6-121: Attach Drip Trough, P/N 2333438 ................................................................................................... 196
Figure 6-122: Roller Canister in Place (P/N 2331848) ........................................................................................... 197
Figure 6-123: Inset Idler Roller (P/N 2331418) into Slot in Table Base ................................................................. 198
Figure 6-124: M4 Hardware Holds Idler Roller in Place ......................................................................................... 198
Figure 6-125: Align Idler Roller to Roller Cover Guides ......................................................................................... 199
Figure 6-126: Use a Screwdriver to Pull Cover Out of Canister ............................................................................ 199
Figure 6-127: Check Cover Clearances ................................................................................................................. 200
Figure 6-128: Side Cover - Back View to Show Guide Pins .................................................................................. 201
Figure 6-129: Side Covers - Exploded View .......................................................................................................... 202
Figure 6-130: Secondary Base with Side Covers and Roller Cover Open ............................................................ 203
Figure 6-131: Interface Cover ................................................................................................................................ 203
Figure 6-132: Square the Table Top Cover ........................................................................................................... 204
Figure 6-133: Top Cover Fastened into Place ....................................................................................................... 204
Figure 6-134: Table Top Cap Assembly (P/N 2320161) ........................................................................................ 205
Figure 6-135: Attach the Back Cover Brackets to the Secondary Base ................................................................ 206
Figure 6-136: Back Cap (P/N2320164) Rear View w/ Profile Bracket ................................................................... 207
Figure 6-137: Attach Back Cap to Motor Base ...................................................................................................... 208
Figure 6-138: ME 1.5 Table Block Diagram ........................................................................................................... 209
Figure 6-139: Gantry Keypad ................................................................................................................................. 210

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 6-140: Hardware Configuration Panel .........................................................................................................211
Figure 6-141: Final PET and CT Flag Adjustment ..................................................................................................212
Figure 6-142: Adjust PET Flag ...............................................................................................................................213
Figure 6-143: 2328900-2SCH ................................................................................................................................213
Figure 6-144: 2338513SCH ....................................................................................................................................214
Figure 6-145: Clutch Motor and Base Position Potentiometer ...............................................................................215
Figure 6-146: Front Pulley ......................................................................................................................................217
Figure 6-147: Timing Belt Clamp ............................................................................................................................218
Figure 6-148: Secondary Base Motor - General View ............................................................................................219
Figure 6-149: Motor - View 2 ..................................................................................................................................219
Figure 6-150: Motor Assembly and Coupling Removed .........................................................................................220
Figure 6-151: Motor Showing Groove and Set Screw ............................................................................................220
Figure 6-152: Clutch Plates ....................................................................................................................................221
Gantry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Figure 7-1: Gantry Transport Mechanism ...........................................................................................................224
Figure 7-2: Table Retractors ...............................................................................................................................225
Figure 7-3: PET Gantry Drive Mechanism ..........................................................................................................227
Figure 7-4: Driving Mechanism – Internal Assembly ..........................................................................................227
Figure 7-5: PET Gantry Drive Mechanism Sub-Assemblies (View 1) ................................................................228
Figure 7-7: Driving Mechanism – External Assembly .........................................................................................230
Figure 7-9: Retractor Assembly ..........................................................................................................................231
Figure 7-10: Retractors Mechanical Connection (General View 1) ......................................................................232
Figure 7-11: Retractors Mechanical Connection (General View 2) ......................................................................232
Figure 7-12: External Retractor Cables Cross Section .........................................................................................233
Figure 7-13: Placing Cable Inside Retractor .........................................................................................................234
Figure 7-14: External Retractor Connected to Legs Crossbeam ..........................................................................235
Figure 7-15: External Retractor and Cables .........................................................................................................235
Figure 7-16: Internal Retractor Cables .................................................................................................................236
Figure 7-17: External and Internal Retractors Connected to Legs Crossbeam ....................................................238
Figure 7-18: Internal Retractor and Cables ..........................................................................................................238
Figure 7-19: External Cables Connections to A36-1 and A37-1 Brackets ............................................................239
Figure 7-20: Power Cable Connections to A36-2 Bracket ....................................................................................239
Figure 7-21: Replacing the Short Positioning Pin #1 ............................................................................................240
Figure 7-22: Replacing the Short Positioning Pin #2 ............................................................................................240
Figure 7-23: Removing Covers - Illustration 1 ......................................................................................................241
System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Figure 8-1: VQC Phantom ..................................................................................................................................244
Figure 8-2: Exam Rx Desktop ............................................................................................................................245
Figure 8-3: New Patient Icon ..............................................................................................................................245
Figure 8-4: Patient Information Screen ...............................................................................................................246
Figure 8-5: Selecting the Protocol ......................................................................................................................247
Figure 8-6: Initial Volumetric QC Panel ..............................................................................................................248
Figure 8-7: Images Database Navigator .............................................................................................................248
Figure 8-8: Images Database Navigator Showing Image Sets List ....................................................................249
Figure 8-9: Image Alignment Table ....................................................................................................................249
Figure 8-10: VQC Results Report - Mechanical Calibration .................................................................................251
Figure 8-11: PET Positioning Block Adjustment ...................................................................................................253
Figure 8-12: Driving Assembly Holding Bracket ...................................................................................................253
Figure 8-13: High-Load Rollers ............................................................................................................................254

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 8-14: Linear Bearing Assembly Adjuster Screws and Baseplate Screws ................................................. 254
Figure 8-15: Securing Screws on Rollers ............................................................................................................ 255
Figure 8-16: Adjuster Locking Rings .................................................................................................................... 255
Figure 8-17: Spherical Washers .......................................................................................................................... 256
Figure 8-18: Mechanical Stoppers Adjustment Screws ....................................................................................... 257
Planned Maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Figure 9-1: Greasing the Linear Bearings .......................................................................................................... 261
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Figure 10-1: Discovery LS Grounding Connections (Manual and Automated Tables) ........................................ 274
Figure 10-2: CT System with H2 Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables) ........................................................... 275
Figure 10-3: CT System with GOC1 & CPDU Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables) ....................................... 276
Figure 10-4: CT System with GOC1 & NGPDU Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables) .................................... 277
Figure 10-5: Discovery LS CT Cables (Manual Tables) ...................................................................................... 278
Figure 10-6: CT System with H2 Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables) ...................................................... 279
Figure 10-7: CT System with GOC 1 & CPDU Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables) ................................. 280
Figure 10-8: CT System with GOC1 & NGPDU Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables) ............................... 281
Figure 10-9: Discovery LS CT Cables (Automated Tables) ................................................................................. 282
Figure 10-10: PET System Interconnections ......................................................................................................... 283
Figure 10-11: PET System Power Interconnections .............................................................................................. 284
Figure 10-12: PET E-Stop Wiring .......................................................................................................................... 285
Figure 10-13: CT E-Stop Wiring ............................................................................................................................. 286
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Figure 11-1: Gantry Rear View ............................................................................................................................ 287
Figure 11-2: Base Plate and Rollers .................................................................................................................... 289
Figure 11-3: Linear Bearing Assembly and Adjusters .......................................................................................... 290
Figure 11-4: Positioning Pin ................................................................................................................................. 291
Figure 11-5: PET Gantry Retractor Assembly (Schematic Illustration Only) ....................................................... 292
Figure 11-6: Secondary Base Covers .................................................................................................................. 294
Figure 11-7: Secondary Base Components (1) ................................................................................................... 295
Figure 11-11: Table Retractor Components .......................................................................................................... 301
Figure 11-12: Discovery LS Covers – General View ............................................................................................. 303
Figure 11-13: Gantry Covers – Front/Side View .................................................................................................... 304
Figure 11-14: Gantry Covers – Side View ............................................................................................................. 305
Figure 11-15: Front View Showing Control Keys, Front Display and Breathing Lights .......................................... 306
Figure 11-16: Left and Right E-Stop Buttons and Source Indicators ..................................................................... 307
Figure 11-17: Rear E-Stop Button and Source Indicator ....................................................................................... 307
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Figure 12-1: KB Box Driver Board Fuses ............................................................................................................. 318
Figure 12-2: Discovery LS - Base Axis Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................... 320
Figure 12-3: Discovery LS CT Cables ................................................................................................................. 321
Figure 12-4: Clutch Driver Unit (CDU) ................................................................................................................. 323
Figure 12-5: Troubleshooting for Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage (Automated Tables) .................................. 324
Figure 12-6: Solenoid, Locking Mechanism and CT Position Latch .................................................................... 325

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 12-7: Secondary Base Internal Wiring Diagram ........................................................................................326
Figure 12-8: Troubleshooting for Base Axis Movement (Automated Tables) .......................................................327
Figure 12-9: Discovery LS CT Cables (Automated Tables) .................................................................................329
Figure 12-10: Troubleshooting for Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage ...................................................................331
Figure 12-11: Cradle Drive Unit ..............................................................................................................................332
Figure 12-12: Troubleshooting for Base Axis Does Not Move ...............................................................................333
Figure 12-13: Solenoid, Locking Mechanism and CT Position Latch .....................................................................334
Figure 12-14: Base Axis Schematics (Extended Cradle Table) .............................................................................335
Figure 12-15: Cradle Axis Schematics (Extended Cradle Table) ...........................................................................336
Illustrated Parts Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Figure A-1: Discovery LS Gantry Assembly Drawing #1 ....................................................................................339
Figure A-2: Discovery LS Gantry Assembly Drawing #2 ....................................................................................340
Figure A-3: Discovery LS Linear Bearing Assembly and Adjuster Assembly .....................................................340
System Calibration Quick Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 1 - Preface
1.1 Scope of this Manual
The manual provides installation and service information for the Discovery LS PET-CT imaging
system and contains the following chapters:
• Chapter 1 - Preface
• Chapter 2 - System Safety Information
• Chapter 3 - System Functional Description
• Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools, Diagnostics
• Chapter 5 - Software Installation and Configuration
• Chapter 6 - Console
• Chapter 7 - Table
• Chapter 8 - Gantry
• Chapter 9 - System QC and Functional Tests
• Chapter 10 - Planned Maintenance
• Chapter 11 - Electrical Connections
• Chapter 12 - Replacement Parts
• Chapter 13 - Troubleshooting
• Appendix A - System Drawings
• Appendix B - System Calibration Quick Guide
• Appendix C - VQC Theory
1.2 Manual Set
The following manuals explain how to install, operate, and service the system:
Manual Direction #
Discovery LS PET-CT Operator's Guide 2288677-100
Discovery LS System Site Preparation Manual 2317947-100

Discovery LS System Installation Manual 2317946-100
Discovery LS System Service Manual (this document) 2307224-100
1.3 Referenced Documents

The Discovery LS system combines components from two GE systems, the LightSpeed Plus,
LightSpeed Ultra, or LightSpeed 16 CT Scanner and the PET Advance Imaging System.
Information relating to the service of these two systems can be found in the following documents:
For the CT components:
For general CT service information, refer to one of the following appropriate manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X System Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2330551-200 (for 4 and 8-slice MDAS
Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2353846-200 (for 16-slice MDAS
Systems)
Chapter 1 - Preface Page 33

GE HEALTHCARE
For field replacement units for the CT components, refer to one of these manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2243316-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2296442-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2341961-100 (for 16-sice MDAS Systems)
For electrical diagrams for the CT components, refer to one of these manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2243317-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2296441-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2341962-100 (for 16-slice MDAS Systems)
For CT planned maintenance, refer to the CT Planned Maintenance Procedures CD-ROM,
Direction 5112972-200.
For the PET components:
• For general PET service information, refer to Advance PET Imaging System Service Manual,
Direction 2100507.
• For PET component FRUs, refer to the PET Advance NXi System Illustrated Parts List, Direction
2286765-100.
• For PET repair procedures, refer to the Advance PET Imaging Repair Procedures, Direction
2100323.
• For PET planned maintenance, refer to the PET Advance Imaging System Planned Maintenance
Manual, Direction, 2240409-100.
1.4 Required Skill Set and Tools
1.4.1 Training Requirements (Skill Set Required)
NOTICE All mechanical installers must meet these minimum requirements.

Only people trained and experienced in the service process of a GE PET Discovery scanner should
perform the work described in this document. All training records will be kept and verified in My
Learning.
PERSONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT:

• Safety shoes*
• LOTO kit* -- Must have approved GE LOTO kit
• Safety glasses*
• Leather gloves
• Hearing protection*
• Knee pads
• 6 or 8 ft. step ladders
* Required items
Page 34 Chapter 1 - Preface

GE HEALTHCARE
1.4.2 Tools Required
Table 1-1 lists the tools recommended for the DLS installation, but not supplied by GE.
Table 1-1: : Recommended Installation Tools
Description Quantity
Standard Field Engineer’s Tool Kit 1
May need the additional tools listed below:
Adjustable Pin Spanner 1
Square Drive Socket Set 1
Metal Ruler (metric) 1
Vise Grip Locking Pliers/Wrench 1
Diagonal Cutting Pliers 1
Multipurpose Flat Nose Pliers 1
Long Nose Pliers 1
Cordless Drill 1
Hammer Drill 1
Hex Key Set (metric) 1
T-Handle Hex Key Set (metric) 1
Combination Wrench Set (metric) 1
Premium Adjustable Wrench 1
High Visibility Urethane Dead Blow Hammer 1
Polymer Replaceable-Face Hammer 1
Engineer's Hammer 1
Scribe 1
Ratchet for a 1/2 in. Drive 1
1-1/8 in. Socket for a 1/2 in. Drive 1
14 mm Hex Socket for a 1/2 in. Drive (May be shipped with system.) 1
19 mm Hex Socket for a 1/2 in. Drive 1
1-1/4 in. Open-End Wrench 1
Torque Wrench Set 1
Vacuum with Dry Wall Dust Filters and Funnel Tip 1

GE HEALTHCARE
1.5 System Lock-Out and Tag-Out (LOTO)
Please follow the current LOTO procedures at the installation site. The instructions that follow are
general. This manual assumes anyone working on the system is trained to safely LOTO the system
at the A1 panel, according to the current standards and criteria.
DANGER POSSIBLE ELECTRIC SHOCK WHILE SERVICING HARDWARE WITH

POWER ON. EQUIPMENT SERVICE CAN ONLY BE PERFORMED SAFELY
WITH THE MAIN POWER "DISCONNECT" LOCKED OUT AND TAGGED OUT.
DANGER CRUSH HAZARD. UNEXPECTED GANTRY ROTATION CAN CAUSE SERIOUS

INJURY. NEVER SERVICE THE GANTRY WITH THE AXIAL DRIVE ENABLED.
USE THE GANTRY ROTATION LOCK TO LOCK OUT AND TAG OUT GANTRY
ROTATION. SEE SAFETY MENU OF SERVICE DOCUMENT GUI FOR
APPROPRIATE PROCEDURES.
Follow these general rules:
• Only qualified service personnel trained in the service and operation of this scanner should
perform any service on this equipment.
• Equipment fuses, switches and circuit breakers are for fire and equipment protection only.
Do not rely on them to provide protection against electrical shock or un-commanded
equipment motion.
• Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) is required and must be worn when performing
service on this equipment. Always use PPE when working with hazardous chemicals or
materials.
The service switches and circuit breakers described hereafter are not to be relied on as personal
protection devices. They do not replace LOTO of main power to ensure personal safety. Switches
and breakers are intended to only inhibit particular system functions and equipment operation. They
do not eliminate or remove the electrical or mechanical hazards that exist. Because hardware can
fail and defeat the functionality of these devices, only LOTO ensures protection from unintentional
gantry rotation and electrocution.
The following are the LOTO safety procedures relating to Thermal, Electrical, Mechanical and
Gravity energy in the system. Be familiar with these procedures as they are referenced in the
service procedures when appropriate.
1.5.1 Thermal Energy

When working on the CT gantry system hardware after the system was scanning, it may be
necessary to wait for up to 60 minutes for the x-ray tube and heat exchanger to cool down before
touching them. A more specific cooling period for performing service on the tube is found in the x-
ray tube service procedures.

GE HEALTHCARE
1.5.2 Electrical Energy
1.5.2.1 Removing Power from the System
1.) To prepare for shutdown of the equipment, notify affected personnel working in the area, via
verbal communication, that LOTO is being performed.
2.) Bring the system software down at the Operator console.
3.) After software shutdown is complete, place the console power switch in the Off position.
4.) Turn off power at the system A1 Panel or Main Disconnect Panel. Make sure that all personnel
servicing the system place their personal LOTO devices (lock and tag) on the A1 Panel or Main
Disconnect Panel as shown in Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-1: A1 Disconnect Panel with LOTO Applied
Note: The electrical panel may look different, but the process is the same. The handle of the electrical
panel will have a means of locking it in place after the handle is placed in the Off position.
5.) Wait 5 minutes for any stored energy in capacitors to dissipate.
6.) Verify that all energy was dissipated as follows:
• Take the top and front cover off the PDU.
• Measure incoming system power at TS1 (for NGPDU) or the Input Power Panel (for CPDU).
• Measure each phase to ground and verify zero potential.
7.) Service/repair the CT system per service instructions.
1.5.2.2 Restoring Power to the System
1.) Notify affected personnel that equipment will be re-energized and LOTO devices removed.
2.) Make sure all service personnel remove their personal LOTO devices from the A1 Panel or
Main Disconnect Panel.
3.) Re-apply power to the PDU cabinet.
4.) Reset the Gantry drives by pushing the reset button on any of the control panels.
5.) Bring the system software back up.

GE HEALTHCARE
1.5.3 Gantry Rotation (Mechanical and Gravitational Energy)
1.5.3.1 Disable Gantry Rotation
1.) Remove the right side gantry cover and place in a safe location.
2.) Disable the Axial Drive from the STC Backplane.
3.) Engage the Gantry rotational lock (shown in Figure 1-2) by turning the handle in a clockwise
direction until the Gantry no longer moves.
Figure 1-2: Gantry Rotational Lock
Handle
Shown Unlocked
Note: The locked handle is shown in Figure 1-3 without LOTO devices since there is no place to attach
them.
Figure 1-3: Gantry Rotation Lock Out
Shown Locked
4.) Remove power from the system as described in Section 1.5.2.1 on page 37.
1.5.3.2 Restore Gantry Rotation
1.) Verify all test equipment is removed from the Gantry and all components are installed and
torqued per service procedures.
2.) Notify affected personnel that equipment will be re-energized and LOTO devices removed.
3.) Remove Gantry LOTO tag, and disengage the Gantry rotational lock by turning the handle in
a counterclockwise direction.
4.) Restore power to the system as described in Section 1.5.2.2 on page 37.
5.) Enable the Axial Drive.

GE HEALTHCARE
1.6 General Safety Guidelines
1.) The system was designed and manufactured to ensure maximum safety of operation. The
equipment should be serviced in strict compliance with the safety precautions, warnings and
operating instructions contained in this System Service Manual.
2.) The product should be installed, maintained and serviced only by qualified service personnel
according to procedures laid down in this manual. The owner should make certain that only
properly trained, fully qualified service engineers are authorized to service the equipment.
3.) The system was designed to meet all the safety requirements applicable to medical
equipment. However, anyone attempting to operate the system must be fully aware of potential
safety hazards.
4.) The system in whole or in part should not be modified in any way without prior written approval
from GE.
5.) No changes, additions or removal of any system accessories are permitted without prior
written approval of vendor’s local service manager.
6.) Do not leave the system with problems that may affect the safety of its operation. In case you
have doubts concerning the system's safe operation, call the service office for further
instructions and notify the customer that the system is not to be used until the problem is
resolved.
7.) The service engineer must be well acquainted with the Safety chapter of the Discovery LS
Operator Guide, P.N. 2288677-100.
8.) Safe servicing requires that the field engineer has a thorough knowledge of all equipment
controls and safety devices.
9.) The product must be maintained according to the procedures described in the Planned
Maintenance procedure of this equipment.
10.) Care must be taken when handling liquids around the system in the course of maintenance
procedures.
11.) Smoking should be prohibited around the equipment.
12.) The system should be cleaned regularity to prevent the accumulation of dust, and the working
area should be well ventilated.
13.) The maximum allowable ambient temperature is 27oC. The ideal environment for the system
is 24oC and 40% - 60% relative humidity.
14.) Inform the customer about vendor’s maintenance procedure and schedule the next Planned
Maintenance.
15.) Use only correct and proper tools when servicing the system.
1.6.1 General Safety Definitions
Warnings and Cautions are used throughout this manual. The identified hazards are classified as
follows:
DANGER DANGER IS USED TO IDENTIFY CONDITIONS OR ACTIONS FOR WHICH A

SPECIFIC HAZARD IS KNOWN TO EXIST, WHICH WILL CAUSE SEVERE
PERSONAL INJURY OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE IF THE
INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.

GE HEALTHCARE
WARNING WARNINGS ARE USED TO IDENTIFY CONDITIONS OR ACTIONS FOR WHICH A SPECIFIC
HAZARD IS KNOWN TO EXIST, WHICH MAY CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY, DEATH
OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.
CAUTION Cautions are used to identify conditions or actions for which a potential hazard may exist,
which will or can cause minor personal injury or property damage if the instructions are
ignored.
1.6.2 IEC Symbols

The system may have labels with one or more of the following symbols. These symbols indicate the
IEC standards to which the system conforms.
Symbol IEC Standard
Alternating Current
Protective Earthing Point
ON / Power
OFF / Power OFF
Input Power
Output Power
Functional Earth Ground
Warning, Caution - consult accompanying documents
Electrical Shock Hazard

GE HEALTHCARE
1.6.3 General Hazards
Some repair/replacement procedures require the removal of protective covers, exposing parts at
high temperatures or with pinch points. Read the safety/warning labels and follow the instructions
in this System Service Manual to prevent burns or injuries.
1.6.4 General Electrical Hazards
WARNING THE INTERNAL CIRCUITS OF THE CAMERA USE HIGH VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING
SERIOUS INJURY, OR EVEN ENDANGERING LIFE AS A RESULT OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
1.) Do not remove, or open, system covers or plugs, while the unit is powered ON. Some internal
circuits operate at high voltage, capable of causing severe electric shock and/or serious injury.
2.) Most servicing procedures direct you to remove power from the system. This is done using the
Circuit Breaker.
3.) If a procedure requires that power be maintained, you should disconnect or restrict access to
all Hand-Held Controllers and the Acquisition Computer to prevent unexpected movement of
the Gantry, Detectors or Table.
4.) You must be watchful for any short circuits in the system. This is especially important if any
fuse is blown, or there are circuit breakers that will not reset.
CAUTION Conductive fluids that seep into the active circuit components of the system may cause
short circuits, resulting in electrical fires.
1.6.5 General Electrical Precautions

1.) Verify with hospital engineering department that the designated power line is stable. If any
doubt, connect a line recorder for 24 hours at least.
2.) When assembling, replacing system cards, always work with an Electro-Static Discharge
(ESD) kit.
3.) Floors with epoxy glue generate static discharges.
Advise hospital and use special spray to avoid discharge.
4.) The camera should be connected to the mains and grounded according to the instructions
given in the Site Preparation Manual.
5.) Verify a resistance of 0.1 Ohm between the Mains Ground and the Power Supply Main
Ground.
1.6.6 General Unpacking Precautions
1.) No single person will unpack the units.
2.) Unpack the imaging system according to the given instructions.
3.) While unpacking, follow the standard safety procedures.
4.) Unpack the system units in the specified order.
5.) Use a fork lift or a crane capable of lifting more than the maximum weight of the heaviest unit
(see Weights of Shipped Units in the camera Installation Manual.
6.) Do not unpack the system on a rainy day, unless under a roof.
7.) Verify that all packages are empty after the unpacking process.
8.) Place all boards with protruding nails and hazardous metal pieces in a secluded area.

GE HEALTHCARE
1.6.7 General Installation Safety Measures
1.) Read the installation instructions prior to installation.
2.) Make sure that the installation area is clean prior to installation.
3.) During installation, use anti-static equipment to prevent static shock hazards to the system.
1.7 Regulatory Information
1.7.1 Standard Compliance
This product constitutes a Class IIb Medical device. The system complies with the following
standards:
IEC 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment General Requirements for Safety. It is classified as
Class II Type B equipment, Mode of Operation: Continuous.
This equipment generates and can radiate radio frequency energy. The equipment may cause radio
frequency interference to other medical and non-medical devices and to radio communications. To
provide reasonable protection against such interference, the Discovery LS system uses shielded
and grounded interconnect cables. If Discovery LS operation causes interference, follow these
suggestions to decrease or halt RF interferences:
• Re-orient or relocate the affected devices.
• Increase the distance between the equipment and the affected device.
• Provide a separate power source to the affected device.
• Consult sales or service representative of the affected device for further suggestions.
The manufacturer takes no responsibility for any interference caused by the use of non-
recommended interconnect cables or by unauthorized change or modifications to the Discovery LS
equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications may void the users’ authority to operate the
equipment.
To comply with the regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class II Type B Medical
Device, all interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use
of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency
interference in violation of the local regulations.
Note: Do not use devices that intentionally transmit RF signals (cellular phones, transceivers, or radio-
controlled products) in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause performance outside the
published specifications. Keep the power to these types of devices turned off when near this
equipment.
The medical staff in charge of this equipment are required to instruct technicians, patients, and
other people, who may be around this equipment, to fully comply with the above requirement.

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2 - Discovery LS System Safety Information
2.1 CT System Safety

Note: The service procedures for components described in this section can be found in the following:
• LightSpeed 2.X System Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100 (for 4-slice SDAS
Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2330551-200 (for 4 and 8-slice
MDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2353846-200 (for
16-slice MDAS Systems)
The CT component of the Discovery LS system is the LightSpeed Plus, LightSpeed Ultra or
LightSpeed 16. The system features a scanning capability of two revolutions per second. When
servicing this new product, the safety of patients, operators and service personnel must be a
foremost consideration.
The CT is designed to be safely operated only when all system covers are in place. Removal of a
cover for any reason defeats the protection they provide, and potentially exposes patients and
operators to hazards. If any of the covers should become damaged, contact your local GE Sales or
Service representative immediately for replacement or repair. Only qualified service personnel
trained in the service and operation of this scanner should remove any cover or service this
equipment.
Safety features were incorporated into the design for everyone’s protection. Equipment covers
remain the primary means of protection to patients, operators and service personnel. Secondary
protection covers are also employed to protect service personnel.
2.2 Normal CT System Operational Safety

This section describes operational safety (when the system covers are all in place).
2.2.1 Potential Hazards

Two potential hazards exist during the operation of this equipment, unless proper safety
precautions are followed:
• X-Rays: Radiation generated during a patient or service scan.
• Laser Alignment Lights: Eye damage from looking directly into the alignment light beam for
an extended period of time.
To prevent injury from these potential hazards, the following precautions must be taken:
• Provide proper radiation training and shielding for operators and service personnel.
• Check that the scan room is clear prior to scanning.
• Instruct patients and operators to refrain from looking directly into the patient alignment
beams.
Chapter 2 - Discovery LS System Safety Information Page 43

GE HEALTHCARE
2.2.2 Safety Awareness Indicators
Numerous indicators are employed in the Discovery LS system to promote safety awareness.
2.2.2.1 Labels
Figure 2-1: Laser Light Warning and Regulatory Compliance Labels
Figure 2-2: X-ray Icon
2.2.2.2 Lights and Lamps

Gantry and Console X-Ray On Indicator Lamps
Both the gantry and the console have x-ray indicator displays. The system does not have an audible
x-ray ON indicator, nor is it required by FDA. The visual indicator is illuminated when x-ray is
generated. The X-ray On icon, located on the gantry’s front cover display, is shown in Figure 2-3.
The same icon is on the gantry’s rear cover display.
X-ray On Indicator
Figure 2-3: Gantry Display (Front) and X-ray On Icon
Page 44 Chapter 2 - Discovery LS System Safety Information

GE HEALTHCARE
Refer to Figure 2-4. A backlit x-ray On indicator is located on the SCIM. It illuminates when x-ray is
present.
X-ray On Indicator
Figure 2-4: Operator Console and Gantry X-ray Exposure Warning Lights
Room Warning Light

If a room warning light was installed and connected to the CT system correctly, the room warning
light will illuminate whenever X-rays are present, by default. The room warning light can also be
configured to illuminate whenever high voltage is present.
See the Discovery LS System Installation Manual, Direction 2317946-100 for wiring and
configuration details.
2.2.3 Emergency Switches, Buttons and Locks
WARNING ACTIVATION OF THE CT E-OFF (EMERGENCY OFF) DOES NOT STOP MOVEMENT OR
SHUTDOWN POWER TO THE PET MOTION CONTROL SUBASSEMBLY OF THE DLS
SYSTEM. ONLY THE E-STOP (EMERGENCY STOP) BUTTON, LOCATED INSIDE THE PET
GANTRY COVERS, WILL STOP THE PET MOTION CONTROL SUBSYSTEM IMMEDIATELY
AND SHUT DOWN POWER TO THE MOTION CONTROL.
2.2.3.1 System Emergency Off (E-Off) Switch
The E-Off switch removes all power to a CT system immediately. If for any reason the operator
needs to remove all power supplied to the CT system at the main distribution panel, the E-Off
switches should be employed. Using this switch except in the case of an emergency could cause
damage to hardware. Typically, one or more E-Off switches are located in or near the operator
console or gantry. Know their locations.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.2.3.2 System Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Switches
In the unlikely event they are needed, user accessible E-Stop switches are placed on both the
console and the gantry covers. When the E-Stop switch circuit is engaged, it:
• Brings the gantry rotation to a controlled stop,
• Disables cradle power and unlatches the cradle,
• Terminates high voltage and x-ray generation immediately.
Above each gantry control panel, there is an emergency stop button. Refer to Figure 2-5. The E-
Stop buttons are labeled with two inverted equilateral triangles inside a circle with red lettering.
Figure 2-5: Gantry E-Stop Button
To disable gantry rotation or the x-ray generation and table drive functions, always use the E-stop
switches. The E-Stop switches are momentary contacts that latch the system into the E-Stop state.
To re-enable the system for operation (remove the E-Stop condition), press the reset button on any
of the gantry’s control panels, shown in Figure 2-6, or at the console, shown in Figure 2-7.
E-Stop Button Reset
and Lamp
Figure 2-6: Gantry E-Stop Reset Button
Console (SCIM)
E-Stop Button
Figure 2-7: Console E-Stop Button

GE HEALTHCARE
Note: • Do not use the Scan Stop button on the console or the gantry control panels.
• If it is necessary to stop gantry rotation immediately, use the E-stop shown in

Figure 2-6. The scan abort switch only terminates X-ray generation and does not stop gantry
rotation.
2.2.3.3 Table Latch and Tape Switches
Pressure sensitive tape switches are located on both sides of the cradle and base. The purpose of
these switches is to sense obstructions during cradle movement. When activated, the switch
disables cradle drive power. The cradle unlatches when cradle drive power is removed.
TOUCH SENSOR.
(RIGHT)
TOUCH SENSOR.
(RIGHT)
Tape Switches
TOUCH SENSOR. (LEFT)
Figure 2-8: Table Tape Switches
In case of an emergency, a Cradle Latch button is provided on the gantry control panel.
It is a toggle switch. When engaged, it unlatches the cradle, but does not remove power to the
cradle’s drive. To relatch the cradle, simply press the cradle latch button again.
Note: Never use the Cradle Latch/Unlatch button (shown in Figure 2-9) to position patients. Use the
cradle’s positioning buttons instead. Sudden movement of an unlatched cradle can cause the
system to lose track of positioning information, especially during use of an injector.
Cradle Latch/
Unlatch Button
Figure 2-9: Cradle Latch Button

GE HEALTHCARE
2.2.3.4 Compact Power Distribution Cover Lock (CPDU Only)
Refer to Figure 2-10. The top cover of the CPDU locks. It should be kept locked at all times, unless
it is being serviced. If unlocked, it is possible to remove the CPDU covers protecting the front of the
CPDU.
Figure 2-10: CPDU Lock
2.3 CT Equipment Service
DANGER HIGH POTENTIAL FOR INJURY. EQUIPMENT SERVICE CAN ONLY BE

PERFORMED SAFELY WITH THE MAIN POWER DISCONNECT LOCKED OUT
AND TAGGED OUT.
Follow these general rules:
• Only qualified service personnel trained in the service and operation of this scanner should
perform any service on this equipment.
• Equipment fuses, switches and circuit breakers are for fire and equipment protection only.
Do not rely on them to protect you against electrical shock or
uncommanded equipment motion.
• Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) is required and must be worn.
The service switches and circuit breakers described hereafter are not to be relied on as personal
protection devices. They do not replace lock-out and tag-out of main power to ensure personal
safety. Switches and breakers are intended to only inhibit particular system functions and
equipment operation. They do not eliminate or remove the electrical or mechanical hazards that
exist. Because hardware can fail and defeat the functionality of these devices, only Lockout/Tagout
ensures protection from unattended gantry rotation and electrocution.
Personal protection equipment must always be used when performing service on this equipment.
Always use PPE when working with hazardous chemicals or materials.
2.3.1 CT Gantry
2.3.1.1 CT Gantry General
With the gantry’s primary covers removed, secondary covers are used to help prevent accidental
contact with electrical contacts. The most electrically dangerous area in the gantry is the exposed
slip-ring platter. The system should be tagged and locked out whenever the gantry covers are
removed.
When the gantry is rotating, the left and right sides of the gantry are where objects are most likely
to be ejected, if not properly fastened. It is important that all hardware be properly fastened
(torqued) to its proper specification.
Take the following precautions when working on, near or around the gantry:
• Never wear loose clothing or jewelry. Clothing might become entangled in the rotating
assembly and jewelry can short to high voltages.

GE HEALTHCARE
• Avoid standing near the rotating assembly when it is operational, to avoid being struck by
the assembly or ejected objects.
• Avoid standing or kneeling near the slip-ring platter. High voltages exist on the exposed
rings. Always disable power to the rings by using the switches on the STC before performing
service.
• Never put any part of your body into the gantry, unless the gantry is locked. Axial drive power
must be disabled. The tilt bracket should be installed, if working on the tilt assembly.
• Avoid inhalation of slip-ring dust. Use a respirator or appropriate mask when performing
service on the ring.
• Wear and use personal protection equipment.
• Lock-out and tag-out power at the main disconnect.
Always use and follow procedures described in the service documentation, when servicing this
equipment.
2.3.1.2 CT Gantry Electrical
Potential Hazards
All uninsulated electrical contacts, including the slip-ring, have secondary covers in place to protect
service personnel from accidental contact. Refer to Figure 2-11. Removal of any secondary cover
exposes service personnel to potentially deadly voltages. All secondary covers must be in place
before primary covers are installed and during routine service.
Unprotected Area
Figure 2-11: Gantry Slip-Ring Platter Cover
Uninsulated high voltage areas in the brush-block area include:

• High voltage DC for X-ray generation. Only measurement equipment isolated from ground
can be used to measure HVDC on this system. Use of grounded measurement equipment
can result in serious personal injury and/or equipment damage.
• 120 VAC for power supplies.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.1.3 Safety Awareness Indicators
Labels Electrical Hazards
Figure 2-12: Gantry Electrical Hazard Labels
If a secondary cover can be removed and it potentially exposes a service person to an uninsulated
electrical hazard, a warning label is applied to or near the secondary cover. In the gantry, voltage
hazards in excess of 120 VAC are labeled. However, the 120 VAC present in the gantry is of
sufficient amperage to cause electrocution. See Figure 2-12 for the types of labels used in the
gantry.

GE HEALTHCARE
Lamps and LEDS
There are a number of lamps/LEDS on the STC chassis backplane (Figure 2-14) that indicate the
functional state of the gantry (Table 2-1).
Table 2-1: LED Indication - Functional State of the Gantry
LED # Color Label Description
DS1 Green C Pulse C Pulse indicator from Axial Encoder
DS2 Green RST Indicates status of the HVDC and gantry drives
circuit in PDU:
On (Steady) = HVDC and Drives enabled.
Slow Flash = E-Stop activated; HVDC and Drives
disabled.
Fast Flash = Table Tape Switch activated; Cradle,
Tilt and Elevation disabled.
DS3 Yellow AX DR ON Indicates the Axial Drive Contactor in the PDU is

energized.
DS4 Green ENBL Indicates the Axial Drive Contactor in the PDU is
enabled.
DS5 Yellow HVDC ON Indicates the HVDC Contactor in the PDU is

energized.
DS6 Green ENBL Indicates the HVDC Contactor in the PDU is

enabled.
DS7 Yellow 120 VAC ON Indicates the Gantry 120 VAC Contactor in the PDU
is energized.
DS8 Green ENBL Indicates the Gantry 120 VAC Contactor in the PDU
is enabled.
Note: The descriptions in Table 2-1 for DS1 through DS8 apply when its associated LED is illuminated.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.1.4 Service Outlet
E-Stop
Service
Outlets
STC
E-Stop and Service Outlets
Figure 2-13: Gantry E-Stop and Service Outlets (Right Side of Gantry)
2.3.1.5 Service Switches and Circuit Breakers

A number of service switches are provided as means of disabling hazards at particular points in the
gantry for ease of service. The gantry service switches are:
• STC Service Switches
• Power Pan Circuit Breaker
• Gantry E-Stop

GE HEALTHCARE
STC Service Switches
Refer to Figure 2-14. The STC Service switches are located at the top of the STC on the backplane.
UP (enabled) is the normal operational position for these switches.

STC Service
Switches

and LEDs

Figure 2-14: Location of STC Service Switches (Shown in Off Position) and LEDs
Table 2-2: STC Service Switch Descriptions
Label Description
S1 Momentary Pushbutton: Resets gantry drives enable circuit in PDU.
S2 Switch enables or disables the Axial Drive function. Default position is up

(enable).
S3 Switch enables or disables the HVDC function. Default position is up

(enable).
S4 Switch enables or disables Gantry 120 VAC function. Default position is up

(enable).
With S4 Off, 120 VAC to the gantry and table service outlets is controlled by
CB3 in the PDU only.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.1.6 Power Pan Circuit Breaker
Refer to Figure 2-15. The circuit breaker in the power pan, located at the rear of the gantry base,
protects both 170 VDC and tilt drives (table and gantry respectively).
Power Pan
Circuit Breaker
Figure 2-15: Power Pan Circuit Breaker
2.3.1.7 Gantry E-Stop

The gantry’s internal E-Stop performs the same function as the E-Stops mounted to the console
and the gantry covers. (See Figure 2-13.)
2.3.2 CT Mechanical Hazards

Within the Gantry are several hazards that can cause personal injury from:
• Moving assemblies (rotational)
• Assembly weights (tube and covers)
• Chemicals, such as slip-ring brush dust and oils (x-ray tube, HV tank and tilt drive hydraulic
oil)
• Heat sources (tube)

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.2.1 Fastener Torque Specifications
To prevent assembly and part separations from the rotating assembly. The torque specification for
a fastener is specified in its associated replacement procedure. Specifications and replacement
procedures can found in the system service manual.
The use of a torque wrench may appear complicated because there are several standards and
measures. Using the conversion chart below can simplify that task.
Use only a calibrated torque wrench. Use a torque wrench that is on a Calibration schedule and is
approved by GEMS-AM Service. The kit that can be used that is on a regular Calibration schedule
is kit number 46-268445G1. This torque wrench kit has wrenches that measure inch pounds and
foot pounds and Newton Meters.
Make any necessary conversions for the torque wrench you are using. The units of measure are
typically marked on most torque wrenches. To make a conversions to Kgcm and Newton meters,
use Table 2-3 or use the following conversion factors:
• To convert Kgcm to ft-lbs, multiply Kgcm by 0.07233
• For conversion of Kgcm to in-lbs, multiply Kgcm by 0.86968
• Newton-Meters (Nm) into ft-lbs, multiply Nm by 0.73756
• Newton-Meters (Nm) into in-lbs, multiply Nm by 8.85075
• To convert Kgcm to ft-lbs, multiply Kgcm by 0.07233
• For conversion of Kgcm to in-lbs, multiply Kgcm by 0.86968
• Newton-Meters (Nm) into ft-lbs, multiply Nm by 0.73756
• Newton-Meters (Nm) into in-lbs, multiply Nm by 8.85075
Note: Do not round off either of the operands, as resulting accuracy will be reduced. (Results are rounded
values.)

GE HEALTHCARE
Table 2-3: Metric to English Conversions
Kilogram
Newton Meters Inch-lbs Foot-lbs
Centimeter
(Nm) (in-lbs) (ft-lbs)
(Kgcm)
0.1 0.885 0.073 1
0.2 1.77 0.145 2
0.3 2.66 0.221 3
0.4 3.54 0.295 4
0.5 4.43 0.369 5
0.6 5.31 0.443 6
0.7 6.20 0.516 7
0.8 7.08 0.590 8
0.9 7.99 0.664 9
1 8.85 0.738 10.2
2 17.7 1.48 20.4
3 26.6 2.21 30.6
4 35.4 2.95 40.8
5 44.3 3.69 51.0
6 53.1 4.43 61.2
7 62.0 5.16 71.4
8 70.8 5.90 81.6
9 79.7 6.64 91.8
10 88.5 7.38 102
20 177 14.8 204
30 266 22.1 306
40 354 29.5 408
50 443 36.9 510
60 531 44.3 612
70 620 51.6 714
80 708 59.0 816
90 797 66.4 918
100 885 73.8 1020

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.2.2 Rotational Locking Pin
Refer to Figure 2-16. To prevent uncommanded motion of the rotating assembly, the rotational
locking pin must be engaged anytime the rotating assembly is serviced.
Rotational lock
is located near
the top of the
gantry.
Figure 2-16: Rotational Lock Assembly
The rotational lock is located on the rear side of the gantry, near its top. It is positioned directly
across from the teeth in the rotational assembly. Refer to Figure 2-17. To operate the lock:
• Turn the handle clockwise until the teeth on the lock fully engage the teeth on the rotating
assembly. You can rock the rotating assembly slightly, if its necessary to align the teeth.
Hand tighten until snug. Do not over tighten. Visually verify that the teeth are engaged.
• Turn the handle counter-clockwise until the teeth on the lock and the rotating assembly are
fully disengaged and the teeth clear each other sufficiently.
Teeth
Engage
Handle
Disengage
Figure 2-17: Rotational Lock Assembly Operation

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.2.3 X-Ray Tube Hoist
Whenever the x-ray tube is removed or installed, a tube hoist must be used. When the tube hoist is
used, one (1) person can perform a x-ray tube change.
2.3.2.4 Front and Rear Cover Dollies
The front and rear covers have been designed to safely removed by one (1) person, using the cover
dollies supplied with your system. These cover dollies must always be used, because the weight of
these covers could cause injury. Both the installation manual and system manual describe how to
assemble and use these devices.
2.4 Chemicals and Materials

Always wear personal protection equipment to prevent inhalation, digestion and absorption of any
substance through the skin, eyes, nose or mouth.
2.4.1 Slip-Ring Brush Dust and Debris

Avoid inhalation and digestion of slip-ring brush dust. The slip-ring brushes are made of carbon
(refer to the MSDS for these materials). Carbon is the conductive material used to pass power and
signals to the slip-ring platters. As the slip-ring brushes wear, fine particles of carbon are released.
This dust may become an inhalation hazard for individuals with respiratory aliments or diseases. It
is recommended that a respirator be worn during service.
2.4.1.1 Cleaning Equipment
Use a HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Air) vacuum cleaner to remove residual brush debris. Do
not use a standard vacuum cleaner, because it cannot filter out all of the debris and will exhaust it
back into the air. If a HEPA vacuum cleaner is not available, use alcohol soaked paper toweling to
wipe surfaces clean. This method must be followed up by vacuuming with a HEPA vacuum, when
available.
2.4.1.2 Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)
• Safety Glasses
• Neoprene or Nitrite Gloves
• Respirator (Recommended)
2.4.1.3 Recommended Cleaning Procedure
DANGER TAG AND LOCKOUT SYSTEM POWER BEFORE WORKING AROUND OR

PERFORMING ANY SLIP-RING MAINTENANCE.
To clean the slip-rings, proceed as follows: Remove all existing brush debris from the brush blocks,
brackets, and surrounding areas, using a HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate) vacuum cleaner. Use
the HEPA vacuum cleaner to remove all brush debris that may have been deposited on the gantry
base and floor during servicing. Never use rags or cloths on the slip-ring and brushes.
CAUTION When cleaning the slip-ring and brush area, do not touch the slip-ring or the brushes with
your bare fingers. Skin oil can damage the rings and brushes.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.4.2 Clean-up and Personal Hygiene
After servicing the slip-ring component and the area, wash your hands thoroughly with soap and
water. Dispose of personal protection equipment and rags properly.
Place all materials that contain brush debris (such as the HEPA vacuum cleaner filter, paper
toweling, gloves, and old brush assemblies) in a sealed plastic bag and return to the GE Recycling
Center:
GEMS Recycling Center

c/o ACE Warehouse
Building #11
2200 E. College Avenue
Cudahy, WI 53110
2.4.3 Oils (Tube, Tank and Hydraulic)

Oil resistant gloves should be worn when working with oil or performing clean-up of it. Dispose of
chemicals, rags and materials in accordance with hospital and local government environmental and
safety requirements.
2.4.4 Lead
Wear gloves and wash hands after handling lead. The CT detector uses a small amount of lead
tape and a trace amount of Chromium (Cr) in its construction. The lead tape is located on the
corners of the detector. Detectors can be returned to GEMS for proper disposal.
2.4.5 Heat Sources

The X-ray tube casing, plumbing and radiator can become hot enough to cause minor burns if not
allowed to cool sufficiently. Please allow sufficient time for this equipment to cool adequately before
performing any service.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.5 Table
2.5.1 Electrical Hazards
The table base contains several lethal voltages. There are a number of points in the table where
the voltages are dangerous (120 VAC and 70 DC present). Theses points pose a potential electrical
hazard to anyone that accidentally comes in contact with them.
2.5.1.1 Safety Awareness Indicators
Refer to Figure 2-18. A power lamp is located on the table power assembly. It is illuminated
whenever power is present at the table service outlets.
2.5.1.2 Service Outlet
Refer to Figure 2-18. A service outlet is located on the table’s power assembly. It is protected by
CB3 in the PDU.
Safety Switches
Power Lamp
Figure 2-18: Table Service Outlet and Safety Switches
2.5.1.3 Switches
Refer to Figure 2-19. The Table Safety Service switches are located on top of the power assembly.
These switches are a subset of the 120 VAC switch on the gantry.
S1 180 DC Drives - Enables/disables 170 VDC Power Supplies
S1
180 DC
S2 S3
120 VAC 120 VAC
for table elevation.
DRIVES DRIVES 24 HR S2 120 VAC Drives - Enables/disables 24 V Power Supply for
OFF OFF OFF
table cradle and elevation.
S3 120 VAC 24 HR-Enables/disables 120 VAC Table Power.
ON ON ON
Figure 2-19: Table Switches

GE HEALTHCARE
2.5.2 Mechanical Hazards
Refer to Figure 2-20. During service, the table touch sensors must remain operable for the table to
fully function. To operate the table with the covers removed, the sensors must be jumpered.
Sensors
Storage Position
Jumpered Out
for Jumper
Service
Jumper
Figure 2-20: Table Touch Sensor Jumpered Out
2.5.3 Chemical Hazards

Always wear personal protection equipment that prevents inhalation, digestion and absorption
through skin of chemicals.
2.6 Console (H3 or GOC1)

The Console On/Off Power Switch is shown in Figure 2-21.
Console
Power Switch
Figure 2-21: H3 Console On/Off Power Switch (Front Cover Removed)

GE HEALTHCARE
2.7 Power Distribution Units
Do not perform any work on the PDU unless it is de-energized. More than 100 Kilowatts of power
exist in the PDU at various periods of time, so consider all points in the PDU hazardous.
• Connect voltage measuring equipment only when power is removed and the wall power box
is locked out and tagged out.
• Always wear safety glasses because of the high voltages that exist in the PDU. Components
can literally explode when power is applied.
Be sure that all secondary protective covers on the PDU are in place before the PDU is energized.
Potential hazards are:
• Axial drive power for gantry rotation (AC)
• High voltage DC for x-ray generation (floating DC)
• Distributed console, table and gantry power (AC)
2.7.1 Compact Power Distribution Unit (CPDU)
The CPDU is shown in Figure 2-22.
,- Auxilliary Gantry
Power Switch
I
0

% %5 '()
4 A2C1 4600 mF A5 Panel L3 L4 L5

! %
! m0

3 7 A2C2 4600 mF

! m0
#,'6$

1 !
1 !
1 !
C1 C2 C3 T2 C7 C8 C9
6 mF 6 mF 6 mF 6 mF 6 mF 6 mF
370 VAC 370 VAC 370 VAC 370 VAC 370 VAC 370 VAC
0" 01 02
0 9
1

1

1
0 9
0 0 0 0! 0" 01

!

! 7 7
"
#,'6$ #,'6$
0$ 0$
0$ 2 45 6 3 24 5 63 2 4 5 6 3

H3 H2 H1
! !
! !
! !
$

% % Power Transformer

T1

7
& '() * .',
+ ,- /$
+8$

%5
%
1
4,5
#

'()

%
Figure 2-22: CPDU Front and Rear (Exposed View)

GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.1.1 Hazard Awareness Indicators - CPDU
Refer to Figure 2-23. With the CPDU’s top cover hinged open, a small power lamp is visible. When
illuminated, this lamp indicates power is present within the CPDU.
Latch
CPDU Power
Lamp
Figure 2-23: CPDU Power Lamp (CPDU Top Cover Opened and Latched)
2.7.1.2 Protected Service Outlets - CPDU

Refer to Figure 2-22. The service outlet is protected by a circuit breaker. The outlet is located on
the A4 panel.
2.7.1.3 Circuit Breakers and Switches - CPDU
Circuit Breakers
Refer to Figure 2-24. There are three (3) groups of circuit breakers in the CPDU used to protect
various parts of the system.
CB1 - Console AC Power
CB3 - Table and Gantry AC Service Outlets
CB4 - Table and Gantry AC to Stationary Electronics
CB5 - Gantry Rotating Power, Tilt Power and Communications
CB6 - Main Axial Drive Power
CB7 - Master 120/208 VAC Power (CB1, 3, 4 and 5)

Figure 2-24: CPDU Circuit Breakers

GE HEALTHCARE
Auxiliary Gantry Power Switch
Refer to Figure 2-25. The Auxiliary Gantry Power Switch is used to disable 120 VAC. It should
remain in the On position at all times.
Auxiliary Gantry
Power Switch
Figure 2-25: Auxiliary Gantry Power Switch (CPDU Rear)
2.7.1.4 Mechanical Hazards - None

The CPDU’s top cover employs latches on both sides to hold the cover in the open position. See
Figure 2-23.
2.7.2 New Global Power Distribution Unit (NGPDU)

The NGPDU is shown in Figure 2-26.
Figure 2-26: NGPDU Front and Rear (Exposed View)

GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.2.1 Hazard Awareness Indicators - NGPDU
Refer to Figure 2-27. A small power lamp is visible on the front cover. When illuminated, this lamp
indicates power is present within the NGPDU.
Power Lamp
Figure 2-27: NGPDU Power Lamp
2.7.2.2 Protected Service Outlets - NGPDU

Refer to Figure 2-28. The service outlet is protected by a circuit breaker. The outlet is located on
the Terminal panel.
Figure 2-28: NGPDU Circuit Breakers

GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.2.3 Circuit Breakers and Switches - NGPDU
Refer to . There are three groups of circuit breakers in the NGPDU that are used to protect various
parts of the system.
CB2 - Circuit Protection (Axial Drve)
CB3 - Full Winding Protection
CB4 - CT Gantry Service Outlets
CB5 - CT Gantry Rotating Loads
CB6 - Table and CT Gantry Stationary Loads
CB7 - Operator Console
CB8 - PET Gantry
CB9 - NGPDU Control Power Supply
2.7.3 Mechanical Hazards

The NGPDU’s top cover is not hinged. To access the top of the NGPDU, loosen the top cover front
retaining screw, then lift and remove the NGPDU top cover.
2.8 PET System Safety

The service procedures for components described in this section can be found in the Advance PET
Imaging System Service Manual, Direction 2100507.
2.8.1 General
Safety signal words are used throughout the PET installation and in the service manual. safety
labels are affixed at various locations in the PET subsystem, to protect you and the equipment from
potentially hazardous conditions. The safety labels cover the following concerns:
• Electrical safety
• Mechanical motion safety
• Laser safety and regulatory requirements
• Radiation safety
• Other labels for temperature hazards and rating
The safety label colors depend on signal words, as indicated in section. Caution labels are yellow,
warning - orange, and danger - red. Notes that list marking and rating are white with black text.
Only illustrations for safety related labels are presented here. In addition to these labels, the system
also has ETL and TUV certification labels (ETL listing and the GS mark), Type B equipment mark
(the stick figure outline).
2.8.2 Safety Signal Definitions

CATION, WARNING, and DANGER are the safety signal definitions used on the PET system to
alert installation and service personnel to a hazardous condition. Colors assigned are shown below
to signify the hazard levels. An information note or rating label is on a white background.
Safety signal definitions are explained in Section 1.6.1.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.3 Safety Labels
Aspect, text and location of the safety labels is presented in the following pages. Basic safety
instructions are included as well. Make sure to read and understand these instructions before
working on the scanner.
WARNING ALWAYS FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE SAFETY LABELS.
2.8.3.1 Electrical Safety Labels

The electrical safety labels visible to the user and/or service personnel are shown in the following
illustrations.
DANGER Location:
Inside the electronics cabinet on top of the PDU.
ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD Red
Instructions:
LOCK-OUT AND TAG-OUT THE Follow the label instructions anytime there is a
FACILITY POWER DISCONNECT need to work inside the PDU.
BEFORE REMOVING THESE COVERS

GE HEALTHCARE
Location:
1. High Voltage Power Supply
Red 2. Top RH and LH front of gantry in the vicinity of
the high voltage detector connections and cables.
Instructions:
White
High voltage is present at these locations in the
high voltage power supply, cables and casettes.
DANGER Turn off the HV circuits if you need to work in these
HIGH VOLTAGE areas.
Example:

GE HEALTHCARE
Yellow
CAUTION Location:
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC Gantry, electronics cabinet, and DRAGON near
rating label or operating point.
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVERS.
Instructions:
REFER SERVICING TO This is a user label. A reasonable level of training
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL and technical expertise are expected before
access to these areas is allowed.
CAUTION - 120V Yellow Location:

LOCK-OUT AND TAG-OUT PDU cover or vicinity of pcu cover.
Instructions:
TABLE/GANTRY POWER AT THE
Hazardous electrical conditions are expected in
PDU BEFORE ANY SERVICE IS the PCU. It is advised to follow the label
PERFORMED IN THIS AREA instructions before removing the PCU covers.
Example:
Location:
CAUTION Yellow On each REDDOG chassis at the 5 volt high
HIGH CURRENT current circuit, from the power supply to the VME
backplane.
LOCK-OUT AND TAG-OUT
Instructions:
REDDOG/HV AT THE A high current hazard is present at the backplane
PDU BEFORE ANY of the REDDOG and its power supply. Follow the
SERVICE IN THIS AREA label instructions or severe burns may be caused
by accidental short circuits.

GE HEALTHCARE
Location:
Electronics Cabinet: At the 5 volt high current
CAUTION Yellow
circuit, from the power supply to the VME
HIGH CURRENT backplane.
LOCK-OUT AND TAG-OUT Instructions:
ELECTRONICS CABINET AT A high current hazard is present at the cabinet
power supply and the VME backplane. Follow the
THE PDU BEFORE ANY
label instructions, or severe burns may be caused
SERVICE IN THIS AREA by accidental short circuits.
Location:
USE SAME TYPE AND SAME Fused areas.
RATING REPLACEMENT FUSES Instructions:
The fuses in the PCU must be replaced with the
same type and rating fuses in order to provide the
same overcurrent protection.
White

GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.3.2 Mechanical Motion Labels
Location:
At each gantry fan.
Instructions:
The fans in the gantry have sharp blades, not
covered by any guards other than the fiberglass
Orange covers. Do not touch!.
WARNING
MOVING FAN
KEEP HANDS OUT
Example:
Yellow
Location:
1. On the collimator carbon fiber cover, inside the
CAUTION gantry opening.
MOVING PARTS 2. At the pin loader.
Instructions:
WATCH YOUR FINGERS
The collimator motion and the radioactive source
loader may move while there is service access to
the marked pinch points. Exercise caution at these
closing points!

GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.4 Laser Related Labels
USA: NEAR LASER APERTURES Location:

See inset under each label.
Instructions:
Observation of the laser beam with
LASER APERTURE the naked eye is a serious hazard
especially at distances less than
LASER RADIATION Do not stare into beam one inch (2.54 cm). Several labels
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM are needed to cover all regulatory
requirements, and to mark all
possible service or user access
Yellow and observation points. Follow the
label instructions, and do not stare
directly into the beam!
CAUTION
670 mm LASER DIODE
1.0 MILLIWATT MAXIMUM OUTPUT
CLASS II LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
Yellow
BASE COVER Yellow
EUROPE:
BASE COVER
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT
Yellow
Yellow
BASE COVER

GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.5 Radiation Safety Labels
Location:
Source pin storage shield (PIG).
Instructions:
The radioactive pin sources are placed in the
yellow shield. Removal of the pins from the pig will
result in considerable exposure to radiation.
Magenta Minimize exposure time! Use the long handle tool!
Do not remove unshielded pins from the room!
Yellow
CAUTION
RADIOACTIVE PINS!
PIN REMOVAL WILL
INCREASE DOSE RATE;
USE THE PROVIDED
TOOL TO HANDLE PINS
Example:

GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.6 Thermal Hazard
Location:
At the high current power supplies.
Instructions:
CAUTION
The REDDOG power supplies run hot. Do not
touch!.
Yellow
HOT
2.8.7 Rating Labels

Location:
Cabinet back cover
Gantry base cover
Table leg cover
Computer
Instructions:
Pay attention to component ratings.
White
Safety hazards at the components, connected to
the supply voltages, are determined by these
ratings. Safety hazards in other areas of the
equipment may be more severe, as shown above.
2.9 CT-PET System Safety

2.9.1 CT-PET Gantry Safety
2.9.1.1 Clearance Between Gantries in Service Position
CAUTION When moving the PET gantry to its service position using the PET gantry drive mechanism,
make sure that the gantry travels backwards along the rails until it reaches the mechanical
stoppers at the end of the rails. This will provide approximately 80 cm of clearance between
the CT and PET gantries which is adequate for service operations. A service clearance of
less than this might result in injury due to proximity of sharp metal parts to body during
performance of service tasks.
2.9.1.2 Safety Measures While Moving PET Gantry
CAUTION When moving the PET gantry to and from its service position, be aware of possible collision
and injury to personnel standing in between the gantries or close to the sides of the PET
gantry. In addition, make sure that all equipment and furniture is moved well away from the
area behind and around the gantry.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.9.1.3 CT-PET Emergency Stops
WARNING ACTIVATION OF THE CT EMERGENCY STOP (E-STOP) DOES NOT STOP MOVEMENT OR
SHUT DOWN POWER TO THE PET MOTION CONTROL SUBASSEMBLY OF THE DLS
SYSTEM. ONLY THE E-STOP BUTTON, LOCATED INSIDE THE PET GANTRY COVERS WILL
STOP THE PET MOTION CONTROL SUBSYSTEM IMMEDIATELY AND SHUT DOWN POWER
TO THE MOTION CONTROL.
Two E-Stops (emergency stop buttons) are provided for the use by service personnel when the
gantry covers are removed for service operations.
• Refer to Figure 2-29. The CT gantry E-Stop button is located on the right side of the gantry
close to the STC back plane.
E-Stop
STC
E-Stop
Figure 2-29: CT Gantry E-Stop

GE HEALTHCARE
• Refer to Figure 2-30. The PET Gantry E-Stop button is located on the back of the gantry
close to the back of the gantry.
E-Stop
STC
Figure 2-30: PET Gantry E-Stop
2.9.2 CT-PET Table Safety
DANGER • NEVER PUT YOUR ARMS OR LEGS BETWEEN THE SECONDARY BASE
AND THE SUPPORTING ARMS OF THE ELEVATION MECHANISM AS THEY
COULD BE TRAPPED WHEN THE TABLE DESCENDS.
• NEVER STAND OR PUT YOUR HANDS INSIDE THE SECONDARY TABLE
BASE IF THE TABLE IS NOT LOCKED INTO ONE OF ITS END POSITIONS.
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MOVE THE TABLE TO ITS HOME POSITION WHEN IT IS IN THE PET
SCAN POSITION OR TRAVELING BETWEEN THE PET AND CT SCAN POSITIONS. THE
TABLE MUST ONLY BE MOVED TO HOME POSITION FROM THE CT SCAN POSITION.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN THE STRETCHER COLLIDING
WITH THE CT GANTRY WITH CONSEQUENT DAMAGE TO THE PATIENT AND/OR THE
TABLE.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.9.2.1 Secondary Base Drive Mechanism Safety (Automated Tables)
Figure 2-31: Secondary Base Drive Mechanism
DANGER THE SECONDARY BASE DRIVE MECHANISM EXTENSION CABLES ARE

ROUTED INSIDE A PLASTIC CONDUIT ON THE FLOOR UNDER THE TABLE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE IS PROPERLY INSERTED INTO THE FLOOR
DUCT TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE CABLE AND/OR ELECTRICAL SHORT
CIRCUIT BY SECONDARY BASE MOVEMENT OR COLLISION WITH OTHER
ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT OR FURNITURE.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.9.2.2 Table Secondary Base Remote Control Switch Safety (Manual Tables)
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE SECONDARY BASE REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH IS PROPERLY
FASTENED TO THE TOP OF THE TABLE. IF THIS SWITCH IS DROPPED IT MIGHT CAUSE AN
ELECTRICAL SHORT CAUSING THE TABLE TO MOVE IF IT IS LOCATED BETWEEN THE CT
AND THE PET LIMIT POSITIONS. UNEXPECTED TABLE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
2.9.3 CT-PET Safety Labels
Label Description Location
Do Not Touch label.

Warns that hands may be On the top cover of the table
pinched by the sliding cover if secondary base
placed in this location.
High Voltage warning.

Warns that the power cord On the cover of the KB Box
must be disconnected before in the table secondary base
opening the cover of the KB
Box.
Electric Shock Hazard label.

Warns against the danger of On the cover of the KB Box
receiving an electric shock if in the table secondary base
high voltage cables in the KB
Box are exposed.

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 3 - DLS System Functional Description
For CT System description, refer to one of the following appropriate manuals:

• LightSpeed 2.X System Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2330551-200 (for 4 and
• LightSpeed 4.X Service Information CD-ROM, Direction 2353846-200 (for 16-slice MDAS
Systems)
For PET System description, refer to the Advance PET Imaging System Description and
Specification, Direction 2103139-100.
3.1 Introduction
The Discovery LS product is the first combined CT-PET system introduced by GE that combines
diagnostic quality CT with premium PET. This imaging system is based on the Advance PET and
the LightSpeed Plus (4-Slice), LightSpeed Ultra (8-Slice), or LightSpeed 16 (16-Slice) CT GE
systems. Each system is CE marked having CSA, ETL and MHW requirements approved. The
Discovery LS system has 510k clearance (FDA K010641).
Figure 3-1: Discovery LS System
3.2 CT Overview and Functionality

The LightSpeed CT imaging system comprises four major components:
• Operator Workstation (Console)
• Power Distribution Unit (PDU)
• Gantry (with both stationary and rotating subsystems)
• Patient Table
Chapter 3 - DLS System Functional Description Page 79

GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.1 PDU
CT Systems used with the DLS may have either a Compact PDU (CPDU) or the shorter New Global
PDU (NGPDU). Refer to Figure 3-9. The PDU distributes system power. Power travels from the
PDU to the Gantry. The HV (High Voltage) generator produces high voltage and transmits it over
the slip-rings to the x-ray tube.
3.2.2 Data Acquisition System

The scintillation material in the Detector (shown in Figure 3-10) absorbs the x-rays that pass
through the patient, and generates a corresponding level of light. The Detector converts the light
into a corresponding electric current. The DAS (Data Acquisition System) samples each detector
cell, amplifies and quantifies the existing current and then sends the resulting data (through a high-
speed slip-ring) to the SRU for patient image generator.
3.2.3 Image Processor

The patient images are recording by the IP (Image Processor) in the CT Host for conversion into
television shades of gray displayed in the CRT monitor. In order to reduce dose and still avoid
artifacts, a Collimator is used to track and follow the focal spot, keeping a uniform x-ray of the
narrowest possible beam on the detector.
3.2.4 Stationary Computer and Axial Board

The functions of the STC (STationary Computer) and the Axial Board are:
• LAN Communication
• Scan Start/Stop Control
• Operator Hard Key Monitor
• Auto Voice Control
• X-Ray Light Control
• DAS Trigger Generation
• Gantry Axial Speed and Position Control
• Slip-Ring Communication to Rotating Gantry
3.2.5 On-Board Controller
The functions of the OBC (On-Board Controller) are:
• X-ray generator control
• Collimator control
• DAS control
3.2.6 Axial Drive
The hardware involved in the Axial Drive servo drive consists of:
• Axial Control Board
• Axial Servo Amp
• Axial Drive Motor
• Axial Motor Brake
• Axial gantry encoder
• Axial Drive Belt and Home Flag
Page 80 Chapter 3 - DLS System Functional Description

GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.7 Slip-Ring Infrastructure
The slip-ring infrastructure consists of the following architecture:
• 4 CU Rings for STC/OBC Communications
• 2 RF Rings for DAS data transfer
• 3 CU Rings for Safety Interlock
• 5 CU Rings for Power (HVDC+, HVDC-, 120 VAC-L1, 120 VAC-L2)
• Safety Ground
The Patient Table is a common CT-PET subsystem used for both acquisition procedures. The
Patient Table positions the patient in the imager’s Field Of View (FOV). The Patient Table moves
in the horizontal and vertical axes for patient positions. These movements are standard in both
regular CT and PET acquisitions procedures. A new axis was added, moving all the table base from
CT FOV position to PET FOV position.
3.3 PET Overview and Functionality

The Advance PET imaging system comprises four major subsystems:
• Operator Workstation (Console)
• Electronics Cabinet
• Gantry
• Common CT-PET Patient Table (See Figure 3-10.)
3.3.1 Electronic Cabinet
The Electronic Cabinet takes detector signals from the Gantry, processes and transforms them, and
transmits them to the workstation. The cabinet houses the chassis for two separate subsystems,
the MAGIC and SHARC.
3.3.1.1 MAGIC
MAGIC is a large part of the EDCAT (Event Detection, Coincidence And Timing) subsystem, and
processes the event digital data produces by the detector electronics in the GANTRY. MAGIC is an
acronym for Modular Address Generator Into Coincidence and transmits coincidence event location
to the SHARC.
3.3.1.2 SHARC
The SHARC (Sorter Histogrammer Acquisition Reconstruction Controller) processes the
coincidence data, transforms into sinogram format, further transforms the sinogram into images and
transmits the transformed and processed data to the workstation.
3.3.1.3 PDU
In addition to the two subsystems described above, the electronics cabinet houses a Power
Distribution Unit (PDU) for power generation to the Gantry and a DC power supply for the MAGIC
and SHARC.
3.3.2 Gantry
The Gantry contains:
• Detector Ring
• Detector Electronics (REDDOG)
• Control Board Rack
• Power Control Unit
• Source/Collimator Drive Electromechanical Mechanism

GE HEALTHCARE
3.3.3 Detector Ring
The Detector Ring consists of 56 detector modules. A movable collimator is used to limit stray and
scattered radiation. A segmented, lead ring also attenuates stray radiation, reducing the stray
gamma rays impinging on the detector modules from unwanted angles. The modules detect the
gamma rays, which are a by-product of positron annihilation.
Each module consists of four Photo Multiplier Tubes with 36 Bismuth Germinate (BGO) crystals.
The signal from the detector is amplified by the detector electronics, which also digitizes the location
and energy of the event. The PMTs are vacuum tubes and require high voltage (HV) to function.
3.3.4 PCU
The Gantry Power Control Unit (PCU) takes power from the PDU in the electronics cabinet and
supplies power for motors for motion control and internal power supplies.
3.3.5 Power Switch Box

There is a Power Switch box mounted on the Gantry, which allows the Detector HV, service outlets
and PCU to be turned on and off independently.
3.3.6 Gantry Motion Control Board Rack

The Gantry Motion Control Board Rack holds the motion controller for the Gantry tilt, collimator
motor and source loader robotics. The radioactive sources are used for calibration and attenuation
correction.
3.4 Electrical Requirements

The Discovery LS combined CT-PET system has separate electrical requirements for the CT and
PET. These requirements are exactly the same requirements for the Advance PET and the
LightSpeed CT systems.
The Advance PET general power requirements are 220/240 VAC (+/-10%) single-phase, 10 kVA
maximum. Further details can be found in the Site Preparation Manual, Direction 46-322503,
Chapter 5.
The LightSpeed CT general power requirements are 380/480 VAC (+/-8%) three-phase, 90 kVA
maximum @ selected technique 140 Kv, 380 mA. Further details can be found in Chapter 7 of the
following manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X Pre-Installation Manual, Direction 2243311-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Pre-Installation Manual, Direction 2296438-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS
Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Pre-Installation Manual, Direction 2341956-100 (for 16-slice MDAS
Systems)
The A1 Main Power Disconnect Box is a customer-supplied unit that should provide over current
protection and safety electrical disconnection control from the hospital main voltage supply line. The
customer-supplied emergency off buttons are recommended to be mounted in the Gantry room and
near the console.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.5 Patient Table
The Patient Table is a common CT-PET subsystem used for both acquisition procedures. The
Patient Table positions the patient in the imager’s Field Of View (FOV). The Patient Table moves
in the horizontal and vertical axes for patient positions. These movements are standard in both
regular CT and PET acquisitions procedures.
A new axis was added, moving all the table base from CT FOV position to PET FOV position. In the
first stage of the combined CT-PET acquisition, the table base is positioned in the CT position and
a standard CT acquisition is performed on a specific part of the patient’s body. In the second stage,
the table base is moved to the PET position to start PET acquisition. The distance from CT to PET
is equal to the distance from CT FOV to PET FOV. Moving the base allows performance of the two
acquisitions maintaining the same position of the cradle’s horizontal axis. The cradle sagging is
equal in both CT and PET FOV, which eliminates its impact in the CT and PET images registration.
PET PET
CT CT
Long Cradle Long Cradle
Cradle Extension
Cradle Extension
Secondary Base Secondary Base
Figure 3-2: Patient Table
The patient table also includes the electronics that control the Gantry side Operator Control Panel
and Gantry Display (Panel/Display CAN bus).
3.6 PET Service Access

The PET gantry is mounted on rollers and a drive system is employed to move it away from the CT
gantry and provide at least 700 mm clearance for service access between the two gantries.
3.7 CT-PET LAN (Local Area Network)

The Discovery LS LAN is a common CT-PET network that integrates both the CT and the PET
original LAN networks. It carries data and commands between all of the subsystems: OWS PET,
WS CT, Table, Gantry CT, Gantry PET, SHARC and EDCAT. The network type is standard
Ethernet, and transmits data at 10 megabits per second.
• Figure 3-3 shows the original CT and PET network circuits.
• Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5 show two options of integrated CT and PET networks circuits.
The PET OWS and Xeleris Processing Station are connected to the LAN network through
free Ports 4 and 5 of the existing LAN switch inside the CT console. In some sites a
second network, the hospital’s DICOM network, may be connected to the CT-PET WS for
full interconnectivity between the hospital’s computer and the CT-PET imager. This
connection is done through an additional hub/switch that has the same part number as the
internal CT console switch. The additional switch, as well the connection cabling (RJ-45)
are GE supplied.

Page 84
GE HEALTHCARE
OWS PDU PET PET

DIRECTION 2307224-100, REVISION 6
Advance H2 Gantry Table

LAN Mother
9/5/01 Board
PCI
Sharc Magic SBC
VME ETC
10/100BaseTx
10BaseT LAN MAU

Converter Transceiver
SBX
10/100BaseTx 10BaseT
Transceiver
50ohm J11 J1 50ohm

To Hospital
DICOM network
10BaseT
Gantry Table
DISCOVERY LS BulkHead BulkHead
CT LAN
9/5/01
Work CT CT
Station

Octane Gantry Table
SGI
Recons
ETC
VME STC
PCI IP30 ETC/IF
Figure 3-3: Original CT and PET Network

PCI
10baseT
Transceiver LAN MAU
10/100BaseTx Artesyn
Transceiver
10/100BaseTx
To Hospital
DICOM network Switch 50ohm
10BaseT J3 J1
10/100BaseTx
Converter
Fast Ethernet 50ohm
4 port LAN
Switch
10BaseT
Illustration I Gantry Table

BulkHead BulkHead
A2A7
DISCOVERY LS SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-4: Integrated CT and PET Networks (Option 1)

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-5: Integrated CT and PET Networks (Option 2)

3.7.1
GE HEALTHCARE
PET PET
Working PDU PET

Turbo
Station edact
Sharc Gantry
Mother 7 SBC
Board VME
Discovery LS
PCI hub
Lan network
3 2 12/08/2002
1 LAN MAU
to Terminal Transceiver
Server 10baseT
connection
10/100BaseT
50ohm
To Hospital swart-gw 192.9.220.21
J11
DICOM network edcat 192.9.220.22
gantry 192.9.220.23
sharc 192.9.220.24
Hub/Switch J16 sbc 192.9.220.1
J19 stc 192.9.220.2
10/100BaseTx etc 192.9.220.4
PET ews 192.9.220.30
Gantry
CT
BulkHead
Working 10BaseT
10/100BaseTx
Station
CT CT
Octane Gantry Table
SGI

Recon I/F
ETC
WS 10BaseT STC
LAN Connections for Systems with TurboSHARC
PCI IP30 ETC/IF

PCI
Figure 3-6: LAN Connections for Systems with Turbo SHARC

LAN MAU
network, and the Xeleris workstation for systems with Turbo SHARC.
Artesyn
Transceiver
2
4 1
10/100BaseT Switch
3 5 J3 J1
e_Ntegra
ews 10/100BaseTx
Fast Ethernet
on Table
PCI 4 port LAN CT Gantry
board BulkHead
Swithc BulkHead
A2A7
Up
This section describes the LAN connections between the PET and CT systems, the hospital DICOM
Page 87
Page 88
GE HEALTHCARE
Bulkhead
SHARC CABINET CONNECTIONS SBC

RJ45 P1
Cat5 RS232
RJ45
Cat5 100 base Tx
Wide P2
SCSI - 68 pin
PMC
RJ45
RJ45
Terminal Server 10Base-T Hub
Data Data P3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 7
9U carrier
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
Gantry
RS232
RS232
J18 RS232
DB 25 pin DB 25 pin female DB 25 connector
Figure 3-7: Turbo SHARC Cabinet Selections

10 Bse Tx
Table
RS232
J17 RS232
DB 25 pin DB 25 pin female

10 base2 Media
J19 XCVR 10 base2 P1
coax convertor RJ45
XCVR 10 base2
AUI 15 pin
female
P2
75 Ohm Terminator
Workstation
Cat5 100
J16 RJ45
100 base Tx P3
base Tx
EDCAT
jwr 10Oct00
GE HEALTHCARE
Workstation SHARC Backplane
Optical Drive
Hub
Data
Tape Drive
RS232 Terminal Server
J18
Bulkhead
SCSI
GANTRY
EDCAT Backplane
Figure 3-8: RS232 PET Connection with Turbo SHARC
3.8 E-Stop Safety

Another circuit that was integrated in the CT and PET subsystems is the CT and PET hardware
Emergency Stop. Both the CT and PET original safety circuits are now hardware connected in a
unique circuit that integrates the E-Stop function into a single system.
3.9 Covers
The covers provide an enclosure for the combined CT-PET system. They also are designed to
provide the following features:
• Protection of the operator and patient from moving parts, and electrical hazards.
• Adequate ventilation to remove heat from the gantries and maintain the internal
temperature within the specified limits.
• Support for the keypads.
• Support for the intercom and breathing light display.
• Support for the combined gantry display.
• A combined "tunnel" for patient imaging with radiation-transparent sections for x-ray and
PET imaging.

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-9: Electrical Block Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-10: Data Flow / Control Block Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-11: Grounding Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE
3.10 System Start-Up
System start-up comprises the following steps:
1.) Power up the PET computer.
2.) Power up the CT computer, the Scan monitor and the Image monitor.
Note: System start-up as described below, activates all firmware, the CT subsystems and the CT and PET
host computers. In case it is necessary to start-up the PET peripherals and subsystems, use the
process described in Section 3.10.1.
To start-up the PET-CT System:
1.) Press the Power button on each of these devices to turn them on:
• PET Computer
• CT Computer
• Scan Monitor
• Image Monitor
The CT system boot process starts immediately when the power is switched on. As the two
computers are connected via a serial cable, once the PET computer is switched on, it will boot
as a follow-on to the CT computer’s start-up procedure. No user intervention is required for the
entire process. Boot up messages are displayed in sequence on the Scan Monitor.
Note: If the PET computer is not switched on during the CT computer’s boot process and switched on
later: When the [PET] icon on the Desktop Selection Area of the Image Monitor is clicked, the PET
computer will boot and the PET application will start up and display on the Scan Monitor.
2.) There is no login procedure to the CT-PET system. The system starts up at the Service
Authorization level that provides maximum accessibility to all system functionality.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.10.1 Powering Up the PET Peripherals and Subsystems
In case it is necessary to power up the PET peripherals and subsystem, follow the instructions
below:
To power up the PET peripherals and subsystems:
Make sure that the Voltage Select Switch is set to the correct voltage and the Circuit Breaker CB12
is On (both located in front of the cabinet).
1.) Turn On the main circuit breaker on the PDU breaker panel.
Service Outlet
High Voltage
Cabinet
Main Circuit
Breaker
Workstation
Table Gantry
Figure 3-12: PDU Circuit Breaker Switches
2.) Turn ON power to the individual peripherals.

3.) Turn ON the PET computer (workstation).
• Electronics Cabinet
• Table Gantry
• High Voltage
• Service Outlet
The system runs a series of start-up tests.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.10.2 Switching to the PET User Interface Display on the Scan Monitor
The Scan Monitor is used to display either the CT or the PET user interface. The default view of the
Scan Monitor is the CT prescription.
Click the [PET] icon on the Desktop Selection Area of the Image Monitor (shown in Figure 3-13) to
display the PET user interface on the Scan Monitor.
Note: Clicking the [Exam Rx] icon on the Desktop Selection Area of the Image Monitor restores the CT
user interface on the Scan Monitor.
Click to return to
CT display on the
Scan Monitor.
Click to switch to
PET display on the
Scan Monitor.
Figure 3-13: Image Monitor Screen Showing PET and Exam Rx Icons on Desktop Selection
Area

GE HEALTHCARE
3.11 System Shut-Down
The PET firmware and subsystems can be shut down using the procedure described in
Section 3.11.2.
The PET-CT software is shut down at two levels:
• Shut-down of the PET-CT System – Shuts down both the CT and the PET host computers,
the CT firmware and subsystems.
• Shut-down of the CT and PET Applications – Shuts down both the CT and the PET
applications, but leaves the operating systems of both computers running, as well as all
firmware and subsystems.
3.11.1 Shutting Down the PET-CT System
The [Shutdown] button is located in the Desktop Selection Area on the Image Monitor (right
monitor) as shown in Figure 3-14.
Click to activate the PET-CT

system shutdown process.
Figure 3-14: Desktop Selection Area Showing Shut-Down Button
To shut down the PET-CT System:

1.) From the Desktop Selection Area on the Image Monitor (right monitor), click the pink
[Shutdown] button (Figure 3-14).
A pop-up attention box displays: “Attention: Shutdown the system?”
2.) From the attention box, click [OK].
• A series of menus and messages display as the system shuts down (can take a few
minutes).
• The Restart message box displays: “You may turn off the system or click on Restart or
press any key”.
3.) Select one of the two options:

GE HEALTHCARE
a.) To turn off the system, press the [Power] button on the CT computer.
Power button
Figure 3-15: CT Computer
b.) To restart the system, click [Restart] or press any key on the keyboard.
4.) To shutdown the PET computer, press the [Power] button on the Sun computer.
Power Button
Figure 3-16: PET Computer
3.11.2 Switching OFF Power to PET Subsystems and Peripherals

In the current release, the system shutdown procedure shuts down the CT subsystems only. The
PET subsystems shut-down procedure is described below.
To switch OFF power to PET subsystems and peripherals:
1.) If necessary, turn OFF the PET computer power switch.
2.) Turn off all the OWS peripherals plugged into the distribution box.
3.) Refer to Figure 3-17. Switch the PDU circuit breakers, located on the back side of the

GE HEALTHCARE
Electronics Cabinet, to the Off position.
Figure 3-17: PDU Circuit Breaker Switches
3.11.3 Shutting Down the CT and PET Applications

The applications can be shut down, leaving the host computers operating systems as well as all
firmware and subsystems running. To do this, use the Applications Shutdown accessed via the
Service Desktop.
Click to access the Service

Desktop
Figure 3-18: Desktop Selection Area Showing Service Button

GE HEALTHCARE
To shut down the CT and PET applications:
1.) From the Desktop Selection Area on the Image Monitor (right monitor), click the [Shutdown]
button (Figure 3-18). The Service Desktop displays.
2.) Click the [Toolboxes/Utilities] button. The Utilities/Tools menu displays.
Figure 3-19: Service Desktop Showing Utilities/Tools Menu
3.) From the Utilities/Tools menu, click Application Shutdown.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.11.4 Resetting CT Subsystems
Reset any of the CT subsystems using the following procedure:
1.) Click the [Service] icon on the desktop. The Service Desktop displays.
System Reset Button
Figure 3-20: CT Service Desktop
2.) From the Service Desktop, click the [System Reset] button. The System Reset screen
displays.
Click the appropriate button to reset an application
Figure 3-21: System Reset Screen
3.) Reset any of the CT applications by pressing the appropriate button. Each button represents
a subsystem.
GE HEALTHCARE
3.11.5 Rebooting PET Subsystems
The individual PET Advance subsystems may be rebooted by typing the corresponding acronym
into the "terminate -reboot" command line. The command line accepts multiple subsystem
acronyms, separated by a space. The subsystems choosen for rebooting will determine the actions
to take before scanning. (See Step 7).
Note: For best results, reboot individual subsystems only under the direction of the service representative.
Otherwise, a background process may be inadvertently interrupted and additional errors generated.
The PET Advance command line recognizes the following subsystem acronyms:
• OWS: Operator Workstation
• AWS: Analysis Workstation
• Table: Patient Table
• Gantry: PET Advance Gantry
• EPS: Event Processing System
• EDS: Event Detection System
• SRS: Scan and Reconstruction System
1.) Logon to the system as root.
• If logged on as the Operator, log off and log back on as root.
• Type/enter the root password the service representative provided.
2.) Right-click to display the menu.
3.) Select Tools to display its submenu.
4.) Select Terminal to open a terminal window, and move the cursor over the window to activate
it.
5.) When you type/enter the following command, type the subsystem acronym in place of the
XXX. To reboot a single subsystem:
• Type/enter: terminate -reboot XXX
OR
• To reboot multiple subsystems, type the corresponding acronyms, separated by a space:
terminate -reboot XXX XXX XXX
6.) The system runs the corresponding diagnostic tests and brings the designated subsystem(s)
to a known starting point.
7.) Choice of subsystem determines what to do next:
• If the AWS or OWS was not rebooted: Type/enter exit to leave the PET directory and
proceed to the Login panel.
• If the OWS or AWS was rebooted: After the Login panel displays on the screen, wait an
additional 3 minutes before logging on.
• If the SRS was rebooted: After the Login panel displays on the screen, wait an additional
3 minutes before attempting to Acquire, Reconstruct, Network, Archive, or delete raw data.
• If the EPS, EDS, table, or gantry was rebooted: After the Login panel displays on the
screen, wait an additional 6 minutes before attempting to acquire data. Otherwise, an error
message displays.

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics
More information about the features described in this section can be found in the following manuals:
Systems)
MDAS Systems)
4.1 Service Desktop
To access the Service Desktop, click the Service Desktop icon in the Desktop Selection Palette of
the Image Monitor.
Click to access the Service

Desktop.
Figure 4-1: Service Desktop Icon
The system displays the Service Desktop Home Page shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2: Service Desktop Home Page
Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics Page 103

GE HEALTHCARE
4.1.1 Service Desktop Main Menu
The Service Desktop is the entry point for all service tools and diagnostics. The desktop is designed
with nine major functional tools each with its own purpose:
• Error Logs - Select and review system logs.
• Diagnostics - Select and execute all diagnostic applications.
• Image Quality Tools - Image quality tools not requiring communications via firmware with
the system (such as image analysis and scan analysis).
• Calibration Applications - Tools for mechanical, electrical, and imaging calibrations of the
system.
• Configuration Applications - Save/restore system state and configuration information.
• Utilities - Tools useful to the field engineer while installing or servicing a system.
• Replacement Parts/Repair Procedures - Links to tools required when replacing major field
replaceable units (FRUs).
• Planned/Preventive/Proactive Maintenance - Information to execute a PM visit.
• Service Desktop Home Page - Icon descriptions and system health status information.
Clicking the buttons at the top of the Home Page displays the different service menus, for example,
the Utilities Area and menu shown in Figure 4-3.
Figure 4-3: Utilities Area and Menu
Page 104 Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics

GE HEALTHCARE
4.1.2 Service Desktop Functionality
The users of the Service Desktop have different needs than the technologists, radiologists, doctors,
and other users of the system. Therefore, the functionality for the Service Desktop differs from that
of the other desktops. Windows can be resized, iconified, overlapped, and scrolled. This allows for
greater flexibility for the user, especially in the area of troubleshooting where access to many
different functions may be needed at the same time.
Use the mouse to make screen selections on the service desktop.
Typical mouse button functions:
• Press the left button to select.
• Press the center button to extend a selection.
• Press the right button to access pop-up menus.
4.1.3 Desktop Management
Change desktops by selecting the corresponding icon from the Desktop Selection Palette (shown
in Figure 4-1), or start a service tool or diagnostic by using the mouse to left-click on the tool.
The Cleanup button at the bottom of the Desktop cleans up any previously opened windows, and
restores the Desktop to its original state.
• Use the Cleanup button when finished with the Service desktop or to return to a known state.
• If running diagnostics that requires firmware, the Cleanup button will reload the application
firmware.
Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics Page 105

GE HEALTHCARE
Refer to Figure 4-4. The System Resets function allows resetting and downloading the scanner
hardware as required to prepare the system for the scanning operation. Access Systems Resets
as follows:
1.) Select Systems Resets from the Service Desktop. The reset applications selections include:
a.) Scan - Resets and downloads all controllers in the gantry and table.
b.) Recon - Resets the recon subsystem (IG, RIP, and SDC boards).
c.) DAS/COLL - Resets the DAS control and collimator control board.
d.) Data Acquisition - Resets the DAS, control, collimator control, and DIP boards.
2.) Select Reset on the displayed screen.
3.) Select Run.
The status box displays the status of the selected reset.
Click the appropriate button to reset an application.
Figure 4-4: Systems Reset
Page 106 Chapter 4 - Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 5 - Console
For service information and procedures for the CT console components, refer to the following
manuals:
Systems)
MDAS Systems)
For service information and procedures for the PET console and accessories, refer to the
Advance PET Imaging System Service Manual, Direction 2100507 and specifically to the enclosed
Direction 46-322540, Section 2 - Operator Console and Section 8, Optional Accessories.
5.1 CT-PET Console Functional Description

The console is divided into three functional subsystems: the CT Host (SGI Octane), the Scan
Reconstruction Unit (SRU) and the PET Workstation (SUN Ultra 60).
The CT Host subsystem consists of the following hardware:
• Host Computer (SGI Octane)
• Mouse, Keyboard, Trackball and Monitors
• System Disks
• MOD
• CDROM
• Network Devices (Switches and Converters)
• Serial I/O (Input/Output)
The SRU subsystem consists of the following hardware:
• ICE Box
• Pegasus Image Generator
• Motorola Computer
• DIP
• Scan Data Disk
The PET Workstation (SUN Ultra 60) consists of the following hardware:
• System Disks
• CDROM
• Network Card
• Serial I/O (Input/Output)
Chapter 5 - Console Page 107

GE HEALTHCARE
Communications between the CT Host and SRU take place primarily using a network channel and
serial connections. Using the network channel allows sharing of resources on the CT Host disk by
the SRU (client). Serial communications are used for the downloading and “flashing” memory
(PROM) in the SRU when needed. Serial communications between the PET Workstation and the
CT Host are performed via a Null modem cable. For network communications, the PET Workstation
is connected into a fast ethernet switch located inside the Console.
The location of the cosole components are shown in Figure 5-1, key components in Figure 5-2, and
a connections diagram in Figure 5-3. These illustrations are for the H2, and may differ slightly for
the H3 and GOC1 consoles.
DAT Drive
MOD Drive CT
(optional)
Figure 5-1: Locations of Console Components (H2 Shown)
DAT Drive
MOD Drive
(optional)
PET Computer
PET Computer
Figure 5-2: Key Console Components (H2 Shown)
Page 108 Chapter 5 - Console

5.2
LightSpeed Plus Console (Signal Paths)
Keyboard
GE HEALTHCARE
Rx Monitor Display Monitor To Hospital Insite Analog Service Laptop Mouse Trackball
Service E-Stop, Intercomm,
Modem Line Jack (RJ11) & RS422 Scan
Key
Buttons
To Hospital DICOM Network
J26 J25 J19 J20
EMC
Bulkhead
Intercom &
PCI Cardcage Interconnect
Dual Head Dual Head
Graphics Card Graphics Card XTALK Bus PCI Ethernet Card LAN Assembly
(Slot 1) Transceiver J4
Texture
Memory
Quad XIO Board
CPU IP30
Module Line Phone
Module System
Light System ID Module Service
Module Module XTALK Bus Modem
Serial 1 Data Cable
Frontplane Module
SDRAM
Serial 2
User Drive Assembly
Console Connections
Drive Bay S1 Mouse J21

1
S2 Keyboard SCSI Terminator
Assembly System Disk Headphone
S3 Maxoptix
System 2 Audio In L
Ultra SCSI-16 S4 MOD
Fan Image Disk Audio In R
Drive
Banks
S5
3
S6 10/100
SCSI to 4 Port Serial CD-ROM
Internal I/O Bus

External I/O Bus
Base T
Power Supply & Fan Ehernet Drive
S7 Expansion Module
Module 4
S8
SCSI-3 SCSI-2 SP4 J23 SCSI-2
SGI Octane Workstation Serial SCSI-2 Fan
Expansion
SP3 SCSI-1 SCSI-1
Module
To Laser
SCSI-2/1 SCSI-2
Camera Power Supply
DASM VME Chassis (ICE Box)
Chapter 5 - Console
SCSI-1
SRU©s Power PC Board
Debug TAXI Receive
J50 BootLink (RIP Board)
Control LAN from Gantry/Table Fast Ethernet 10/100 Base Tx 10/100 from DAS
Base T DIP PMC
Coaxial Cable UTP to 10 Base 2 (RJ45) Four Port J52
Board Rx
LAN Transceiver LAN Switch
50 Ohm Null Modem Cable
BNC "T" J51 9 Pin
SCSI-3 SCSI
50 Ohm BNC Terminator 10 Base T Interface Sub-D J18
PCI Bus
SCSI-3 SCSI-3 PMC Brd 4 Pin X-Ray

Abort
MVME
VME 2300 CPU
Scan Data Disk BUS
PCI & Memory
Assembly I/O
eNTEGRA
System Fan
W/S PET Serial A
W/S
Scan Data
18G Scan Disk SCSI-3 Corrections
Figure 5-3: Console Block Diagram (H2 Shown)

Board
VME BUS
Image Generator
Board
Fan Fan Fan
Reference : 2180551-2SCH
Page 109
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 110 Chapter 5 - Console

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 6 - Table
6.1 CT-PET Table Functional Description

6.1.1 Table Overview
The patient table is a common CT-PET subsystem used for both acquisition procedures. The table
positions the patient in the imager’s Field of View (FOV). The table moves in the cradle horizontal
and vertical axes for patient positions. These movements are standard in both regular CT and PET
acquisition procedures.
A new axis was added, the Secondary Base axis, moving the entire table base from the CT FOV
position to the PET FOV position. Three table configurations were developed for the CT-PET
system:
• Manual Table – 1,650 mm cradle scannable range with manual secondary base axis.
• Automated Table – 1,650 mm cradle scannable range with automated secondary base
axis.
The functions performed by the electronics within the table include:
• Table cradle longitudinal drives
• Table elevation
• Table base positioning setup (CT-PET)
Patient positioning (longitudinal/elevation) is performed manually using the gantry-mounted
operator controls. Table base positioning (CT-PET) is performed manually using a separate hand
control box or through the gantry-mounted operator control for the manual table or the automated
and extended table respectively.
The drives provide horizontal and vertical positioning of the patient. Longitudinal motion of the
cradle provides horizontal positioning through each CT or PET scan plane. Longitudinal motion and
CT-PET base positioning can also be controlled with console pushbuttons, which are used to
advance the patient to the next position.
6.1.2 Manual Table Functional Description

The Manual CT-PET table consists of the following parts:
• An upper table assembly containing the table top, longitudinal drive assembly, the cradle,
the elevation drive assembly and the table base. The upper table assembly is identical to
the H2 LightSpeed table.
• A secondary table base containing two transport rails, a table base drive mechanism
based on added DC driver (KB Box), a locking bar with two locking devices, a pedal for
releasing the lock, two adjusters, and a grounding bar.
• A retractor assembly that carries and protects the cables connecting the table and the
CT Gantry.
Chapter 6 - Table Page 111

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2 Manual Table
This section contains the instructions to upgrade the secondary base of a manual Discovery patient
table to the automated version.
• The manual (M1) table has a foot pedal to release the secondary base lock and a hand-held
controller to move the secondary base between the PET and CT positions. The secondary
base has metal covers and a window shade roll-up cover.
• The automated table has a new clutch/motor assembly and CT-PET position latching
hardware. The rear and sides of the automated secondary base have new plastic covers
and brackets. A metal roller cover replaces the window shade roll-up cover.
6.2.1 Prerequisites
Complete the following FMIs before starting this upgrade:
• FMI 13590: Turbo SHARC Upgrade
• FMI 13593: DLS 2002 Software Upgrade (supports the automated table base)
CAUTION The DLS 2002 software (FMI 13593) MUST be loaded and fully functional before you upgrade
the table base. Do NOT schedule this upgrade until the DLS 2002 software is loaded and
verified. The table will not function until you install FMI 13593.
6.2.1.1 )Furnished Materials
FMI Kit, P/N 2352689, contains the following BOMs:
• 2354112: DLS Table FMI 13592
• 2344552: Secondary Base Covers - Plastic
• 2330733: Secondary Base Covers HD Collector
• 2352370: Roller Cover Collector
• 2331112: Cover Table - CT Cover Interface
• 2277548: Plug Side Cover H2
• 2371256-100: Discovery LS ME1 to ME1.5 Table Upgrade FMI Instruction
6.2.1.2 Required Tools
In addition to the standard tool kit, the following tools are needed:
• Two large C-clamps
• M4 tap and handle
• M5.5 drill bit
• M4.2 drill bit
• Electric drill
• Cutting oil
• Hacksaw or grinder
Page 112 Chapter 6 - Table

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.2 Before Beginning
Before the system is shut down to begin this upgrade, raise the table to its maximum height.
6.2.3 Pre-Mechanical Installation

Follow the procedures in this section to prepare the system for the Mechanical Installation Team.
CAUTION The FE must be present to warm-up the system, take initial measurements, shut down, and
lock-out/tag-out the system.
Follow these steps to prepare the system for the table base upgrade:
1.) Warm up the system and run a Fast Cal.
2.) Drive the base to the CT position.
3.) Drive the cradle all the way out of the bore to the home position.
4.) Turn on the CT gantry alignment light.
5.) Mark the CT location of the alignment light on the cradle with a piece of tape.
6.) Leave the alignment lights enabled.
7.) Drive the base to the PET position.
8.) Mark the PET location of the alignment light on the cradle with a piece of tape.
9.) Drive the base back to the CT position.
10.) Measure the distance between the pieces of tape on the cradle, and record the actual distance
below. (The mechanical installation team will use this measurement to set the distance
between the PET and CT detents during Section 6.2.6.28 of this procedure.)
• Optimal Distance = 675 +/-14 mm. (Refer to the information on page 132 and
page 136 if the distance falls outside the 675 +/-14 mm range.)
• Actual Distance = ___________________________________.
11.) Raise the table to its maximum height.
Note: For best results, use the table controls to raise the table to maximum height before removing power
from the system.
12.) Shutdown the CT system.
13.) Remove CT gantry power.
14.) Follow the currently recommended procedures to lock-out and tag-out the CT PDU.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.4 Mechanical Installation
There will be parts left over after completing this upgrade.
6.2.4.1 Remove the Table Covers
1.) Refer to Figure 6-1. Remove all the metal covers from the secondary base. (Follow local facility
guidelines to discard or recycle the metal base covers.)
Figure 6-1: Remove Metal Covers from the Secondary Base
2.) Refer to Figure 6-2. Remove the window shade assembly from the front of the table base.
a.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to remove the two screws that fasten the window shade roll-up
cover to the front of the table secondary base.
b.) Remove the hardware that fastens the window shade roll-up cover to the bulkhead
bracket. (Leave the bulkhead bracket in place for now.)
c.) Follow local guidelines to discard or recycle the window shade roll-up cover.
Window Shade Roll-up Cover
Use 4mm Allen wrench

to remove hardware.
Do not remove Bulkhead

Bracket at this time.
Figure 6-2: Remove Secondary Base Front Roll-up Cover

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-3. Remove the table top side covers. (Each side cover is held in place with
two quarter-turn captive screws, located on the under the table top.)
4.) Refer to Figure 6-3. Move the interlock jumper to the cover off position.
Captive Quarter-Turn Screw
Move jumper to "cover off" position.
Figure 6-3: Remove the Table Side Covers
5.) Remove the right table side covers from the elevator cover (scissor section) of the table.
a.) Unfasten the two screws and ground connection from two covers on the right side of the
table and one cover on the left side of the table.
Note: Wait until Section 6.2.5.4, after the pedal assembly is removed, to remove the cover from the left
side of the table.

GE HEALTHCARE
b.) Refer to Figure 6-4. Use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to remove the two screws and ground
braid that fasten each cover into place.
c.) Remove the elevator covers and set aside.
Remove side covers to improve access.
Table Scissor Section (Elevator)

Use a 1/8 in. Allen wrench to unfasten.
Each side cover has a ground strap.
Figure 6-4: Remove the Side Elevator Covers

GE HEALTHCARE
6.) Refer to Figure 6-5. Remove the ETC cover.
a.) If necessary, use a flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the two captive thumb screws that
fasten the cover into place.
b.) Set the cover aside.
Figure 6-5: Remove the ETC Cover
7.) Refer to Figure 6-6. Remove the middle support bar and bracket for the ETC Cover.
a.) Use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to remove the three M4 flat-head screws that fasten the
middle bar into place.
b.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the two M6 socket-head screws that fasten the
bracket to ETC chassis.
c.) Follow local guidelines to discard or recycle the bar and bracket.
Middle Bar
Bracket on
ETC Chasis
Figure 6-6: Remove the Middle Support Bar and Bracket

GE HEALTHCARE
8.) Refer to Figure 6-7. Use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to remove the four screws that fasten the
Elevator/Tilt Drive Assembly cover into place.
9.) Set the cover and hardware aside.
Screws (4) on Elevator/Tilt Drive Assembly
Figure 6-7: Table Elevator/Tilt Drive Assembly
6.2.4.2 Remove the Base Cover Brackets

Refer to Figure 6-8. Remove the four cover brackets from the ETC chassis.
1.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the two M6 socket-head cap screws that fasten each of
the cover brackets (total of 4, one in each corner) to the ETC chassis.
2.) Follow local guidelines to recycle or discard the brackets.
Each bracket held in place with two sets of M6 hardware.

Figure 6-8: Remove Cover Brackets from ETC chassis

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-9. Remove the characterization bracket, located near the fans on the right
front corner of the ETC chassis.
a.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the M6 socket-head cap screw that fastens the
characterization calibration bracket into place. (Bracket is silk-screened: LOWER LIMIT
SWITCH and LOWER CHAR POINT.)
b.) Discard the bracket.
Calibration Bracket
Figure 6-9: Characterization Calibration Bracket
4.) If necessary, modify the Calibration Bar:

a.) Refer to Figure 6-10. Locate the Calibration Bar fastened to the right side of the table
casting, beneath the ETC assembly.
b.) Fasten the bar back into place with the original M6 hardware.
CT-PET Latch Assembly attaches Remove this tab (interferes with the
to this bearing block. CT-PET Latch Assembly).
Figure 6-10: Calibration Bar with Tab

GE HEALTHCARE
c.) Refer to Figure 6-11.
* If the Calibration Bar has a metal tab on the left side of the bar, proceed to Step d.
* If the Calibration Bar does not have a metal tab on the left side of the bar, proceed to
Section 6.2.4.3.
d.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the two M6 socket-head cap screws that fasten the
calibration bar into place.
e.) Refer to Figure 6-11. Trim the tab flush with the left side of the Calibration Bar.
Recommended: If a vice is not available, use one of the C-clamps to clamp the Calibration Bar to
the end of a secondary base side rail. Use a hacksaw to cut the tab.
Calibration Bar should

look like this.
If Calibration Bar has a

tab at this end, remove it.
Figure 6-11: Remove the Tab from the Calibration Bar

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.4.3 Install the Mechanical Stop Assembly
At least four versions of the Secondary Base currently exist in the field. Some versions contain both
a front and rear mechanical stop, some contain a single front or rear stop, and at least one version
has no mechanical stops at all.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-12. Determine the table type.
The mechanical stops are located on the right side of the secondary base, next to the linear
rail. The front stop is located about midpoint, and the rear stop is located near the clutch motor
assembly. If the base has:
• Front and Rear Stops, remove the Front stop.
• Front Stop, but no Rear Stop, move the Front stop to the rear location.
• No Stops, install a new Rear Stop from the kit.
Front Mechanical Stop (Remove)
Rear Mechanical Stop (Install)
Figure 6-12: Front and Rear Mechanical Stops
2.) To remove the Front stop, use a 6 mm Allen wrench to remove the two mounting bolts, flats
and lock washers that fasten the bracket into place.
3.) If the table has no Rear stop, use the same M8 hardware to fasten the Front stop to the rear
location. (The table base should already have pre-drilled holes in the rear location.)

GE HEALTHCARE
Note: The kit may contain a pre-assembled mechanical stop. If not, use Figure 6-13 as a guide to
assemble a mechanical stop for your system.
If the table has no mechanical stops, locate and remove the following parts from the kit:
Part Number Description Quantity
2306559 Back Stopper Bracket 1

2334772-2 Bumper 1
46-214695P79 M8 x 20mm Socket-Head Cap Screw 2
2109878-8 M8 Flat Washer 2
2315373-5 M8 Lock Washer 2
46-328425P2 M6 Nut 1
2109878-3 M6 Washer 1
4.) Use Figure 6-13 as a reference, and assemble the Rear Stop.
a.) Use the M6 hardware to assemble the bumper.
b.) Use the M8 hardware to fasten the mechanical stop to the rear location.
Figure 6-13: Mechanical Stop Bracket (In Rear Stop Location)
6.2.5 Remove the Manual Control Hardware

Follow the instructions in this section to remove the hardware and cables used to control the
secondary base of the ME1 table.
6.2.5.1 Remove the KB Box
The KB Box provides the electronics to drive the secondary base between the PET and CT
positions. The KB box controls the clutch motor assembly, mounted directly beneath it. Follow the
instructions in this section to remove the KB box. Follow the instructions in Section 6.2.5.10 to
remove the entire Clutch Motor assembly and casting.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.2 Unfasten and Remove the Cables
The currently installed ground wire may be reused. Reconnect the new Clutch Control and Base
Axis Motor cables to the original gantry cables, and fasten the new Base Potentiometer cable to a
different set of gantry cable connectors.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-14. Disconnect the three cables and ground wire from the KB Box.
2.) Cut any tie-wraps, as needed, to remove the three motor clutch cables and ground wire from
the table.
3.) Follow the cables to the front of the table, and disconnect them from the corresponding gantry
cables. Remove the ground wire from the ground bus bar.
4.) Follow local guidelines to discard the cables and ground wire.
Disconnect three cables

and ground wire.
Use 3 mm Allen wrench to

remove 3 socket-head
cap screws.
Figure 6-14: KB Box and Clutch Motor Assembly
6.2.5.3 Unfasten and Remove the KB Box

1.) Refer to Figure 6-14. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to remove the three socket-head cap screws
that fasten the KB box to the bracket on the casting.
2.) Return the KB Box (and clutch motor casting) to GE Headquarters.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.4 Remove the Pedal Assembly
1.) Refer to Figure 6-15. Use a 6 mm Allen wrench to remove the two socket-head cap screws
that fasten the pedal to the side of the table base.
Socket-Head
Cap Screws
Figure 6-15: Remove Pedal from Table Rail
2.) Remove the front left table side cover from the scissor section of the table.
a.) Use an 1/8 inch Allen wrench to remove the two screws and ground wire that fasten the
front left table side cover into place. (Only need to remove one cover.)
b.) If necessary, move the table to access the front switch rail screws.
6.2.5.5 Remove the PET and CT Position Switches and Switch Rail
Locate the CT and PET position limit switches (mounted to the switch rail and attached to the left
side of the secondary base when facing the gantry). Move the table, as needed, to access the
Position switch hardware and components. The cables may be cut and the switches and switch rail
removed as a single assembly.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-16 and Figure 6-17. Use a wrench to loosen the two retaining rings from the
switches before removing the CT position switch from the table.
2.) Remove the retaining rings from PET position switches as well.
Retaining Rings
Figure 6-16: PET Position Switches (Shown with Pedal Assembly Attached to Rail)

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-17. Use a 6 mm Allen wrench to remove the CT and PET position limit
switches from the table. (Each limit switch fastens to the table with two socket-head cap
screws.)
Socket-Head Cap Screws Remove the switch rail.
Figure 6-17: CT Position Switch
4.) Refer to Figure 6-18. Disconnect the cables from each limit switch.
a.) Cut the wires from the terminals on the bottoms of the switches to facilitate removal of the
corresponding cables. (Cables are removed during Section 6.2.5.7.)
b.) Follow local guidelines to discard or recycle the PET and CT limit switches.
Wires
Figure 6-18: Cut Wires to Remove Switches and Cables
6.2.5.6 Remove the Switch Rail

1.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the two M6 socket-head cap screws that fasten the front
of the switch rail (very heavy) to the table base.
2.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to remove the two flat-head screws that fasten the rear of the switch
rail to the table base. (The rail may be mounted with metal shims. Remove any found.)
3.) Follow local procedures to discard the pedal switch components.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the ETC from static discharge, ALWAYS wear a grounded wrist band
when disconnecting cables from the ETC Board assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.7 Disconnect and Discard the CT-PET Positions Cable (P/N 2318721)
The ETC I/F J8 connection consists of three cables and a pigtail. Two cables go to the PET and CT
limit switches, and one cable goes to the Gantry. The pigtail connects all the signals to the ETC I/F
Board. Follow the instructions in this section to remove the pigtail and the PET and CT limit switch
cables.
Note: For best results, tilt the ETC mounting tray to access the connectors. Use a flat-blade screwdriver
to unfasten the slotted (captive) screw located bottom center.
1.) Cut the tie-wraps and remove the CT-PET Positions cable from the table.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-19. Follow the cables back to the ETC Board I/F J8 connection.
3.) Disconnect the 15 pin D-Type Connector from J8 of the ETC I/F board.
J10 ETC I/F Board (Piggyback) J8
J4
J24
J7
J13
Figure 6-19: ETC Board Locations
4.) Cut the existing cable from the J8 connector, and pull out the CT-PET positions cable.
5.) Fasten a piece of tape over the remaining 15 pin D-Type connector.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.8 Remove the Cable Harness (P/N 2271256) from the Table
The ETC I/F J8 connection consists of three cables and a pigtail. Two cables go to the PET and CT
limit switches and one cable goes to the Gantry. The pigtail connects all the signals to the ETC I/F
Board. In the previous section, the cables were removed from the PET and CT limit switches and
the pigtail. Follow the procedure in this section to remove the cable that runs from J8 on the ETC I/
F Board to J13 on the back side of Table Bulkhead.
Note: Cables from J12 and J13 are removed, and new cables are installed in J11 and J12 only. The
system no longer uses the J13 connection on the Table bulkhead.
1.) Locate the cables attached to the J13 at the rear of the Table bulkhead. (Figure 6-42 on page
145 shows the Table Bulkhead location.)
2.) Remove the cable from J13 on the front of the Table bulkhead.
3.) Remove the cable from J13 on the rear of the Table bulkhead.
a.) Cut tie-wraps, as needed, to remove this cable from the table bundle.
b.) Follow the cable to the ETC I/F Board. (See Figure 6-19 for connector locations.)
c.) Refer to Figure 6-20. The other end of this cable (P/N 2271256) has two connections.
d.) Remove the insulation and disconnect the D-Type connectors.
e.) Follow the signal harness to J8 and disconnect it.
f.) Discard the cable that came from the rear of the bulkhead.
g.) Wrap tape around the remaining ETC I/F cable from J8.
4.) Wrap tape around the connector removed from the front of the bulkhead. (The system no
longer uses this cable.)
Remove this cable.
Cut this insulation and separate the connectors.
Tie off
this cable.
Figure 6-20: Old J8 Signal Harness

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.9 Remove the INTF SW and CL CONT I Cable (P/N 2309066) from the Table
Some versions of the M1 Table do not have Table bulkheads. The cables attach directly to the
cable connections in the table retractor. If a Table bulkhead is not present, the new bulkhead (P/N
2309772) that comes with the upgrade kit will be installed during Section 6.2.6.11.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-21. Locate and detach the 25 pin D-Type connector and pigtail from J7 of the
ETC I/F Board. (If J7 cannot be located on the ETC I/F Board, see Figure 6-19 on page 126.
2.) Follow the cable to the rear connection of J12 of the Table bulkhead. Cut tie-wraps and cable,
as needed, to remove P/N 2309066 and the pigtail from the table.
3.) Temporarily disconnect the cable from J12 on the front of the Table bulkhead.
4.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to unfasten the Table bulkhead hardware to access and detach the
cable connectors from the Table bulkhead.
5.) Remove Cable P/N 2309066 from J12 at the rear of the Table bulkhead and discard.
Figure 6-21: Disconnect J7

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.10 Remove the Motor Clutch Assembly (P/N 2309067)
For best results, check the table and secondary base with a level before removing the motor clutch
assembly. Check level again, before fastening the covers into place. If necessary, adjust the table
levelers to re-level the table and secondary base.
To disassemble the secondary base drive belt:
1.) Refer to Figure 6-22. Use two strips of masking tape, or some white correction fluid, to mark
the edges of the belt connector before disassembling the belt.
Figure 6-22: Mark the Secondary Base Drive Belt
2.) Refer to Figure 6-23. Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to remove the four socket-head cap screws
from the fastener plate, and set aside.
3.) Remove the fastener plate and set aside.
4.) Remove the drive belt from the pulley on the motor clutch assembly.
Socket-Head Cap Screws (4) and Fastener Plate
Figure 6-23: Disassemble Secondary Base Positioning Belt

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.5.11 Assemble and Attach the Spreader Bar Assembly
1.) Locate and remove the following Spreader Bar Assembly components from the kit:
Quantity Part Number Description
1 2356111 Spreader Bar

2 2356109 Side Pieces
4 46-328417P25 10 mm x 35 mm Socket-Head Cap Screw
4 46-328430P4 10 mm Flat Washer
4 46-328432P4 10 mm Lock Washer
2.) Refer to Figure 6-24. Use an 8 mm Allen wrench to loosely attach the Side Pieces (P/N
2356109) to the Spreader Bar (P/N 2356111).
Do not tighten hardware until you clamp the spreader into place.
Figure 6-24: Secondary Base Spreader Bar with Side Pieces

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-25. Clamp the Side Pieces of the Spreader Bar to the secondary base rails.
(Do not remove any table anchors.)
4.) Tighten the Spreader Bar bolts.
Figure 6-25: Secondary Base Spreader Bar Clamped into Place
5.) Refer to Figure 6-26. Wedge a piece of wood under the clutch motor casting to support it while
removing the nine bolts that fasten it to the secondary base.
Figure 6-26: Support Casting with Wood
6.) If necessary, remove the floor mounted table lateral alignment assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE
7.) Refer to Figure 6-27. Use a 13 mm or 1/2 in. socket wrench to remove:
a.) Five bolts that fasten the motor clutch assembly to the right Secondary Base side rail.
b.) Four bolts that fasten the motor clutch assembly to the left Secondary Base side rail.
8.) Keep the bolts to reuse when installing the new clutch motor assembly.
9.) Leave the Spreader Bar clamped into place until the new motor clutch assembly is installed.
Figure 6-27: Remove Old Motor Clutch Assembly from Table Base
6.2.6 Install the Automated Base Hardware

6.2.6.1 Drill and Tap the Right Secondary Base Rail
Five different types of side rails currently exist in the field. The first step is to determine which
version is present.
Regardless of the secondary base rail version, at least one hole must be drilled. Some versions
require as many as 13 holes. In addition, some rails have a combination of tapped, untapped and
partially tapped holes. Carefully run a tap through each designated hole, from the inside of the table
to the outside, before installing the upgrade hardware.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.2 Determine the Right Secondary Base Rail Revision
Determine the secondary base revision by counting the number of access holes in the right rail
while facing the Gantry. All tables use the CT Drill Template.
• Seven rail access holes: Revision 0 table needs the PET Plug and CT Plug. Drill four PET
holes and nine CT holes.
• Five rail access holes: Revision 1 or 2 table needs the PET Plug. Drill four PET holes and
six CT holes.
• Four rail access holes: For Revision 3 table, drill one CT hole. (May need to drill four PET
holes if the distance between the CT scan plane and PET scan plane falls outside the
specified range.)
Revision 0 rail has seven access holes.
Access Hole PET Plug CT Plug
Revision 1 rail has five access holes.
PET Plug
Revision 2 rail has five access holes.
Revision 3 rail has four access holes.
Figure 6-28: Determine the Right Secondary Base Rail Revision

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.3 Attach the CT Template and Drill the Hole(s)
All table revisions use the CT template. Follow the instructions in this section to attach the CT Drill
Template, P/N 2355224, to the right secondary base side rail.
The "A" holes in the rail must be tapped in order to fasten the CT Drill Template to the rail. Refer to
Figure 6-29 and label the CT Drill Template holes.
Fasten to rail using "A" holes. "B" Holes (3 of 5)
"B" Holes (2 of 5)
"C" Holes "E" Hole "D" Hole
Figure 6-29: CT Drill Template Hole Labels (Viewed from the Rail Exterior)
1.) Refer to Figure 6-30. All table rail types have pre-drilled and partially tapped "A" holes.
a.) Locate the two "A" holes, between 395 and 565 mm from the rear edge of the rail.
b.) Use an M4 tap to finish the holes. (Tap from the interior of the table outward.)
CT Drill Template attaches to the "A" holes.
395 mm
from Rail Edge
Figure 6-30: Finish Tapping the "A" Holes

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-31. (The CT Drill Template attaches to the exterior of the side rail through
the "A" holes just tapped.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten two M4 socket-head cap bolts
(P/N 328417P7) through the template.
M4 Socket-Head
Cap Bolts
Label the template holes.
Figure 6-31: Fasten CT Drill Template to Right Rail Exterior
CAUTION To prevent damage to the linear bearing, fasten pieces of tape over each hole location, at the
back of the rail, to catch the swarf (metal dust) when the drill penetrates the rail.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-29 on page 134. The table rail revision determines the hole pattern:
• Revision 0: Drill five "B" holes and four "C" holes.
• Revision 1 and 2: Drill four "C" holes, the "D" hole and the "E" hole.
• Revision 3: Drill the "E" hole.
CAUTION To prevent injury, wear eye protection while drilling.

4.) Tape a piece of paper or paper towel to the interior of the rail to prevent metal fragments from
collecting on the bearing rail.
5.) Use a 5.5 mm bit to drill the template holes. (Do not tap these holes.)
• Recommended: Use cutting oil when drilling.
• Keep the drill perpendicular to the rail while drilling.
• Stop frequently to let the drill bit cool.
• Vacuum debris while drilling.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.4 Determine the PET Detent Location
The specified distance between the CT scan plane and PET scan plane equals 675 mm
+/-14 mm. For the PET detent holes drilled into the Revision 3 rail and the PET plugs (Revision 0,
1, and 2), position the PET detent 675 mm from the CT detent. The PET detent has slots to
accommodate +/-14 mm range of tolerance. Regardless of the table rail revision, If the distance
recorded on page 113 is less than 661 mm, a new set of PET detent holes need to be drilled into
the rail, and the PET detent and PET detent adjuster shifted closer to the CT detent.
When the listed procedures are completed below, continue to Section 6.2.6.10 on page 142.
Side Rail Follow procedure in the following

Distance Between Scan Planes
Revision Sections:
3 675mm +/-14 mm N/A

Proceed to 6.2.6.10 on page 142.
3 651 to 661 mm 6.2.6.6 on page 139, then
6.2.6.8 on page 141.
3 641 to 651 mm 6.2.6.6 on page 139, then
6.2.6.9 on page 141.
2 675mm +/-14 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137.
2 651 to 661mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.7 on page 140, then
6.2.6.8 on page 141.
2 641 to 651 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.9 on page 141.
1 675mm +/-14mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137
1 651 to 661 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.8 on page 141.
1 641 to 651 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.9 on page 141.
0 675 mm +/-14 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137
0 651 to 661 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.8 on page 141.
0 641 to 651 mm 6.2.6.5 on page 137, then
6.2.6.9 on page 141.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.5 Attach the PET Template and Drill the Standard PET Detent Holes
Revision 0, 1 and 2 tables use the PET Drill template. Revision 3 tables do not use this template.
Follow the instructions in this section to attach the PET Drill Template,
P/N 2355334, to the right secondary base side rail.
1.) Locate and remove the following hardware from the upgrade kit:
2355225 PET Drill Template 1

2355559 PET Drill Template Clamp Block 2
46-328417P19 M6 x 50 mm Socket-Head Cap Screw 4
2.) Refer to Figure 6-32. Insert the PET Drill Template into the fifth access hole, counting from the
gantry end of the right secondary base rail.
3.) Rest the edges of the raised portion of the template against the bottom and front edge (gantry
side) of the access hole.
Push template against the front edge of the access hole (toward the gantry).
This edge
rests against
front edge of Interior View
5th access hole.
Exterior View
Clamp Block
Bottom edge rests against

bottom edge of 5th access hole.
Figure 6-32: PET Drill Template

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-33. Fasten the template into place with the two clamp blocks and four sets
of M6 hardware.
5.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to tighten the M6 hardware.
Drill these four holes.
Figure 6-33: PET Drill Template (Exterior View)
CAUTION To prevent injury, wear eye protection while drilling.

6.) Tape a piece of paper or paper towel to the interior of the rail, to prevent the debris from
7.) Use a 5.5 mm bit to drill the template holes. (Do not tap these holes.)
• Vacuum debris while drilling.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.6 Fasten PET Detent Offset Template (P/N 2371258) to Revision 3 Rail
If the distance between the PET and CT scan planes on the system is less than 661 mm, a new set
of PET detent and PET detent adjuster holes must be drilled closer to the CT detent. Follow the
instructions in this section to attach the PET Detent Offset Template, P/N 2371258, to the existing
PET detent holes in the Revision 3 secondary base rail.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-34. Fasten the PET detent offset template directly to the rail. (To locate the
PET detent holes, refer to Figure 6-80 on page 168.)
2.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to fasten the template to the rail with three M5 X 35 mm socket-head
cap screws, P/N 46-312577P30.
3.) Fasten the M5 screws through the holes closest to the gantry as shown in
Figure 6-34.
PET Detent Location (1,261 mm from end of

secondary base rail to rear mounting hole.)
Figure 6-34: Fasten PET Detent Offset Template to Revision 3 Rail
4.) Use existing PET detent holes to fasten the second template into place.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.7 Fasten the PET Detent Offset Template to the Revision 0, 1 or 2 Rail
If the distance between the PET and CT scan planes on the system is less than 661 mm, a new set
of PET detent and PET detent adjuster holes must be drilled closer to the CT detent. Follow the
instructions in this section to attach the PET Detent Offset Template,
P/N 2371258, to the existing PET detent holes in the PET plug.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-35. Follow the instructions on page 169 to install the PET plug,
P/N 2342038.
Fasten PET plug into place.
Existing Holes in
PET Plug
Gantry
Figure 6-35: Fasten PET Detent Offset Template to Revision 0, 1 or 2 Rail
2.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to fasten the offset template to the PET plug with the following:

2236649 M5 Flat Washer 18
3.) Refer to Figure 6-36. Insert the M5 screw through the template, and slide the six M5 flat
washers onto the threads.
4.) Fasten the M5 screws through the holes closest to the gantry as shown in Figure 6-35.
Stacks of six washers between template and plug act as stand-offs.
Figure 6-36: Use M5 Washers as Stand-Offs

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.8 Drill a New Set of PET Detent Holes 10mm Closer to the CT Detent
Follow the instructions in this section if the distance between PET and CT scan planes falls between
651 and 661mm.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-37. If necessary, designate the drill holes with a permanent marker.
2.) Tape a piece of paper or paper towel to the interior of the rail to prevent the debris from
3.) Use a 4.2 mm bit to drill the template holes.
4.) Use an M4 tap to finish the holes. Tap from the interior, outward.
5.) Vacuum all debris from the area.
These holes shift the PET detent adjuster 10 mm.

These holes shift the PET detent 10 mm closer to the CT detent.
Figure 6-37: 10 mm Offset Drill Holes
6.2.6.9 Drill a New Set of PET Detent Holes 20 mm Closer to the CT Detent
Follow the instructions in this section if the distance between PET and CT scan planes falls between
641 and 651mm.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-37 and Figure 6-38. If necessary, designate the drill holes with a permanent
marker.
2.) Tape a piece of paper or paper towel to the interior of the rail to prevent the debris from
3.) Use a 4.2 mm bit to drill the template holes.
4.) Use an M4 tap to finish the holes. Tap from the interior, outward.

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Vacuum all debris from the area.
These holes shift the PET detent adjuster 20 mm.
These holes shift the PET detent 20 mm closer to the CT detent.
Figure 6-38: 20 mm Offset Drill Holes
6.2.6.10 Install the New Clutch Motor Assembly
CAUTION Refer to Figure 6-39.To prevent damage to the system, always make sure at least one of the
pulleys is loose on the shaft when installing the motor clutch assembly. Use a 1.5 mm Allen
wrench to loosen the set screws.
Set screws located

on Pulley next to
potentiometer (blue).
Figure 6-39: Support the Clutch Motor Assembly with Wood
1.) Reuse the bolts removed during the Section 6.2.5.10 procedure.
2.) Set the clutch motor casting on a piece of wood and slide it into place.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Use a 13 mm or 1/2 inch socket to reattach the new assembly to the secondary base.
a.) Fasten the motor clutch assembly to the right secondary base side rail with five bolts.
b.) Fasten the motor clutch assembly to the left secondary base side rail with four bolts.
4.) Slightly loosen the spreader hardware.
5.) Remove the C-clamps.
6.) Follow local guidelines to recycle or discard the spreader bar assembly.
6.2.6.11 Install the Table Bulkhead (If Necessary)
Early ME1 tables do not have a bulkhead, so the kit ships with a new table bulkhead. If the system
already has a bulkhead, do not replace it.
1.) If necessary, locate and remove the following hardware from the upgrade kit:
2309772 Table Bulkhead Bracket 1

2.) Refer to Figure 6-40. Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the table bulkhead in place with two
M6 socket-head cap screws, flats and lock washers.
Note: For best results, temporarily remove the bulkhead, attach the Cable P/N 2323724 to the back side
of the bulkhead, then fasten the bulkhead into place.
Rear Side of Bulkhead
Figure 6-40: Install Table Bulkhead Bracket, P/N 2309772

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.12 Install the Base Axis Motor I Cable (P/N 2323724)
Install the Base Axis Motor I Cable between J11 on the rear of the table bulkhead and the J5
connector on the Cradle Tilt/Elevation Driver Assembly.
1.) Insert the three-pin connector through the J11 opening at the back of the Table bulkhead.
2.) Attach the cable labeled Base Axis Motor R to the J11 connection on the front of the Table
bulkhead.
3.) Route the J11 cable from the main table harness cable to the Elevator/Tilt Drive PCB. (Do not
tie-wrap at this time.)
4.) Refer to Figure 6-41. Fasten the cable connector to J5 on the driver assembly.
Ground Stud
For best results, kneel on the right side of the table and reach through the scissor assembly
and across to the left side of the table to attach the J5 cable. Reach in the direction shown in
the illustration.
5.) Refer to Figure 6-41. Pull the cable toward the front of the table to clear the heat sink.
6.) Reattach the Cradle Tilt/Elevation Driver cover, and use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to fasten the
four cover screws on the cover.
J5 Location (Viewed from Left, Front of Table)
Kneel on this side of the table and reach across.
Figure 6-41: J5 Location on Cradle Tilt/Elevation Driver PCB

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.13 Install the Clutch Control I Cable (P/N 2340390)
Install the Clutch Control Cable from the rear of the Table bulkhead (J12) to the (future) Clutch
Driver Unit location before installing the Clutch Driver Unit.
1.) Insert the J12 connector of Cable P/N 2340390 into the rear of the Table bulkhead.
2.) Attach the Clutch R Cable labeled P/N 2309059-0 to the J12 connector on the front of the
Table bulkhead.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-42. Route the J221 connector of P/N 2340390 to the Clutch Driver Unit
location on the right side of the table.
Table Bulkhead
This edge may

interfere with
Clutch Driver
Unit Bracket.
Clutch Drive Unit

attaches here.
To J221 of Clutch
Driver Unit (not
installed)
Figure 6-42: Rear View of Table Bulkhead

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.14 Install Clutch Driver Unit (P/N 2340282)
Follow the instructions in this section to install the Clutch Driver Unit, P/N 2340282.
CAUTION Refer to Figure 6-43. The Clutch Driver Unit bracket may require modification to fit into the
space provided by filing the holes or grinding the edge of the bracket. Be careful when filing
or grinding. Cover the top of the unit to prevent metal filings from entering the unit and
causing shorts. The unit uses 120 VAC..
Clutch Driver Unit
Bracket may need modification.
Use a 5 mm Allen wrench and

fasten with M6 hardware.
Figure 6-43: Install Clutch Driver Unit
1.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the Clutch Driver Unit into place with the following
hardware:
• Two M6 x 16 mm screws, P/N 46-214695P34
• Two M6 lock washers, P/N 2315373-4
• Two M6 flat washers, P/N 2109878-3
Note: The J18 and J221 cable connectors are mislabeled on the Clutch Driver Unit. Refer to Figure 6-44.
Use a permanent marker to cross out the original labels and relabel the connections on the face of
the unit.
2.) Attach the connector labeled J221 to the connector relabeled J221 (formerly J18) on the
Clutch Driver Unit.
Relabel this connector J221.
To AC Filter
Relabel this connector J18.
Figure 6-44: Clutch Driver Unit

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.15 Install the Clutch Driver Unit Power Cable (P/N 2338088)
Refer to Figure 6-45. Make a mental note of the wire color before disconnecting A1 and A2 on the
ETC ASM side of the filter. The lugs on the new power cable have dual connectors, so the original
wires re-plug in place.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-45. Remove the wires from A1 and A2 of the ETC ASM side of the filter.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-44. Fasten Cable P/N 2338088 to J200 of the Clutch Driver Unit.
3.) Route the other end of P/N 2338088 to the AC Filters.
Add wires to
this filter.
Note colors.
Figure 6-45: Filter Before Upgrade
4.) Refer to Figure 6-46. Plug the white connector into the right side of the filter and the black
connector into the left side of the filter.
White Wire
Black Wire
Figure 6-46: Dual Connectors on P/N 2338088

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 6-47. Reattach the filter wires to the filter.
a.) Attach the black wire to the left side of the filter.
b.) Attach the white wire to the right side of the filter.
Black Wire White Wire
Figure 6-47: Filter Connection to (Short) ETC ASM Side of Filter
6.2.6.16 Attach the Ground Wire (P/N 2338084) to the Clutch Driver Unit
The ground wire in the kit may have improperly sized ring terminals, which are too small to fit the
ground hardware. The rings may be cut and spread to fit the hardware. For best results, replace the
terminal with a #10 ring.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-44. Attach one end of ground wire, P/N 2338084, to the ground stud on the
Clutch Driver Box.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-48. Route the ground from the main table harness to the ground bar on the
ETC Power Supply.
Attach ground to
unoccupied stud.
Figure 6-48: Attach Ground Wire to Ground Bar
CAUTION Route the ground away from the bottom of the ETC mounting tray to prevent it from catching
when pivoting the ETC tray or fastening the ETC and its cover into place.
3.) Use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to remove an unoccupied stud on the ground bar.
4.) Fasten the ground wire into place. (Do not tie-wrap at this time.)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.17 Replace the ETC Interface Board
CAUTION To prevent damage to the system, observe all ESD precautions. Wear a grounded wrist strap
when handling the ETC I/F Boards.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-49. Locate and remove the ETC I/F Board, P/N 2229871, from the upgrade
kit.
2.) Unfasten the cables connected to the ETC I/F Board.
3.) Use a flat-blade screwdriver to unfasten the three screws that hold the board in place.
4.) Remove the new ETC I/F Board from its static protection bag and fasten it into place.
5.) Place the old ETC I/F Board into the static protection bag, and follow local guidelines to return
the board to GE.
6.) Fasten the ETC I/F cables back into place.
ETC I/F fastens to the ETC Board with four screws.
ETC I/F ETC Board
Figure 6-49: ETC Interface Board

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.18 Install the Base CMD Adapter Cable (P/N 2338086)
The next series of cables originate or terminate at the ETC Board. For best results, route the cables
under the ETC mounting tray before connecting them to the ETC Board. Follow the instructions in
this section to route Cable P/N 2338086 from the ETC Board to the Clutch Driver Unit and the future
location of the CT-PET Position Latch.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the ETC circuitry, ALWAYS wear a grounded wrist band when
attaching cables to the ETC assembly boards.
1.) Locate and remove Cable P/N 2338086 from the upgrade kit. (The silver connector attaches
to the ETC board.)
Route the cable through

the opening in the bottom
of the ETC mounting tray.
Figure 6-50: Route P/N 2338086 Under ETC Board
2.) Route the end with the 3-pin Molex connector to the Clutch Driver Unit.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-44. Attach the 3-pin Molex to the connector previously labeled J18 on the
face of the Clutch Driver Unit.
NOTICE If the Clutch Driver Unit looks like the one shown in Figure 6-44, the connector on the Clutch
Driver Unit is mislabeled J18. Attach the 3-pin connector to J221 on the Clutch Driver Unit.
Use a permanent marker to cross out the J18 label, and relabel the connector J221.
4.) Refer to Figure 6-51. Route the cable end with the fast-on terminators to the future location of
the CT-PET Position Latch. (This cable provides the power to energize the solenoid on the CT-
PET Position Latch.)
Future Location of
CT-PET Position Latch
Figure 6-51: Cable P/N 2338086 CT-PET Position Latch Connection

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.19 Install the CT-PET Position Optical Sensor (P/N 2350570)
For best results, route P/N 2350570 under the ETC Board before making the connection.
1.) Locate and remove the CT-PET Position Optical Sensor from the kit.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-52. Trim about 1 inch of the heat shrink insulation from the connector. (The
full length of insulation may interfere with the ETC Cover.)
Cut insulation back

by about 1 inch.
Figure 6-52: Trim Insulation from P/N 2350570 Connector
3.) Refer to Figure 6-53. Carefully route the sensor across the ETC assembly and through the
slot in the side bracket.
Route the Optical Sensor through the slot in the side bracket.
Be careful, Optical
Sensor is very fragile.
Figure 6-53: Route Optical Sensor Across ETC Board
4.) Fasten the D-Type connector to J8 of the ETC I/F Board.

5.) Locate the old J8 connector detached and taped off in Section 6.2.5.7.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.) Refer to Figure 6-54 (shows the cable tie-off to J14 on the main ETC Board). Tie-wrap the old
J8 connector to another cable on the ETC assembly to keep it out of the way.
Figure 6-54: Tie Off Old ETC I/F J8 Connector
6.2.6.20 Install the Base Driver Enable Ribbon Cable (P/N 2340386)
NOTICE Ribbon Cable P/N 2340386 is very fragile.

1.) Refer to Figure 6-55. Disconnect the following cables from the ETC and ETC I/F boards:
a.) Temporarily disconnect J10 from the main ETC Board to provide better access to the
ribbon cable in J4.
b.) Disconnect Adapter P/N 2271251 from ETC I/F J4.
c.) Disconnect signal harness from ETC I/F J24.
Disconnect J4.
Disconnect J24.
Disconnect J10.
Figure 6-55: Disconnect ETC Cables

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-56. Attach the ETC I/F J4 side of the Base Drive Enable Cable,
P/N 2340386, to the ETC I/F J4 connector.
Connect new
cable to J4.
Figure 6-56: Attach New Ribbon Cable to ETC I/F J4
3.) Refer to Figure 6-57. Connect the ETC I/F J24 side of the Base Drive Enable Cable to
connector J24.
Attach to J24
Figure 6-57: Connect New Cable to J24

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-58. Connect the existing ribbon cable, P/N 2271251, to the adapter side of
the new Base Drive Enable ribbon cable, P/N 2340386.
Figure 6-58: Connect New Ribbon Cable to Existing Ribbon Cable
5.) Refer to Figure 6-59. Connect the signal harness removed earlier from ETC I/F J24 to the new
J24 ribbon cable.
Reattach existing
cable to new cable.
New Cable
Figure 6-59: Connect Existing Signal Harness to New Ribbon Cable in J24
6.) Refer to Figure 6-55. Reconnect J10 to its ETC board connector.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.21 Install Base CMD Adapter (P/N 2304737)
Refer to Figure 6-60. The CMD adapter has three connectors with captive hardware. It is difficult to
attach the existing cable with the CMD Adapter fastened onto the ETC I/F Board. It is easier to
attach the existing cable to the back of the CMD Adaptor before attaching the adaptor to the ETC
I/F Board.
3. Connect new base CMD

Adapter Cable to J2.
1. Connect existing
Cable to J1.
2. Connect this end, labeled

ETC I/F J7, to the ETC I/F Board.
Figure 6-60: CMD Connector, P/N 2304737
1.) Refer to Figure 6-61. Disconnect Signal Harness P/N 2271256, labeled I/F J7, from J7 on the
ETC I/F Board.
ETC I/F J7
Figure 6-61: ETC Board and ETC I/F

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-62. Attach the Signal Harness J7 connector to CMD Adapter J1, and tighten
the screws.
Attach existing J7 cable

to CMD Adapter before
fastening the CMD
Adaptor in place.
Figure 6-62: Attach Existing Signal Harness to J1 on CMD Adapter
3.) Refer to Figure 6-63. Insert the ETC I/F J7 connector of the CMD Adapter into J7 of the ETC
I/F Board, and tighten the screws.
Fasten CMD
Adaptor to J7.
Figure 6-63: Attach the CMD Adaptor to ETC I/F J7

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-64. Attach the Base CMD Adaptor Cable, P/N 2338086, to J2 of the CMD
Adapter, and tighten the screws. (The Base CMD Adapter Cable, P/N 2338086 was installed
in Section 6.2.6.18.
Base CMD Adapter

Cable, P/N 2338086,
to J2
Figure 6-64: Attach Base CMD Adapter Cable to the J2 of CMD Adapter
6.2.6.22 Attach Flanges (P/N 2320158) to the Secondary Base

Attach the cover flanges to the right and left side of the secondary base at this time to prepare for
installation of the Clutch Motor cables to the left flange. (The rest of the cover brackets will be
installed later.) Locate and remove the following hardware from the upgrade kit:

2320158 Flange Ride 2
46-328417P4 M4 Socket-Head Cap Screw 16 (Eight per side)
46-328432P2 M4 Lock Washer 16 (Eight per side)
46-328430P2 M4 Flat Washer 16 (Eight per side)
1.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the cover flange to the right secondary base side rail with
eight (8) sets of M4 hardware. (If necessary, finish tapping the mounting holes on both sides
of the base.)
2.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the cover flange to the left secondary base side rail with
five sets of M4 hardware, as shown in Figure 6-65.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-65. Attach three tie-wrap mounts, P/N 46-208747P2, to the left rail flange
with the remaining three of the sets of M4 hardware.
Important: Orient the tie-wrap mounts as shown in Figure 6-65. The tie-wraps should fasten
vertically through the adhesive mount.

GE HEALTHCARE
CAUTION To prevent potential interference during table base motion, ALWAYS orient the mounts as
shown in Figure 6-65. ALWAYS remove the protective backing, and use the adhesive base
to fasten the mounts to the left rail flange.
Orient the mount

for vertical tie-wraps.
Figure 6-65: Left Cover Flange with Adhesive Tie-Wrap Mounts

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-66. Attach three tie-wrap mounts, P/N 46-208747P2, to the front end of the
table rail. (If possible, align each adhesive mount to a pre-drilled and tapped M5 hole.)
5.) Orient the mounts vertically as shown in Figure 6-65, and wipe the area with alcohol to ensure
a good grip.
6.) Use M5 screws to fasten the three mounts to the rail at the front of the (Revision 3) table.
Note: If the rail does not have pre-drilled mounting holes (Revision 0, 1, and 2 tables), use the adhesive
mounts without the M5 screws.
Figure 6-66: Attach Adhesive Mounts to Front of Table Rail
6.2.6.23 Attach Clutch Motor Cables

1.) Locate and remove the following cables from the upgrade kit:
Part Number Description

2323729 Base Potentiometer E Cable
2323726 Clutch Control E Cable
2323720 Base Axis Motor E
2.) Refer to Figure 6-67. Attach the cables to the Clutch Motor bulkhead bracket. The bulkhead
bracket fastens to the Clutch Motor casting.
Clutch Motor Bulkhead
Bulkhead Ground
Ground from J3 Connector
Figure 6-67: Clutch Motor Cables

GE HEALTHCARE
a.) Attach Base Potentiometer E, P/N 2323729, to J1 of the bulkhead. (Refer to Figure 6-69.
Cable P/N 2323729 has a pigtail permanently attached to the gantry end of the cable.)
b.) Attach Clutch Control E, P/N 2323726, to J2 of the bulkhead.
c.) Attach Base Axis Motor E, P/N 23237720, to J3 of the bulkhead.
3.) Locate and remove Ground Cable, P/N 2340388, from the kit.
4.) Refer to Figure 6-67. Attach the J3 ground and P/N 23237720 to the bulkhead with the
following hardware from the kit:

46-328432P8 M5 Lock Washer 1
46-328425P11 M5 Hex Nut 1
1. Refer to Figure 6-68. Tie-wrap the cables and ground wire into place along the secondary
base rail, then route them under the front of the table to make the connections to the original
motor clutch cables in the gantry. (See page 123 for the clutch motor cable removal
instructions.)
Tie-wrap cables along side rail.
Cables routed beneath front of table.
Figure 6-68: Route Clutch Motor Cables Beneath Front of Table

GE HEALTHCARE
2. Refer to Figure 6-69. Be careful when making the gantry connections. Look for the connectors
in the harness next to the lower left front quadrant of the gantry.
• The cable ends of P/N 2323729 connect to previously unused cables located in the gantry
harness.
• The cables are clearly marked, but a flashlight may be needed to read the labels.
To Gantry Side Cables
Figure 6-69: Base Potentiometer E Cable, P/N 2323729
6.2.6.24 Reassemble the Secondary Base Drive Belt

1.) Refer to Figure 6-70. Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to loosen the four set screws (two each on
the potentiometer pulley and motor clutch pulley). This prevents damage to the potentiometer
when installing the drive belt.
Loosen set screws

on both pulleys.
Figure 6-70: Loosen Set Screws on Clutch Motor Pulley

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-71. Wrap the belt around the two drive pulleys, and bring the ends together
over the fastener plate.
Clamp belt into place

over the fastener plate
(shown with clamp
hardware).
Figure 6-71: Drive Belt Fastener Plate
3.) Optional: Loosen the idler pulley to release tension on the belt.
a.) Refer to Figure 6-72. Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to remove the top two and bottom left
socket-head cap screws that fasten the drive belt idler pulley to the side rail.
b.) Loosen the lower right screw, but leave it in place.
Four Socket-Head Cap Screws (Right lower screw left in place.)
Drive Belt Idler Pulley
Figure 6-72: Drive Belt Idler Pulley

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-73. Position the belt so the marks on the belt line up with the edges of the
belt clamp. (Orient the belt clamp with the smooth surface facing up and the corrugated side
against the teeth on the belt.)
5.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to fasten the clamp into place with four sets of belt clamp hardware.
Marks on the belt align

with edges of belt clamp
(corrugated side down).
Figure 6-73: Reassemble the Drive Belt
3. Refer to Figure 6-72. If the Drive Belt Idler Pulley was loosened, push the pulley into its
perpendicular position with a large screwdriver, reinsert the hardware, and use a
5 mm Allen wrench to tighten the pulley screws.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.25 Set the Table Position Pot
Follow the procedure in this section to set up and secure the table position pot that is attached to
the Clutch Motor casting.
Note: If present, raise the Table Latch (explained in Section 6.2.6.37) to the vertical service position. The
Table Latch should remain in the service position until after power-up and characterization.
1.) Push the table to the service position, until the base rests against the mechanical stop installed
in Section 6.2.4.3.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-74. If necessary:
a.) Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to loosen the two set screws on the Belt Drive Pulley.
b.) Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to tighten the two set screws on the Potentiometer Pulley.
Set Screws on Belt Drive Pulley
Pulley Shaft Set Screws on Potentiometer Pulley
Figure 6-74: Pot Pulley and Clutch Motor Pulley Set Screws
3.) Use a screwdriver to turn the slotted end of the pulley shaft. Face the pulley, and gently rotate
the pulley clockwise to turn the potentiometer until it stops.
4.) Mark the top of pulley with a marker.
5.) Turn the potentiometer two complete rotations counterclockwise (+/-1/4 rotation).
6.) Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to tighten all four pulley set screws. (The pulley may need
adjustment up to 1/4 turn to reach both set screws.)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.26 Attach the CT-PET Position Latch Mounting Plate
NOTICE Two types of linear rail bearing blocks exist in the field. The size of the pre-drilled and tapped
holes in the bearing blocks determines the type of mounting plate to use. The kit contains
both plates and both sets of hardware.
Hole size determines

part usage.
Figure 6-75: Linear Bearing Block
1.) Locate and remove the following parts from the upgrade kit:
2355095 6 mm Plate (Locker Housing Adapter) 1

2103580-14 M6 x 20 mm Flat-Head Countersunk Screw 4
2352575 8 mm Plate (Locker Housing Adapter) 1
46-311799P15 M8 x 1.25 x 20 mm Flat-Head Screw 4
2.) Refer to Figure 6-76. Try to fasten the M6 and M8 hardware to the linear block.
• If the M6 screw fits, use mounting plate P/N 2355095 and M6 hardware.
• If the M8 screw fits, use the P/N 2352575 mounting plate and M8 hardware.
Figure 6-76: Determine Hardware Size

GE HEALTHCARE
NOTICE Do not install the plate backward.

3.) Orient the plate as shown in Figure 6-77.
• The edge of the plate with two holes faces the rear of the table.
• The edge of the plate with one hole faces the front of the table.
To Clutch To Gantry
Motor
Table Rail
Figure 6-77: CT-PET Mounting Plate in Correct Orientation
4.) Fasten the plate into place with the corresponding hardware.
6.2.6.27 Install the PET-CT Position Latch Assembly

The CT-PET Position Latch Assembly contains the optical sensor that detects the PET and CT
flags, the latching mechanism that holds the table in the PET and CT position, and a solenoid latch
that holds the table in the CT (patient load) position.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-78.
Connect Cable P/N 2338086 tabs to provide AC power to the solenoid.
Rolls into CT and PET detent to hold table position.

Solenoid-controlled latch holds the table in the CT (patient load) position.
Figure 6-78: CT-PET Position Latch Assembly, P/N 2340721

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Locate and remove following hardware from the upgrade kit:
2340721 GS Positioning Unit (CT-PET Position Latch 1

Assembly)
46-328417P13 M6 x 16 mm Hexagon Socket Screw 4
3.) Refer to Figure 6-79. Insert the bolts and washers into the assembly before setting the
assembly on the bearing block/mounting plate.
To Clutch Motor Assembly
Bolts and washers inserted into the latch.

Twist and tuck these wires to prevent catching.
Figure 6-79: CT-PET Latch in Position
4.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the latch assembly to the mounting plate with four sets of
M6 bolts, lock and flat washers.
5.) Refer to Figure 6-78. Fasten the terminal ends of Cable P/N 2338086 to the terminal block.
• Cable P/N 2338086 provides AC power to the solenoid. It does not matter which terminal
the wires are fastened to, even though they are labeled.
• If necessary, terminate the two white wires, and fasten them to the terminal strip as shown
in Figure 6-78.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.28 Install the CT and PET Detent/Flag Assemblies
The CT-PET Position Latch rolls into two detents that attach to the right side rail. The first time, the
detents are attached directly to the rail. During the latch adjustments, one or more shims may need
to be inserted behind the detents. This section contains the instructions to install the CT and PET
detents, including the side rail access plugs.
Refer to Figure 6-80. If necessary, measure the distance from the rear edge of the right side rail to
locate the detent mounting holes.
PET Detent Location

(1,261 mm from end of secondary
base rail to rear mounting hole.)
CT Detent Location
(598 mm from end of secondary
base rail at rear of table to rear
mounting hole.)
Measure from the back edge of

rail to first (rear) mounting hole.
Figure 6-80: CT and PET Detent/Flag Assembly Locations

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.29 If a PET Plug Is Required
1.) Refer to Figure 6-81. If working with a Revision 0, 1, or 2 table rail, the PET Plug,
P/N 2342038, is installed in the fifth access hole from the front of the table.
Revision 0 Side Rail (Seven Access Holes)
PET plug in fifth Access hole.
Revision 1 and 2 Side Rail (Five Access Holes)
Figure 6-81: Revisions 0, 1, and 2 Right Rails
2.) Refer to Figure 6-82. Use the following hardware to install the PET Plug into the hole in the rail:

46-328425P11 M5 Hex Nut 4
a.) Insert the plug from the inside of the table.

b.) Fasten the nuts and washers to the rail exterior and screws to the rail interior.
Fasten the PET plug here.
Figure 6-82: PET Plug (Shown from Table Interior)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.30 If a CT Plug Is Required
1.) Refer to Figure 6-83. If working with a Revision 0 rail, the CT Plug, P/N 2342039, is installed
in the seventh access hole from the front of the table.
Revision 0 Side Rail (Seven Access Holes)
CT Plug in seventh access hole.

Figure 6-83: Revisions 0, 1, and 2 Right Rails
2.) Use the following hardware to install the CT Plug into the seventh hole in the rail:
2342039 CT Position Plug 1

46-328425P11 M5 Hex Nut 5
a.) Refer to Figure 6-84. Insert the plug from the inside of the table.
b.) Fasten the nuts and washers to the rail exterior and screws to the rail interior.
Mounting Holes
Mounting Holes
Exterior View Interior (Inside the Table)

Figure 6-84: CT Plug

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.31 Install the CT Detent and Flag Assembly
Refer to Figure 6-85. The CT Detent Flag Assembly fastens to right rear table rail with two M5
mounting bolts. The CT detent is fixed in place and provides the table Z-Axis reference.
Flag
Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to

fasten M5 mounting bolts.
Figure 6-85: CT Detent/Flag Assembly
1.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to temporarily fasten the CT detent to the right table rail.
• Revision 0 Table Rail: Use two M5 x 12 mm bolts, P/N 46-214695P23 to fasten the detent
to the CT plug in the seventh access hole.
• Revision 1 or 2 Table Rail: Fasten the nuts and washers to the rail exterior and screws to
the rail interior. Use the following kit hardware:

46-328425P11 M5 Hex Nut 2
• Revision 3 Table Rail: Fasten the nut and washers to the rail exterior and screws to the rail
interior. Use the following kit hardware:

46-328425P11 M5 Hex Nut 1

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.32 Install the PET Detent and Flag Assembly
The PET Detent/Flag assembly attaches near the middle of the right table rail with three M5
mounting bolts. Center the bolts in the slots when fastening the PET Detent/Flag assembly to the
rail. Refer to Figure 6-86. The PET detent has slots to provide Z-Axis adjustment.
Flag
Flag Adjuster
Center the hardware in the slots.
Figure 6-86: PET Detent/Flag Assembly
1.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to temporarily fasten the PET detent to the right table rail.
• All table rail revisions: Use three M5 x 12 mm Bolts, P/N 46-214695P23, to fasten the PET
detent to the right table rail.
• Center the hardware in the slots, and snug into place.

GE HEALTHCARE
4. Refer to Figure 6-87.
a.) If necessary, loosen the flag hardware, and turn the adjusters to center the flag over the
notch in the CT and PET detent.
b.) Measure the distance between the leading edges of the CT and PET flags.
c.) If necessary, slightly loosen the PET detent hardware, and turn the PET Detent Adjuster
until the distance equals the value entered on page 113.
d.) Tighten the detent hardware.
Turn screw to adjust distance

distance between PET and Slightly loosen
CT detent locations. detent hardware.
Figure 6-87: Adjust PET Detent for Recorded Distance Between Scan Planes
6.2.6.33 Assemble and Install PET Detent Adjuster

2332092 Adjuster Basis (Block) 1

2103580-46 M5 x 20 mm Flat-Head Countersunk Screw 2
46-328425P2 M6 Hex Nut 1
2345323-2 M6 x 50 mm Set Screw 1
2.) Refer to Figure 6-88. Use the illustration as a guide to assemble the PET detent adjuster.
Figure 6-88: PET Detent Adjuster, P/N 2332092

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-89. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the adjuster block to the side rail.
4.) Adjust the set screw until it just touches the PET detent.
5.) Finger tighten the hex nut against the block.
Figure 6-89: PET Detent Adjuster Fastened into Place
6.2.6.34 Shim the PET Detent Assembly

During Section 6.2.6.28, the PET and CT Detent/Flag assemblies were temporarily installed. Follow
the instructions in this section to determine whether to shim the detent assemblies to accommodate
for differences in the relationship between the linear bearing rail and the secondary side rail.

46-312577P28 M5 x 22 mm Screw 3
2355629 Shim As required (Four sent with kit.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-90. Check the relationship between the roller arm and position latch pin.
• A gas spring provides the roller arm tension.
• Whenever the CT-PET position latch is out of the detent, the roller arm rests against the
latch pin, as shown in the Figure 6-90 detail.
Gas spring provides tension.
The roller arm rests against the latch pin when the CT-PET
Position latch is out of the detent.
Detent Shim, P/N 2355629 (One shim fits both detents.)
Figure 6-90: Check Relationship between Roller Arm and Pin Out of Detent
3.) Refer to Figure 6-91. Push the table onto a detent assembly ramp. (The roller arm moves away
from the latch pin.)
Roller arm moves away

from latch pin.
Figure 6-91: Check the Relationship between the Roller Arm and Pin on the Detent

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-92. Push the table into the detent, and check the roller arm. (A gap of at least
0.5 mm should exist between the roller arm and latch pin.
Roller arm should not touch latch pin when roller is in the detent.
Roller arm shown at maximum distance.

Figure 6-92: Check Relationship between Roller Arm and Pin in the Detent
5.) If the roller arm touches the latch pin when the roller is in the detent:
a.) Move the table away from the detent.
b.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to remove the existing M5 detent hardware.
c.) IMPORTANT: Add one shim, and refasten the detent in place with the M5 22 mm
hardware. Add only one shim at a time during this procedure.
d.) Repeat Step 2, Step 3 and Step 4. If the roller arm still rests against the pin, add another
shim and repeat the process.
e.) If the roller arm no longer rests against the latch pin when the roller is in the detent, count
the shims added, and fasten the same number to the remaining detent.
CAUTION It is possible to add too many shims, and destroy the gas spring. Figure 6-92 shows the
maximum acceptable distance between the roller arm and latch pin. Shim for the minimum
clearance between the arm and pin.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.35 Install Optical Sensor (P/N 2350570)
CAUTION Refer to Figure 6-93. To prevent damage to the optical sensor, temporarily fasten it into
place with one screw. After the sensor mounting bracket is adjusted and the clearance
checked, fasten the sensor into place with both screws.
Figure 6-93: Fasten Optical Sensor with One Screw
1.) Refer to Figure 6-93. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to attach the optical sensor to the CT-PET
Position Latch with a single M3 x 10 mm screw, P/N 46-214695P7.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-93. Pivot the optical sensor away from the table rail.
3.) Slowly move the table into the PET detent.
4.) Refer to Figure 6-94. Carefully swing the optical sensor over the flag.
Bend this bracket to adjust

the optical sensor with
respect to the flag plate.
Flag Plate
Figure 6-94: Swing the Optical Sensor into Place

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 6-95. Check for clearance between the optical sensor and the flag plate. (Refer
to Figure 6-94. If the optical sensor touches the top or bottom surface of the flag plate, bend
the optical sensor bracket until the distances from the sensor to the flag plate surfaces appear
equal.)
Bend this bracket to adjust optical sensor position.
Figure 6-95: Align the Optical Sensor to the Flag
6.) Refer to Figure 6-94. Carefully swing the optical sensor back to the starting position.
7.) Slowly move the table into the CT detent.
8.) Swing the optical sensor back into place and check the clearance between the sensor and the
surfaces of the CT flag plate. (Refer to Figure 6-94 and Figure 6-95. If the optical sensor
touches the top or bottom surface of the flag plate, bend the optical sensor bracket to move
the sensor away from the surface of the flag plate.)
9.) If the optical sensor bracket was adjusted at both detents, repeat Step 2 through Step 9 until
the optical sensor clears both flag plates.
NOTICE It is more important to clear both flag plates without interference than it is to have equal
clearances between the optical sensor and the top and bottom surfaces of the flags.
10.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to secure the optical sensor to the bracket with two M3 x 10 mm
socket-head cap screws.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.36 Align the Flag Plates to the Optical Sensor
Follow the procedure in this section to align the flag to the optical sensor.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-96. When the optical sensor is over the flag, the edges are not visible. Use
a pencil or marker to mark the edges of the flag on both flag plates.
Figure 6-96: Mark the Flag
2.) Slowly and carefully move the table to the PET detent.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-97. Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to slightly loosen the two socket-head cap
screws that fasten the flag plate to the detent.
4.) Refer to Figure 6-97. Using a 2.5 mm Allen wrench, turn the adjusting screw to shift the flag
plate to center the flag (using the marks) to the optical sensor.
Adjusting Screw Slightly loosen these screws.
Figure 6-97: Center the Flag
5. Slowly and carefully move the table to the CT detent, and repeat Step 3 and Step 4.
Note: The FE will fine tune this adjustment as part of the table characterization procedure.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.37 Install the Table Latch
1.) Refer to Figure 6-98. Locate and remove the Table Latch Assembly from the upgrade kit.
During normal operation, the latch holds the table in the patient loading (CT) position.
Latch Pin
Table Latch
Figure 6-98: Table Latch Assembly
2.) Refer to Figure 6-99. The latch assembly should arrive with the set screw adjusted so the bar
is perpendicular to the bracket.
• If necessary, use a 1.5mm allen wrench to adjust the latch bar.
• If available, apply Loctite® 242 to the set screw.
NOTICE The latch pin limits the amount of adjustment to the set screw. For best results, insert the
latch pin before adjusting the set screw.
Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to adjust set screw to raise and

lower the bar (should be perpendicular to the bracket).
Figure 6-99: Adjust the Set Screw for 90 Degrees
NOTICE The Table Rail revision determines the length of the fastening hardware.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Locate and remove the following hardware that matches the table rail revision from the
upgrade kit:
Part Number Description Quantity Table Revision
46-214695P23 M5 x 12 mm Socket-Head Cap Screw 3 If Revision 3
46-328432P8 M5 Lock Washer 3 If Revision 0-3
46-312577P28 M5 x 25 mm Socket-Head Cap Screw 3 If Revision 0-2
2236649 M5 Flat Washer 3 If Revision 0-2
46-328425P11 M5 Nut 3 If Revision 0-2
4.) Refer to Figure 6-100. Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to fasten the M5 hardware into place.
Use a 4 mm allen wrench to fasten the

service latch to these holes on the rail.
Leave empty; hardware

will interfere with latch pin.
Fasten third screw here.
Figure 6-100: Fasten Service Latch to Table Rail with Three Sets of M5 Hardware

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.38 Adjust the Table Latch
Follow the procedure in this section to adjust the CT-PET Position assembly and Table Latch.
1.) Push the table into the CT position. Lower the Table Latch bar and pin into place.
(Figure 6-103 shows the Table Latch pin in place.)
2.) Refer to Figure 6-101 and Figure 6-102. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to adjust the screw to lower
the solenoid latch arm and create a gap of about 3 to 3.5 mm between the bottom of the detent
and the bottom of the Table Latch Arm. (The latch should not allow forward or backward table
movement at this time.)
3 mm Allen Wrench
Solenoid
Latch Arm
Bottom of Table latch should clear the detent by 3 mm.
Figure 6-101: Adjust CT Position Assembly to Clear Table Latch Arm
Use the 3 mm Allen wrench as a gauge for 3 to 3.5 mm gap here.
Figure 6-102: Correctly Adjusted Position Latch Arm

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) If the 3 mm clearance cannot be obtained between the bottom of the Table latch and the
CT-PET Position Latch Arm, reposition the solenoid.
a.) Refer to Figure 6-103. Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to loosen two solenoid screws.
b.) Slide the solenoid all the way toward the front of the table, until it clears the bottom of the
service latch by 3 to 3.5 mm.
c.) Using a 2.5 mm Allen wrench, tighten the solenoid hardware.
Adjust Solenoid Latch

with Table Latch Pin in
place.
Adjust for 3 to 3.5 mm

clearance.
Solenoid Screws
Figure 6-103: Reposition the Solenoid
4.) Check the latch clearances in the Solenoid Energized position.

a.) Refer to Figure 6-104. Manually depress the solenoid latch arm.
b.) Slide the table forward and check the clearance.
c.) Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to ensure the edge of the latch arm now clears the Table Latch
Bar by 1.5 mm.
Leading edge of solenoid latch arm detent should clear service latch by 1.5 mm.
Figure 6-104: Check Latch Clearance in "Energized" Position

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 6-105. Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to loosen the solenoid spring bracket.
Lift up latch arm.
Screws on Solenoid
Spring Bracket
Figure 6-105: Adjust the Solenoid Spring
6.) Refer to Figure 6-104 and Figure 6-105. Lift the CT-PET Position solenoid latch arm. (Let the
tension on the spring pull the bracket toward the solenoid.)
7.) Pull the bracket 3 mm away from its current position, and tighten the bracket screws using a
2.5 mm Allen wrench. (Maintain spring tension until both screws are tightened.)
8.) Refer to Figure 6-104. Depress and release solenoid latch arm with your fingers. Make sure
the latch arm returns to the initial (upward) position.
9.) Move the table forward and back into position to verify the adjustment. (The arm should clear
the service latch.)
CAUTION To prevent damage to the CT-PET Position assembly, leave the Latch in the service (raised)
position until you complete the power up and characterization procedures.
10.) Refer to Figure 6-106. Raise the Table Latch to the service position, and leave it in the raised
position until the table is characterized.
Figure 6-106: Latch in Service Position

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.39 Install the New Characterization Bracket
NOTICE Install this bracket BEFORE the fourth Top Cover bracket is installed. (See Section 6.2.6.40.)
2356602 Calibration Bracket 1

46-328417P13 M6 x 16 mm Socket Hex-Head Screw 1
2.) Refer to Figure 6-107. Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the characterization calibration
bracket into place with the M6 hardware.
• The bracket is located near the fans in the right front corner of the ETC chassis.
• The new characterization bracket is silk-screened:
LOWER LIMIT SWITCH
LOWER CHAR. POINT
ADD 100 mm TO ALL MEASUREMENTS DUE TO BRACKET OFFSET
M6 Hardware on Characterization Bracket
Figure 6-107: New Characterization Bracket

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.40 Install the Top Cover Brackets
NOTICE Do NOT install the fourth cover bracket until the characterization bracket is installed.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-108. Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten three of the four top cover brackets
to the ETC Assembly.
Fourth Top Cover Bracket
Right Front Bracket (P/N 233042) (Install after the Characterization Bracket.)
Left Front Bracket

(P/N 233041)
Left Rear Bracket

(P/N 233041)
Figure 6-108: Install Three Top Cover Brackets
2333042 Right Front Bracket 1

2333041 Left Front and Rear Brackets 2
46-328417P13 M6 x 16 mm Screw 6

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.6.41 Install the Fourth Top Cover Bracket
1.) Locate and remove the following hardware from the installation kit:
2332371 Cover Bracket (Right Rear) 1

46-328430P2 M4 Flat Washer 2
2.) Refer to Figure 6-109. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the fourth Top Cover Bracket, P/N
2332371, to the back of the CT-PET Position Latch with the M4 hardware.
New Characterization Bracket Service Latch in Service Position
Top Cover Bracket
CT-PET Position Latch
Figure 6-109: Install Top Cover Bracket, P/N 233371
6.2.6.42 Dress the Rest of the Cables and Close the ETC
1.) Dress the cables installed between the rear of the table bulkhead and the ETC, and tie-wrap
to the existing table harness as needed.
2.) Dress and tie-wrap the cables in the table retractor area as needed.
3.) Dress (twist and tuck) the CT-PET Position Latch cables to keep them out of the path of travel.
4.) Close the ETC Assembly:
a.) Make sure all connections were made to the ETC and ETC I/F.
b.) Fasten any cable connector hardware.
c.) Make sure all cables between the ETC and CT-PET Position Latch are secure and tie-
wrapped out of the way of the ETC cover supports and mounting tray.
d.) If necessary, fasten the ETC mounting tray back into place.

GE HEALTHCARE
NOTICE The captive screw at the bottom of the ETC mounting tray is rounded to fit easily into the
connector. Pivot the ETC mounting tray into place, and push down until the captive screw
drops into place. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to fasten it in place.
e.) Check along the bottom of the mounting tray, and reposition any wires and cables to
prevent them from becoming pinched beneath the mounting tray.
f.) Fasten the ETC cover into place with the captive hardware.
* Finger tighten the knurled screws; do not use a screwdriver.
* Make sure all the ETC cables and connectors clear the cover.The cover comes off to
set the flags.
5.) Use a 1/8 inch Allen wrench to fasten the braided ground and the two screws that fasten the
right and left covers to the table elevator (scissor section).
6.) Move the table jumpers to the storage position, then reattach the Table Side Covers.
7.) Check the Table Latch one more time. Make sure it is pinned in the vertical (service) position.
6.2.6.43 Install the Cosmetic Cradle Caps
1.) Refer to Figure 6-110. Locate and remove the 10 black plastic cosmetic cradle caps, P/N 46-
221523P10, from the upgrade kit.
2.) Insert a cosmetic cap into each of the ten holes located in the foot end of the cradle.
3.) Press down on the cap with your thumb until it snaps into place.
4.) If necessary, gently tap the caps with a rubber mallet to snap them into place.
Five Cosmetic Caps Per Side
Cosmetic caps inserted into holes

in foot end of the cradle top.
Figure 6-110: Install Ten Cosmetic Cradle Caps, P/N 46-221523P10

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7 Install Table Secondary Base Covers
Follow the procedure in this section to attach the covers to the Secondary Base of the
Automated Table. All Secondary Base cover hardware currently ships in a large plastic bag.
For best results, sort and inventory the hardware before you start to attach the brackets to
the table base.
6.2.7.1 Automated Table Cover Components

Refer to Figure 6-111. The upgrade kit contains the following secondary base covers:
No. Description of Table Cover Section Part Number

A Back Cap 2320164
B Top Cap Short 2320161
C Left Side Cover 2320163
D Right Side Cover 2320162
E Table Top Cover 2333078
F Front Left Cover 2320166
G Front Right Cover 2320165
H Roller Cover 2331848
I Drip Trough 2333438
Figure 6-111: Automated Table Covers

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.2 Table Cover and Bracket Task List
Note: All the drawings in this section are shown without the upper table assembly.
Refer to Figure 6-112. Assemble the lower table covers and brackets in the following order:
1.) Install the roller cover assembly:
a.) Attach the roller cover guides to the secondary base side rails.
b.) Attach the cover bracket to the secondary base and align to roller cover guides.
c.) If necessary, move the ground bus bar to accommodate the roller canister.
d.) Attach canister brackets to the head end of the secondary base.
e.) Attach the drip trough to the roller canister assembly.
f.) Attach the canister to the secondary base.
g.) Install the idler roller and align it to the roller cover guides.
2.) Fasten the side skirts to the secondary base:
a.) Attach left and right side covers to the secondary base.
b.) Attach front left and right side covers to the secondary base.
3.) Fasten the rear covers to the secondary base.
a.) Attach the Back Cap Bracket to the foot end of the secondary base.
b.) Attach the Table Top Cover to the table brackets.
c.) Attach the Top Cap Short Cover to the secondary base.
d.) Attach the Back Cap to the foot end of the secondary base.
Front Covers
Rear Covers
Figure 6-112: Secondary Base Covers

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.3 Install the Roller Cover Assembly
CAUTION The roller canister is too small to accommodate a cover long enough to stretch to the service
position. After the roller cover assembly is installed and the roller cover attached to the
bracket on the table, REMEMBER to detach the cover each time the table is moved to the
service position. Refer to Figure 6-126. Insert a screwdriver blade, or fasten a bolt through
the center hole in the top cover to prevent the cover from retracting into the canister.
6.2.7.4 Attach the Roller Cover Guides to the Secondary Base Side Rails
Refer to Figure 6-113. The cover guide consists of two rails. The wide rail provides the top cover
guide, and the narrow rail provides the bottom guide. Follow the procedure in this section to align
the holes and fasten the rails to the secondary base with M4 hardware.
Figure 6-113: Assemble the Roller Cover Guides
2342802 Bracket Rail, Upper (Wide Guide) 2

2342802-2 Bracket Rail, Lower (Narrow Guide) 2
2103580-6 M4 x 25 Flat-Head Screw 4
46-328430P2 M4 Flat Washer 4
46-328425P1 M4 Hex Nut 4
2.) Assemble the guides as shown in Figure 6-113.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-114. Locate the slots that will be used to fasten the cover guides to the inside
surface of the secondary table base. Insert screws from the outside.
4.) Insert a P/N 2103580-6 flat-head screw into the center of each designated slot on each side
rail. Adjust the guides from side-to-side to center the flat-head screws in the slots.
5.) Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench and a 7 mm wrench to tighten the hardware.
Center flat-head screw

in these slots.
Figure 6-114: Secondary Base Side Rail Slot Locations
6. Refer to Figure 6-115. Fasten the cover guide to the secondary rail with an M4 flat washer,
lock washer and hex nut.
NOTICE Do NOT overtighten the hex nut to avoid jamming the head of the screw into the slot.
Figure 6-115: Fasten Roller Cover Guides into Place

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.5 Attach the Cover Bracket to the Secondary Base
Follow the procedure in this section to attach the cover bracket to the secondary base and align it
to the roller cover guides.
1.) The cover bracket shares the same holes and hardware as the cable retractor bracket. Refer
to Figure 6-116. Find something the right height to slide beneath the cable retractor bracket,
so when the hardware is loosened to adjust the cover bracket, the retractor does not fall. (Try
using two 10 mm Allen wrenches to support the cable retractor bracket.)
2.) Use an 8 mm Allen wrench to remove the M10 hardware that fastens the table retractor bracket
to the table base.
Wedge tools or wood beneath bracket to hold it in place.
Figure 6-116: Install the Roller Cover Bracket
3.) Refer to Figure 6-117 and Figure 6-118. Position the cover bracket hardware slots over the
table retractor bracket, and fasten both brackets into place with the original M10 hardware. Do
not remove the wedge from beneath the table retractor bracket.
Figure 6-117: Roller Cover Bracket, P/N 2332803

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 6-118. Lay a ruler or the flat edge of an allen wrench across the top of the
bracket to the lower cover guide rail.
5.) Adjust the cover bracket until the top of the bracket is even with the top surface of the lower
cover guide rail.
6.) Repeat the process on the opposite side.
7.) Tighten the bracket hardware and remove the props used to support the cable retractor
bracket
CAUTION To prevent damage to the floor and the table, carefully push the table base between the CT
and PET positions while watching the cable retractor, retractor plate, and front table bracket
(crossbeam). Make sure the table bracket does NOT drag on the floor or make contact with
the front of the table. Readjust as necessary to clear the floor and table.
Watch for interference

with front of table.
Figure 6-118: Align Cover Bracket with Cover Guide
6.2.7.6 Reposition the Ground Bus Bar

If necessary, reposition the table ground bus to accommodate the roller cover canister. The ground
connections may need to be rearranged to clear the roller assembly. For best results, angle the bus
bar away from the table. (Fasten to the last hole with one screw.)
Figure 6-119: Reposition the Ground Bus Bar

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.7 Attach Canister Brackets to Head End of the Secondary Base
1.) Locate and remove the Right Canister Bracket Assembly, P/N 2332626-2, and the Left
Canister Bracket Assembly, P/N 2332626, from the upgrade kit. (The canister brackets are
mirror images.)
2.) Refer to Figure 6-120. Position the L-shaped canister bracket so the free end points away from
the gantry.
3.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to attach the Canister Bracket Assemblies to the front end of the
table with four M10 x 20 flat-head beveled screws (P/N 2103580P22).
Bracket assembly ships with

bottom bolt threaded through hole.
Hang the roller canister off this
bolt to support its weight while
fastening it into place.
Roller Cover Flaps
Figure 6-120: Canister Bracket Assembly (with and without Canister)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.8 Attach the Drip Trough to the Roller Canister Assembly
The drip trough diverts fluids away from the roller canister assembly, and onto the floor.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-121. Rest the canister assembly across the secondary base rails, so the tips
of the roller cover hang toward the floor.
2.) Orient the drip tray at the head end of the table so its sides angle toward the foot end of the
table when fastening the canister assembly into place.
3.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the drip tray to the roller cover canister with two sets of the
following M5 hardware:
• Two M5 x 10 mm socket-head cap screws (SHCS), P/N 46-312577P4
• Two M5 lock washers, P/N 46-328432P8
• Two M5 flat washers, P/N 2236649
Sides angle toward table when

roller cover assembly is in place.
Tip forward and attach to

front end of secondary base.
This surface faces the gantry.
Figure 6-121: Attach Drip Trough, P/N 2333438

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.9 Attach the Roller Cover Canister to the Secondary Base
For best results, use two people to install the Roller Cover Canister, P/N 2331848.
Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the canister assembly to the table with four sets of the following
M6 hardware:
• M6 x 16 socket-head cap screw, P/N 46-328417P13
• M6 flat washer, P/N 46-328430P3
• M6 lock washer, P/N 46-328432P3
1.) Refer to Figure 6-121. Flip the canister assembly forward, so the drip tray and cover face the
ceiling. Carefully lower the canister assembly between the gantry and table.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-120. Each canister bracket assembly arrives with two of the M6 screws
fastened through the bottom of the bracket. Slide the lower set of canister holes over the
screws to support the weight while aligning and fastening the assembly into place.
3.) Center the canister to the secondary base cover guides, and check for levelness before
fastening it into place.
M6 Hardware
Each bracket arrives with bottom screw in place.
Figure 6-122: Roller Canister in Place (P/N 2331848)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.10 Install the Idler Roller and Align it to the Roller Cover Guides
1.) Locate and remove the idler roller, P/N 2331848, from the kit.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-123. Position the idler roller into the slots in the secondary table base. (The
roller has an offset bracket; orient the roller so its bulk faces the gantry.)
Slot for Roller (formerly
occupied by window shade).
M4 x 20 mm Screws
Figure 6-123: Inset Idler Roller (P/N 2331418) into Slot in Table Base
3.) Refer to Figure 6-123. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to thread an M4 x 20 socket-head cap screw
into the holes at the front of the secondary base rails. (Do not tighten the screws until the idler
roller is aligned to the cover guides.)
4.) Once in place, check that the idler roller rotates freely when spinning it by hand. Refer to
Figure 6-124. If necessary, loosen the hardware with a 5 mm Allen wrench until the roller spins
freely.
Hardware that fastens

roller to its bracket.
Figure 6-124: M4 Hardware Holds Idler Roller in Place

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 6-125. Roller adjustments:
a.) Rest an Allen wrench or ruler between the top of the idle roller and the top surface of the
lower roller cover guide.
b.) Raise or lower the idler roller in its slot, until the top of the roller is even with the top surface
of the lower roller cover guide.
c.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to tighten the M4 x 20 mm screw, clamping the idler roller into
position in the slot.
d.) Repeat the adjustment on the opposite side of the roller.
Figure 6-125: Align Idler Roller to Roller Cover Guides
6.) Refer to Figure 6-126. Insert the blade of a screwdriver through center hole in the roller cover,
so the cover will not retract all the way into the box when it is released.
7.) Use the screwdriver as a handle to pull the cover forward.
Figure 6-126: Use a Screwdriver to Pull Cover Out of Canister

GE HEALTHCARE
8.) To close the cover:
a.) Slide the roller cover toward the table while you slide the table forward.
b.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to fasten the cover into place with three M6 x 12 flat-head
screws, P/N 2103580-12.
9.) Refer to Figure 6-127. Check roller cover clearances. Readjust the idler roller and cover
bracket if the cover fails to meet the following conditions:
• Cover rests on the lower guide.
• Cover does not rub against the top guide when pushing the table between the CT and PET
detents.
• An even gap exists between the top guide and the cover.
10.) If the cover appears off center or it rubs one of the rails, readjust the cover canister.
Figure 6-127: Check Cover Clearances
11.) Once adjusted, detach the roller cover, and insert the screwdriver until finished installing the
secondary base side covers.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.11 Fasten the Side Skirts to the Secondary Base
Four side skirts and a back cap enclose the bottom of the secondary base. Attach the longer right
and left side covers to the secondary base first, then attach the front right and left side covers. Do
not fasten the back cap into place until the rear top covers are installed.
1.) Locate and remove the following side covers from the kit:
• Right Side Cover, P/N 2320162
• Left Side Cover, P/N 2320163
2.) Refer to Figure 6-128 and Figure 6-129. Insert the cover guide pins into the designated slots
on the secondary base side rail, and slide the table back and forth to gain access to all the
through holes.
• The front pin fits into slot nearest the end of the roller cover guides.
• All slots and holes for all four side covers are through holes.
Brass Guide Pin
Figure 6-128: Side Cover - Back View to Show Guide Pins

GE HEALTHCARE
CAUTION Refer to Figure 6-129. Do NOT install the bottom cover screw between the PET and CT
Detents, on the right side of the table. This screw will interfere with the table travel between
the two positions, causing the table to jolt as the latch rolls over the head of the screw.
Recommended: Fill this hole with RTV to prevent it being used.
You may install a screw in the corresponding hole in the left rail.
3.) Refer to Figure 6-129. Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the side covers into place with the
following M4 hardware:
• M4 x 20 mm socket-head cap screw (SHCS), P/N 46-328417P6
4.) Use six sets to fasten the left cover into place. Use five sets to fasten the right cover into place.
Fasten the hardware until just snug. Do not over torque.
Do not install this screw.

Recommended: Fill this hole with RTV.
Figure 6-129: Side Covers - Exploded View
5.) Attach the Front Left and Right Side Covers to the secondary base with four sets of the same
M4 hardware used to fasten the longer side covers into place.
a.) Use a 3mm allen wrench to fasten the front covers into place.
b.) Refer to Figure 6-129. Attach the front covers by the bottoms only. (The cover guide
hardware occupies the top set of through holes.)

GE HEALTHCARE
c.) Refer to Figure 6-130. Fit the front side covers over the long side covers.
Use screwdriver or bolt to prevent the cover from retracting into the canister.
Attach Rear Side Covers first. Front Side Cover overlaps rear cover.
Figure 6-130: Secondary Base with Side Covers and Roller Cover Open
CAUTION To prevent damage to the roller cover, do NOT try to attach the roller cover to the cover
bracket with the table in the service position. Do NOT move the table to the service position
with the roller cover in place.
6.) Use a 4 mm Allen wrench to reattach the roller cover to the cover bracket.
6.2.7.12 Attach the Interface Cover Between the DLS Table and Gantry
Refer to Figure 6-131. Remove Interface Cover, P/N 2331112, from the upgrade kit.
Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the Interface cover into place with two sets of M6 hardware:
• M6 x 30 socket-head cap screws (SHCS), P/N 46-328417P16
Figure 6-131: Interface Cover

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.13 Fasten the Rear Covers to the Secondary Base
The Top Cover attaches directly to the table, and travels with the table as it moves between the PET
and CT detents. The cover brackets were installed in Section 6.2.6.40 and 6.2.6.41. Follow the
procedure in this section to fasten the Top Cover to the table brackets.
1.) Locate and remove the metal Table Top Cover, P/N 2333078, from the kit.
• Refer to Figure 6-133. The Table Top Cover has two extensions attached by metal strips to
the front edge of the cover. The metal strips flex so the extensions can fill the gap between
the elevation drive assembly and the side covers
• The front edge also has a notch to accommodate the elevation drive assembly. Be careful
not to catch the extensions or bend the metal strips while maneuvering the Top Cover into
place.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-132. Square the Table Top cover between the side covers, leaving an even
gap on both sides.
Even the gap between top and side covers.
Figure 6-132: Square the Table Top Cover
3.) Refer to Figure 6-133. Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the Table Top Cover into place
with four sets of the following M4 hardware:
• M4 x 10 mm stainless steel button head screw, P/N 2109872-2
Cover extensions fastened to Top Cover by metal strips.

Figure 6-133: Top Cover Fastened into Place

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.14 Attach the Top Cap Assembly to the Secondary Base
Refer to Figure 6-134. The Top Cap Assembly, P/N 2320161, attaches to the foot end of the
secondary base, and rests on flanges attached to the side rails. When the table moves back to the
CT detent, the metal Table Top Cover, P/N 2333078, slides beneath the Top Cap Assembly.
The Top Cap attaches with a bracket to the foot end of the secondary base.
1.) Use a 5 mm Allen wrench to fasten the Top Cap bracket into place with two sets of the following
M5 hardware:
• M5 x 16 socket head cap screw (SHCS), P/N 46-328417P505
• M5 flat washer, P/N 2236649
Use 5 mm Allen wrench.
Use 8mm Allen wrench.
Figure 6-134: Table Top Cap Assembly (P/N 2320161)

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.7.15 Attach the Back Cap to the Foot End of the Secondary Base
Follow the procedure in this section to attach the back cover brackets and the Back Cap to the foot
end of the secondary base. The back cover brackets ship with the cover hardware.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-134 and Figure 6-135. Locate and remove the two back cover brackets, P/N
2323712, from the cover hardware bag.
NOTICE For best results, dry fit the Back Cap before tightening the back bracket hardware into place.
Leave the hardware loose enough to shift the bracket, but tight enough to hold it in place.
Fit the Back Cap into place, and insert a skinny screwdriver blade or thick wire through each
set of Back Cap and bracket holes. Shift the bracket to align its holes to the Back Cap.
Expect to take multiple tries to fit the Back Cap to the table.
Figure 6-135: Attach the Back Cover Brackets to the Secondary Base
2.) Use an 8 mm Allen wrench to fasten each bracket into place with two sets of the following M10
hardware:
• M10 x 20MM socket head cap screws (SHCS), P/N 46-328417P22

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 6-136 and Figure 6-137. Locate and remove the Back Cap,
P/N 2320164, from the kit.
Figure 6-136: Back Cap (P/N2320164) Rear View w/ Profile Bracket

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Mount the Back Cap on the Motor Base. Make sure that the flange of the Back Profile clips into
the Top Cap, as shown in Figure 6-137.
5.) Use a 3 mm Allen wrench to fasten the Back Cap into place with two sets of M4 hardware:
• M4 x 20 mm socket-head cap screws (SHCS), P/N 46-328417P3
Figure 6-137: Attach Back Cap to Motor Base
6.2.8 Finish the Mechanical Installation

1.) Wipe down the table covers, as needed, to remove any marks.
2.) Clean up the area.
This completes the Mechanical Install portion.

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 6-138: ME 1.5 Table Block Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE
6.2.9 Completion
This section contains the instructions for the Field Engineer.
1.) Refer to Figure 6-139. If new Gantry keypads were shipped, install them at this time. (The new
keypads replace the gantry tilt buttons with PET and CT position buttons.)
LED lights when base

enters PET detent.
E-Stop Reset
PET button drives table

base to PET detent. CT button drives table
base to CT detent.
Figure 6-139: Gantry Keypad
2.) Remove tags and lock.

3.) Power up the system.
4.) If necessary, push the table base into the CT detent. (The Table latch should be in the service
position at this time. (See page 184.)
5.) Press the E-Stop Reset on the gantry keypad to engage the clutch motor.
6.) Verify the Table Position Latch Arm works:
a.) Refer to Figure 6-139. Press and hold the PET position button to drive the base to the PET
detent. (The PET position LED stops flashing and remains lit.)
b.) Press and hold the CT position button to drive the base back to the CT detent.
7. Shutdown applications:
a.) Click the SERVICE icon to open the Service Desktop.
b.) Click the TOOLBOX/UTILITY icon to open the tab.
c.) Click on APPLICATIONS SHUTDOWN.
7.) Open a winterm.
8.) Login as root.
9.) Insert the Patch CD, P/N 2374180, into the CT CD ROM drive.
10.) Wait for drive busy light to turn Off.
11.) Type/enter: installpkg.
12.) Click CDROM.
13.) Click/highlight the Patch name.
14.) Click INSTALL.
15.) After the patch successfully installs, type/enter: reconfig in the winterm.
16.) Click HARDWARE to open the corresponding panel.

GE HEALTHCARE
17.) Refer to Figure 6-140. Click TABLE TYPE Autobase.
Figure 6-140: Hardware Configuration Panel
18.) Click ACCEPT to close the panel with the current selections.
19.) Restart applications.
20.) Flash download:
a.) Click the SERVICE icon to open the Service Desktop.
b.) Click the TOOLBOX/UTILITY icon to open the tab.
c.) Click INSTALL to open the tab.
d.) Click FLASHDOWNLOAD to open the GUI.
e.) Click UPDATE.
NOTICE FLASH download may require being run more than once. Continue to update FLASH
download until the successful completion message displays.
f.) Upon successful completion of the download, click DISMISS to close the GUI.
21.) Return to the Service Desktop and characterize the secondary base.
a.) Refer to Figure 6-139. Press the cradle release button on the gantry keypad to disengage
the secondary drive clutch motor.
b.) Push the table base to a location between the PET and CT detents.
c.) Click the SERVICE icon to open the Service Desktop.
d.) Select CALIBRATION.

GE HEALTHCARE
e.) Select MECHANICAL CHARACTERIZATION.
f.) Select BASE, and follow the on screen instructions.
g.) Manually push the table to the CT position. If the table is already in the CT position, push
it off the detent and push it back into place.
h.) Press the cradle release button to energize the clutch motor.
i.) Click CONTINUE.
j.) Press the Cradle Release button, and push the table to the PET position.
k.) Press the Cradle Release button to re-energize the clutch.
l.) Click CONTINUE.
m.) Click SAVE & CONTINUE.
22.) Run another hardware reset from the Service Desktop.
23.) Refer to Section 8.1.1 on page 243 to run VQC.
24.) Refer to Figure 6-141. Fine tune the PET and CT flag positions.
a.) Use the gantry control pushbutton to drive the base to the CT position.
b.) Refer to Figure 6-142. Use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to slightly loosen the two socket-head
cap screws that fasten the flag plate to the detent.
c.) Face the head of the screw, and use a 2.5 mm Allen wrench to turn the adjusting screw
counterclockwise until LED DS13 on the ETC I/F board turns Off.
Note: The ETC cover can be removed, but the LED can be viewed with the cover in place.
d.) Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until LED DS13 just turns On.
e.) Turn the adjusting screw two additional turns clockwise.
f.) Drive the table base to the PET position, and repeat Step b through Step e.
Observe LED, DS13.
Adjusting Screw
Figure 6-141: Final PET and CT Flag Adjustment

GE HEALTHCARE
Loosen hardware with 2.5 mm Allen wrench. Adjusting Screw
Figure 6-142: Adjust PET Flag
8. Return to Step 21. Characterize the base for the second time.
9. Run another hardware reset.
10. Set up and run a CT-PET scan to test the new characterization values.
6.2.10 Manual Table Wiring
Refer to Figure 6-143 and Figure 6-144 for manual table wiring diagrams.
Figure 6-143: 2328900-2SCH

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 6-144: 2338513SCH

GE HEALTHCARE
6.3 Troubleshooting Tips
6.3.1 Potentiometer Counts Differ
6.3.1.1 Symptom
Potentiometer (pot) counts differ by fewer than 100 counts when the table base moves from CT to
PET.
6.3.1.2 Probable Causes and Suggestions
Refer to Figure 6-139 and Figure 6-145.
1.) Loose pulley set screws. If possible, monitor the position pot and clutch motor pulleys while
pressing the CT and PET position buttons. If the pulleys slip, tighten the set screws.
2.) Broken secondary base position pot. The secondary base position pot is fragile and easily
broken, especially if it shipped with the clutch motor and position pot pulley set screws
tightened. Replace the position pot. Go to Section 6.2.6.25 on page 164, and follow the
procedure to set up the pot. Go to page 210, and characterize the table base.
3.) Broken pot connection wire. Check for loose solder joints and broken wires inside the
insulation. The exposed pot wires are easy to catch and break. Replace or solder the wires. If
the pot was removed to repair, go to Section 6.2.6.25 on page 164, and follow the procedure
to set up the pot. Go to page 210, and characterize the table base.
4.) Poor clutch motor bulkhead connections. Detach and reconnect the bulkhead cables. Go
to page 210, and characterize the table base.
Use a 1.5 mm Allen wrench to loosen two pulley set screws.
Slot on End of Pot

Pulley Shaft
Face pulley and turn

shaft clockwise.
Figure 6-145: Clutch Motor and Base Position Potentiometer

GE HEALTHCARE
6.3.2 CT-PET Position Latch Solenoid Fails to Engage
6.3.2.1 Symptom
Refer to Figure 6-78 on page 166. The CT-PET Position Latch Solenoid fails to engage.
1.) Bad solenoid. Replace the entire CT-PET Position latch assembly. Go to page 174 and check
the relationship between the latch arm and the pin. Go to page 182 and adjust the table latch
assembly. If necessary, characterize the base.
2.) Burned trace on the ETC I/F board. Check trace 15 and 16 on the J27 and J7 connectors on
the ETC I/F board.
• If a soldering iron and 30 gauge wire is available, solder replacement wires from J7 Pin 15
to J27 Pin 15 and J7 Pin 16 to J27 Pin 16.
• Otherwise, replace the ETC board.
6.3.3 Table Base or Cradle Unlatches
6.3.3.1 Symptom
The table base or cradle unlatches when pressing the Move to Scan button.
Incorrect version of firmware. Call the Online Center.
6.3.4 Delta Z Not in Spec

6.3.4.1 Symptom
Image Alignment software reports that Delta Z is not in spec.
1.) VQC report displays incorrect direction. Turn the positioning screw in the direction opposite
the displayed direction.
2.) CT Detent in the wrong location. Measure the distance between the notches on the detent
flags. The distance should equal 675 +/-14 mm.
6.3.5 Clutch Engages - Motor Does Not Spin
6.3.5.1 Symptom
The clutch engages, but the motor does not spin.
Go to Section 6.2.6.11, and follow the instructions from page 143 to page 148. Check the Table
Bulkhead and Clutch Driver Unit cable connections.
6.3.6 Motor Spins - Clutch Does Not Engage

6.3.6.1 Symptom
The motor spins, but the clutch will not engage.
Check the fuse on the Clutch Driver Unit.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.3.7 Gantry Does Not Run System Light Tests
6.3.7.1 Symptom
The gantry will not run the system light tests during initial power up.
Motor Clutch assembly cable improperly connected. Check the Y-cable connections to the gantry
harness. The gantry cable connectors are a part of the gantry main harness. These cable
connectors are not the same ones used by the old version of the Motor Clutch assembly.
6.4 Procedures and Adjustments

The VQC procedure must also performed after running the CT table characterization procedure.
(Refer to Section 8.1.1).
6.5 Replacement Procedures

6.5.1 Replacing the Secondary Base Timing Belt
1.) Refer to Figure 6-146. Loosen the four screws that hold the front pulley to release the timing
belt.
Timing Belt Clamp Screws
Figure 6-146: Front Pulley

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 6-147. Loosen the four screws holding the timing belt clamp, and remove the
clamp with the belt.
Clamp Screws (4)
Belt Ends
Figure 6-147: Timing Belt Clamp
3.) Insert the new timing belt over the pulley and through the slot in the cam rollers block. (The
ends of the belt must be positioned as close as possible to each other to enable secure
clamping by the clamp teeth.)
4.) Place the clamp on the belt ends and secure with the four screws.
5.) Refer to Figure 6-146. Push the front pulley to tighten the timing belt, and fasten the four
screws in the slots.
6.5.2 Replacing the Secondary Base Front Pulley
1.) Refer to Figure 6-146. Loosen the four screws that hold the front pulley to release the timing
belt.
2.) Refer to Figure 6-147. Loosen the four screws holding the timing belt clamp, and remove the
clamp with the belt.
3.) Replace the pulley.
4.) Insert the new timing belt over the pulley and through the slot in the cam rollers block. (The
ends of the belt must be positioned as close as possible to each other to enable secure
clamping by clamp teeth.
5.) Place the clamp on the belt ends, and secure with the four screws.
6.) Refer to Figure 6-146. Push the front pulley to tighten the timing belt and fasten the four screws
in the slots.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.5.3 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor
1.) Loosen the two coupling screws. (Refer to 1 in Figure 6-148 for position; screws are not
shown.)
Figure 6-148: Secondary Base Motor - General View
2.) Remove the four screws holding the motor on the motor base. (See 2 in Figure 6-149.)
3.) Refer to Figure 6-149. Push the coupling to close the gap between the coupling and the motor
flange, and push the motor to the side of the secondary base.
4.) Loosen the set screw holding the shaft. (No. 3 in Figure 6-148 and Figure 6-149), and push
the shaft into the clutch.
Push Coupling 3
Figure 6-149: Motor - View 2

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 6-150. Remove the motor assembly.
Figure 6-150: Motor Assembly and Coupling Removed
6.) Take the new motor, insert the coupling, and push the coupling to the motor flange.
7.) Put the new motor in position next to the side of the secondary base.
8.) Refer to Figure 6-151. Using pliers, pull the shaft out of the clutch until the groove is visible,
and close the set screw.
Close set screw when

the groove is visible.
Groove
Figure 6-151: Motor Showing Groove and Set Screw
9.) Move the motor to its operating position.

10.) Fasten the four screws connecting the motor to the motor base.
11.) Place the coupling between the two shafts and tighten the coupling screws.

GE HEALTHCARE
6.5.4 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor Coupling
1.) Loosen the two coupling screws. (See 1 in Figure 6-148 for position; screws not shown.)
2.) Remove the four screws holding the motor on the motor base. (See 2 in
Figure 6-148).
3.) Refer to Figure 6-149. Push the coupling to close the gap between the coupling and the motor
flange, and push the motor to the side of the secondary base.
4.) Loosen the set screw holding the shaft. (No. 3 in Figure 6-148 and Figure 6-149), and push
the shaft into the clutch.
5.) Refer to Figure 6-150. Remove the motor coupling.
6.) Take the motor, insert the new coupling, and push the coupling to the motor flange.
7.) Put the motor in position next to the side of the secondary base.
8.) Refer to Figure 6-151.Using pliers, pull the shaft out of the clutch until the groove is visible, and
close the set screw.
9.) Move the motor to its operating position.
10.) Fasten the four screws connecting it to the motor base.
11.) Place the coupling between the two shafts and tighten the coupling screws.
6.5.5 Replacing the Secondary Base Motor Clutch
1.) Perform Steps 1-5 in Section 6.5.3.
2.) Release the set screw of the clutch friction plate (No. 1 in Figure 6-152), and push the plate
towards the potentiometer pulley.
Push
Figure 6-152: Clutch Plates
3.) Release the M4 screw holding the clutch, rotate the clutch to the position shown in
Figure 6-152, and pull it out.
4.) Remove the clutch friction plate.
5.) Assemble the new clutch.
6.) Insert the shaft as far as possible with the key glued to it. (See 3 in Figure 6-152.)
7.) Perform steps 6-11 from Section 6.5.3.

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 7 - Gantry
For service information and procedures for the CT gantry components: Refer to Chapter 7 -
Gantry in one of the following appropriate manuals:
Systems)
MDAS Systems).
16-slice MDAS Systems).
For periodic maintenance procedures for the CT gantry components: Refer to the CT Planned
Maintenance Procedures CD-ROM, Direction 5112972-200.
For service information and procedures for the PET gantry components: Refer to the Advance
PET Imaging System Service Manual, Direction 2100507 and specifically to the enclosed:
• Advance PET Imaging System Repair Procedures, Direction 2100323, Chapter 2 - Gantry.
• Advance PET Imaging System Wiring, Direction 46-322541, Section 4 - Gantry.
For periodic maintenance procedures for the PET gantry components: Refer to PET Advance
Imaging System Planned Maintenance Manual, Direction 2240409-100, Chapter 4 - Gantry and
Table.
For PET gantry FRUs: Refer to the PET Advance NXi System Illustrated Parts List, Direction
2286765-100, Chapter 1, Section 2 - Gantry.
7.1 CT-PET Gantry Functional Description

7.1.1 Mechanical Description
The Discovery LS gantry is built from two main building blocks:
• CT Gantry – LightSpeed Plus (4-slice), LightSpeed Ultra (8-slice), or LightSpeed 16
(16-slice)
• PET Gantry – PET Advance
The electro-mechanical design for the system takes into account the need for a field upgrade path
for the PET Advance (several systems configurations are available in the field) and LightSpeed Plus
installed base, parallel to the installation of new systems that are built and shipped with a Discovery
LS configuration.
In order to keep the design as simple as possible while maintaining the system configuration of the
field-upgraded systems similar to the new systems, a special process for the PET Gantry
modification was developed.
7.1.2 PET Gantry Field Upgrade Modifications

The following changes were introduced in the PET Advance Gantry:
1.) Elimination of the tilt option (old tilting gantries).
2.) Changing the legs of the Gantry (new design).
3.) Removal of the Gantry baseplate.
4.) Installation of a transportation mechanism that allows movement of the PET Gantry to its
service position. (See Section 7.1.2.1.)
5.) A new set of system covers is used. (To remove the covers, see Section 7.6.1.)
6.) New Gantry to Table cable routing using flexible cables and retractors. (See Section 7.1.2.2.)
7.) Mechanical alignment mechanism to enable CT and PET image registration. (See Section
7.1.2.5.)
Chapter 7 - Gantry Page 223

GE HEALTHCARE
7.1.2.1 Gantry Transport Mechanism
Refer to Figure 7-1. The PET and the CT Gantries are installed close to one another. In order to
enable service access for the gantries, the PET gantry is installed on a set of rollers on one side
and a linear bearing assembly on the other.
The linear bearing assembly is connected to a baseplate that is anchored to the floor. The gantry
is also connected to a mechanical driving mechanism that is designed to enable movement of the
gantry to its service position using an electric screwdriver to drive the lead screw of the gantry.
Rollers
Cable Retractors
Linear Driving Mechanism
Bearing
Assembly
Roller Baseplate
Figure 7-1: Gantry Transport Mechanism
Page 224 Chapter 7 - Gantry

GE HEALTHCARE
7.1.2.2 Gantry-Table Cable Routing
Cable routing inside the system was changed. The cables from the gantry to the table are routed
under the CT static gantry. Refer to Figure 7-2. Since the entire table slides from its CT to its PET
position on the secondary base, the cables are flexible (robotics grade) and routed inside three
retractors that nest one inside the other and slide on the floor. The retractors are required to enable
Gantry service while keeping the cables in operating condition for the service life of the system.
Table Secondary Base
Table Retractors
Figure 7-2: Table Retractors
7.1.2.3 Gantry Covers

New covers were designed for the entire system. The covers enclose the CT and the PET Gantries,
and provide a uniform look of both gantries as one system. The covers are designed to allow quick
installation and removal.
7.1.2.4 Moving the PET Gantry to Service Position
To enable movement of the PET gantry into its service position, some of the covers require removal
to allow access to the driving mechanism and the gantry holding bracket. Disassembly of covers is
detailed in Section 7.6.1, and activation of the driving mechanism to move the PET Gantry to its
service position is detailed in Section 7.6.2.
7.1.2.5 System Calibration
One of the major concerns in connecting two different systems, such as the LightSpeed CT and the
PET Advance, is with the need for registration between the images.
Discovery LS uses a combination of software and mechanical registration techniques. Image
registration is initially based on a mechanical registration of both gantries, such that the isocenter
of both gantries is located along the same line. This initial mechanical calibration ensures that the
images are inherently registered.
Precise registration of the images is achieved by the use of mechanical alignment mechanisms that
enable adjustment of the PET Gantry. Six different degrees of freedom are calibrated, using four
adjusters in the PET, four in the CT, and four in the secondary base until both systems are aligned
within specified requirements.

GE HEALTHCARE
The calibration process involves scanning a special calibration phantom, and uses a specific
calibration procedure in the AWS. This procedure is described in detail in Section 8.1.1. The
adjustment procedure is designed to enable repeatability and accuracy, so that moving the PET to
service position and back does not change the Gantry’s calibration.
7.1.3 Electrical Description

The CT and PET gantries operate as sub-systems of the overall Discovery LS system and are
connected through the system Ethernet LAN. The functionality of each gantry subsystem remains
the same as in stand-alone PET Advance and CT LightSpeed installations.
• Each gantry’s power is supplied separately from its CT and PET PDU (Power Distribution
Unit) subsystem. Both Gantries have a common Ground.
• The PET Gantry panels are not assembled. The Large Display still needs to be connected
to the cabling for software compatibility, but it is not assembled to the system front panel.
The unit just lies at the left side of the PET Gantry, under the left leg.
• The E-Stop pushbuttons for the PET Front Cover are not assembled. Specific cabling was
added/changed to the original wiring in order to bypass these emergency switches.
• Both PET and CT E-Stop hardware circuitries are integrated into a common circuit that
operates with the same functionality as the original separate safety nets. The connection is
implemented through a free relay in the CT Gantry.
• The PET Source indicators are installed on the CT Front Cover. Specific cabling transfers
the signals from the PET Gantry to the CT Front Cover.
• The PET Alignment lights hardware is not assembled. The Discovery LS System uses CT
Alignment hardware to set patient positioning for combined CT-PET scanning.
• The PET Gantry input cables are arranged inside two retractors at the rear of the Gantry.
The purpose of the retractors is to protect and guide the cabling when the PET Gantry
moves away from the CT Gantry for servicing.
• The cabling between both gantries carries the following signals:
* E-Stop
* Source Indicators
* LAN Network
* Ground
7.2 CT Gantry Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
For field replacement units for the LightSpeed CT gantry components: Refer to one of the
following appropriate manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2243316-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2296442-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS
Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Illustrated Parts List, Direction 2341961-100 (for 16-sice MDAS Systems)
7.3 CT Gantry Replacement Procedures
For replacement procedures for the LightSpeed CT gantry components: Refer to the manuals
listed at the beginning of this chapter on page 223.
7.4 PET Gantry Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

For field replacement units for the LightSpeed CT gantry components: Refer to the Advance
PET Imaging Renewal Parts Manual, Direction 2286765-100.

GE HEALTHCARE
7.5 PET Gantry Replacement Procedures
For repair procedures for the Advance PET gantry components: Refer to the Advance PET
Imaging Repair Procedures, Direction 2100323.
7.5.1 PET Gantry Drive Mechanism Replacement (P/N 2290248)

The PET Gantry drive mechanism is shown in Figure 7-3.
Tracking trapezoidal
screw drives PET Gantry
to and from service
position.
Shaft for Electric Drill
Figure 7-3: PET Gantry Drive Mechanism
Note: The sub-assemblies of the drive mechanism are shown in Figure 7-5, Figure 7-6 and Figure 7-8.
To replace the PET gantry drive mechanism:

1.) Disassemble the old drive mechanism by loosening the 4x M6 screws on the gantry back
beam, and removing the back and front bearing bases (Figure 7-4).
Retaining
Ring Nut Rotation Stopper
Nut Bearing Housing
Figure 7-4: Driving Mechanism – Internal Assembly

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 7-5. To assemble the new unit, put the tracking Trapezoidal Nut, P/N 2294692,
into the Nut Bearing Housing, P/N HB60002064.
Distances
Tracking Trapezoidal Screw
Small Bearing Unit

Tracking Bearing Basis
Adjustable Baseplate
Figure 7-5: PET Gantry Drive Mechanism Sub-Assemblies (View 1)
3.) Fasten the tracking trapezoidal nut into position with the external Retaining Ring shown in
Figure 7-4 (30 mm diameter), P/N HB70020300M.

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 7-6. Assemble the Nut Rotation Stopper, P/N 2299099, onto the Tracking
Trapezoidal Nut using four M4 x 10 mm screws.
Note: All screws are assembled with flat and lock washers.
5.) Take the assembled unit and fasten it to the Driving Nut Holder, P/N 2294699, using two M10
x 30 mm screws.
6.) Assemble the Tracking Bearing Basis, P/N 2294698, onto the adjustable baseplate of the
gantry using four M8 x 16 mm screws.
Driving Nut Holder
Nut Rotation Stopper
Tracking Trapezoidal Nut
Nut Bearing Housing

GE HEALTHCARE
7.) Refer to Figure 7-7. Assemble the small Nut Bearing Housing, P/N HB60002014, to the
Tracking Bearing Basis using two M8 x 16 mm screws.
Retaining Ring Bearing Housing
Figure 7-7: Driving Mechanism – External Assembly
8.) Take the tracking trapezoidal screw, 2294696 (lead screw), insert it into the small bearing unit
and fix the retainer ring in position.
9.) Refer to Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5. Take the Driving Nut Holder and assembled parts, and
screw them into the Tracking Trapezoidal Screw.
10.) Refer to Figure 7-8. On the front side of the gantry, assemble the tracking screw support
Flange, P/N 2299163, onto the Tracking Screw Support Bracket, P/N 2299164, using three
M4 x 12 mm screws.
Note: Viewed from inside the PET Gantry.
Flange
M6 x 10 mm
Tracking Screw Support Bracket

GE HEALTHCARE
11.) Grease the end of the trapezoidal screw, insert the tracking trapezoidal screw into the flange,
and assemble the unit on the adjustable baseplate using three M6 x 10 mm screws. Loosely
tighten these screws.
12.) Measure the distance between the tracking trapezoidal screw and the linear bearing at both
ends, and correct the positioning until the distances are equal and the tracking trapezoidal
screw is parallel to the linear bearing. (This prevents the screw from seizing up.)
13.) Tighten the three M6 x 10mm screws.
14.) Connect the nut holder to the gantry back beam using four M6 x 16 mm screws.
15.) Drive the gantry back and forth on its rails to ensure that the drive mechanism is functioning
properly.
7.5.2 Gantry Cables or Retractor Replacement
If it becomes necessary to replace a cable or a retractor, see the following installation instructions
and locate the part needed to be replaced.
The external PET cables and the new CT-PET cables are routed through two retractors (external
and internal) as illustrated in Figure 7-9.
Gantry Bulkhead
Internal External
Retractor
Retractor
Retractor Static Bracket
Figure 7-9: Retractor Assembly

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 7-10: Retractors Mechanical Connection (General View 1)
Figure 7-11: Retractors Mechanical Connection (General View 2)

GE HEALTHCARE
7.5.2.1 Replacing the External Retractor or its Cables
The 14 AEDI Cables, P/N 46-325061, are routed through the external retractor as illustrated in
Figure 7-12.
Top
AEDI AEDI
AEDI AEDI AEDI AEDI
AEDI AEDI AEDI AEDI
AEDI AEDI AEDI AEDI
Bottom
Figure 7-12: External Retractor Cables Cross Section
External Retractor Preparation

1.) Refer to Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15. Fold the retractor and disconnect the bracket to the legs
crossbeam using four M6 x 20 mm screws.
2.) Place the External Retractor, P/N HF000375200, on the floor and open it so that its clips face
toward to the floor.
Note: Use a flat-blade screwdriver to unlock the retractor chains.
3.) If replacing the retractor, disconnect the Outer Retractor Bracket, P/N 2296530, and assemble
it on the new retractor. Secure the outer retractor bracket to the end of the external retractor
with four socket-head M6 x 10 screws.
4.) Position the retractor so that the Outer Retractor Bracket faces upward.

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 7-13. Replace and lay the cables inside the retractor. The length of each cable
that protrudes from the side to which the bracket is assembled is given in Table 7-1.
J#
Connector
Length Protruding
Bracket Cable
Retractor
AEDI Cable
46-325061
Clips Open
Figure 7-13: Placing Cable Inside Retractor
Part No. Part No. Length of Cable

Cable (Old (New Connection Protruding from
Gantries) Gantries) Retractor
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J1 207 cm.
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J2 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J3 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J4 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J5 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J6 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J7 207 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J17 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J18 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J19 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J20 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J21 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J22 69 cm
AEDI 46-325061 2121185 J23 69 cm
Table 7-1: AEDI Cable Connections

Note: Connect the cables so that their minimum bending radius is 12.5 mm.
6.) Tie-wrap the bundle of cables on the bracket side to prevent the cables from moving.
7.) Close the retractor by fastening the clips.

GE HEALTHCARE
8.) Refer to Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15. Fold the retractor and connect the bracket to the legs
External Retractor
Bracket Clips
Legs Crossbeam
Length of
Protruding
Cable
Figure 7-14: External Retractor Connected to Legs Crossbeam
External
Retractor
Figure 7-15: External Retractor and Cables

GE HEALTHCARE
7.5.2.2 Replacing the Internal Retractor or its Cables
The following cables are routed through the internal retractor as shown in Figure 7-16.
Top
RS232 ETHERNET
NEW
ETHERNET
FIBER-OPTIC NEW
INSIDE THE E-STOP
CONDUIT
RS485
GROUND
CT-PET RS485
POWER POWER POWER
Bottom
Figure 7-16: Internal Retractor Cables
• Three Power Cables (46-311772P1).

• Two RS485 Cables (46-311629P1).
• One RS232 Cable (46-311828G1 + G2).
• The existing Ethernet Cable (46-311844G2).
• The Fiber-Optic Cable (46-311920P3) inside a conduit. (See Note.)
• The new Ethernet Cable (2295968 – LAN CT-PET GAN) part of the Field Upgrade Kit.
• The new E-Stop Cable (2295382, E-Stop/Sources CT-PET) part of the Field Upgrade Kit.
• The new Ground Cable (2295967, Ground CT-PET) part of the Field Upgrade Kit.
Note: The Fiber-Optic Cable, P/N 46-311920P3, that was connected to GAN1 A37 J15 must be inserted
into fiber-optic conduit to protect it inside the length of the retractor.
Internal Retractor Preparation

1.) Refer to Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15. Fold the retractor and disconnect the bracket to the legs
2.) Place the Internal Retractor, P/N HF00037125I, inside the external retractor on the floor and
open it so that its clips face toward to the floor.
Note: Use a flat-blade screwdriver to unlock the retractor chains.
3.) If replacing the retractor, disconnect the Inner Retractor Bracket, P/N 2296529, and assemble
it on the new retractor. Secure the inner retractor bracket to the end of the internal retractor
with four socket-head M6 x 10 screws.
4.) Position the retractor so that the internal retractor bracket faces upward.

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 7-13. Replace and lay the cables inside the retractor. The length of each cable
that protrudes from the side to which the bracket is assembled is given in Table 7-2.
Length of Cable
Cable Part Number Connection Protruding from
Retractor
Power 46-311772P1 TS1 170 cm
Power 46-311772P1 TS2 170 cm
Power 46-311772P1 TS3 170 cm
RS232 46-311828G1 + G2 J13 85 cm
Ethernet 46-311844G2 J11 85 cm
Fiber-Optic 46-311920P3 J15 70 cm

(Routed inside conduit.)
RS485 46-311629P1 J8 207 cm
RS485 46-311629P1 J16 73 cm
New Ground 2295967 PET Left Leg 92 cm
E-Stop/Sources CT-PET 2295382 J101 85 cm
New Ethernet 295968 J102 85 cm
Table 7-2: Cable Connections to Retractor Bracket

Note: Connect the cables so that their minimum bending radius is 12.5 mm.
6.) Tie-wrap the bundle of cables on the bracket side to prevent the cables from moving.
7.) Close the retractor by fastening the clips.

GE HEALTHCARE
8.) Refer to Figure 7-17 and Figure 7-18. Fold the retractor and connect the bracket to the legs
crossbeam using four 6 x 20 mm screws.
External Retractor
Internal Retractor
Clips
Legs Crossbeam
Brackets
Length of Protruding Cables
Figure 7-17: External and Internal Retractors Connected to Legs Crossbeam
Internal Retractor
Figure 7-18: Internal Retractor and Cables

GE HEALTHCARE
7.5.3 Connecting External PET Cables & New CT-PET Cables to New A36-1,
A36-2, A37-1 Panels
• The external PET cables and the new CT-PET cables are connected to the new A36-1, A36-
2, and A37-1 brackets as shown in Figure 7-19.
• Power cables, connected to the A36-2 bracket, should be routed under the legs crossbeam.
• Other cables should be routed on the external side of the legs crossbeam.
Note: Do not route any cables on the internal or upper side of the legs crossbeam. Connect the cables so
that their minimum bending radius is 12.5 mm.
A36-1 Bracket A37-1 Bracket
Figure 7-19: External Cables Connections to A36-1 and A37-1 Brackets
Figure 7-20: Power Cable Connections to A36-2 Bracket
• The grounding cable is connected to the new PET left leg.

• Connect "Terminator RHK", P/N 2295966, to GAN1 A37 J12.

GE HEALTHCARE
7.5.4 Replacement of the Short Positioning Pin (P/N 2287052)
1.) Refer to Figure 7-21. Remove the four screws holding the pin base.
Short Positioning Pin Screw (4) on Pin Base
Figure 7-21: Replacing the Short Positioning Pin #1
2.) Refer to Figure 7-22. Remove the old pin and replace with the new one.
Figure 7-22: Replacing the Short Positioning Pin #2

GE HEALTHCARE
7.6 Procedures and Adjustments
7.6.1 Removing the Covers for PET Gantry Service Movement
1.) Refer to Figure 7-23. Open the two locks on the Rear Bottom Cover, and pull the cover out.
CT Right Side Cover Bottom Right Cover Rear Bottom Cover
Figure 7-23: Removing Covers - Illustration 1
2.) Open the locks on the CT Left and Right Side Covers. Lift and remove the covers.
3.) Open the bolts holding the Bottom Left and Right Covers, and pull the covers out.
4.) Lift up the CT Top Cover and remove it.
7.6.2 Activating the Driving Mechanism
1.) Remove the bolt locking washer and the washer from the mechanical stops on both the PET
legs.
2.) Connect an electric screwdriver to the driving screw of the driving mechanism and rotate the
screw to pull out the gantry until it stops on the bumper.

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 8 - System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests
For PET calibration procedures, performance test procedure, and clinical walk-through procedure,
refer to the Advance PET Imaging System Service Tools and Procedures, Direction 2120809.
8.1 System QC
8.1.1 CT-PET Volumetric Calibration and Quality Control Procedure (VQC)
The CT-PET Volumetric Calibration and Quality Control procedure (VQC) consists of the following
steps to be performed in the given order:
Prerequisite: CT and PET Calibration and Blank Scan updated.
1.) Perform initial table alignment – Section 8.1.1.1.
2.) Reset the software alignment parameters – Section 8.1.1.2.
3.) Position the VQC phantom – Section 8.1.1.3.
4.) Scan and reconstruct the VQC phantom – Section 8.1.1.4.
5.) VQC processing and software realignment – Section 8.1.1.5.
6.) If QC results show alignment to be within service specifications, calibration is OK. If not,
proceed to the next step.
7.) View the Mechanical Alignment table – Section 8.1.1.6.
8.) PET gantry adjustment – Section 8.1.2.4.
9.) Repeat Step 4 through Step 7.
Note: • Volumetric calibration is performed as a part of initial system installation and calibration. Every
time a new CT or PET software installation is performed, the Volumetric Quality Control (VQC)
test must be performed.
• VQC testing and, if necessary, calibration must also be performed after each PET gantry service
movement and after running the CT table characterization procedure.
8.1.1.1 Initial Table Alignment
As a prerequisite to the VQC calibration procedure, the secondary base of the table must be initially
aligned. For a full description of the initial table alignment, refer to the Discovery LS Installation
Manual, Direction 2289039-100, Section 5.2.2 - Initial Table Positioning.
Chapter 8 - System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests Page 243

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.1.2 Reset the Software Alignment Parameters
The following procedure explains how to reset (set to default values) the software alignment
parameters. The software realignment procedure uses the definition of CT Reconstruction (X, Y,
Pan) and the Z-cradle motion parameters, which it takes from configuration files. (These
parameters should be set to default (resetting any software realignment parameters entered
previously) before starting the mechanical calibration process.)
1.) Set the system into PET mode by clicking the [PET] icon on the Image Monitor desktop area.
The Scan Monitor displays the PET main screen.
2.) From the PET main screen, click the [Full QA] button.
3.) From the drop-down menu, select Volumetric QC. The Volumetric QC panel displays.
4.) From the Volumetric QC panel, click [Options], and select Reset CT Recon Center from the
drop-down list.
5.) From the Volumetric QC panel, click [Options], and select Reset Plane Offset from the drop-
down list.
6.) From the Volumetric QC panel, click [Options], and select [Quit Screen].
7.) Reset the table as follows:
a.) On the Image Monitor, click the [Service] button. The Service Desktop displays.
b.) From the Service Desktop, click [System Reset]. The System Reset screen displays.
c.) Click the [Scan] button and then click [Run].
8.1.1.3 Positioning the VCQ Phantom
1.) Position the VQC phantom on the cradle on the part marked VQC Phantom.
2.) Switch on the CT landmarks, and verify that the laser lights are aligned with the marks on the
phantom. (See Figure 8-1.)
a.) Move the phantom manually until the L-R Laser Light is symmetrically aligned between the
two marks on the front and the rear sides.
b.) Using the [Table Up] and [Table Down] buttons, set the height of the table so that the Up-
Down Centerline is aligned with the laser alignment lights.
c.) Using the [Cradle In] and [Cradle Out> buttons, move the cradle until the Start Acquisition
Line of the phantom is aligned with the laser alignment light. (It is more convenient to use
the external laser mark.)
Start Acquisition Line
L-R Center Laser Light (must be

positioned between the two marks.)
Up-Down Centerline
Figure 8-1: VQC Phantom
Page 244 Chapter 8 - System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.1.4 Scanning and Reconstructing the VQC Phantom
Important - Prerequisite for Scanning VQC Phantom:
The image quality is very important for the accuracy of the measurements and for calibration. The
CT and PET systems must be fully calibrated and blank scans for CT and PET must be updated.
• For information on CT blank scans, refer to the Discovery PET-CT Operator Guide,
2288677-100, Chapter 5 - Fast CT Calibration.
• For information on PET blank scans, refer to the PET Advance Operator Manual, 2280383-
100, Section 4-2 - Daily Blank Scan Correction.
The VQC phantom is scanned and reconstructed with prescribed CT and PET Transmission
protocols as follows:
1.) Refer to Figure 8-2. Click the [Exam Rx] desktop icon on the Image Monitor to set the Scan
Monitor to TC Scan Mode.
Figure 8-2: Exam Rx Desktop
2.) Refer to Figure 8-3. Click the [New Patient] icon on the Scan Monitor.
New Patient Icon
Figure 8-3: New Patient Icon

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Refer to Figure 8-4. In the opened Patient Information screen, enter the following:
• Patient ID: VQC, current date, and test number, for example: VQC_8_13_N1.
• Patient Name: Same as Patient ID.
Patient ID
Patient Name
Figure 8-4: Patient Information Screen

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Refer to Figure 8-5. Click below the patient’s legs in the Protocol Selection area, and choose
the Volumetric QC protocol from the drop-down menu.
The Volumetric QC
protocol can be
selected by clicking
under the feet in the
picture of the patient.
Figure 8-5: Selecting the Protocol
5.) When the CT VQC Protocol is displayed, verify that the PET Protocol icon is enabled and PET
VQC Protocol is selected.
6.) Verify that Auto Transfer (to the PET OWS station) is On.
7.) Verify that the VQC phantom is properly positioned and oriented. (Refer to Section 8.1.1.3.)
8.) Refer to Figure 8-1. Set the <Start Landmark> on the Start Acquisition Line the scan. (The
scan takes a few seconds.)
9.) When the CT scan is completed, click the [Pet Series] icon on the Scan Monitor.
10.) Click [Accept Setup], and perform PET Transmission VQC acquisition.
• Confirm that there is no emission activity by clicking [OK] in the dialog box. The scan takes
5 minutes (default time).
• If the count rate is less than 1000 Kcps, increase the scan time to 10 minutes.
11.) When the acquisition is finished, select Quit Screen from the Options menu to close the PET
Acquisition screen.
12.) Select Recon from the [Screens] drop-down menu.
13.) When the Recon panel displays, click [Next Recon].
14.) When the Navigator panel opens, select the scan that was just performed and click [OK].
15.) Click [Defaults Protocols], and select VQC Reconstruction Protocol.
16.) Click [Submit to Top].
17.) After reconstruction is complete, select Quit Screen from the Options menu to close the
Reconstruction screen.

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.1.5 VQC Processing and Software Realignment
1.) Set the system into PET mode by clicking the [PET] icon on the Image Monitor desktop area.
The Scan Monitor displays the PET main screen.
2.) Click the [Full QA] button on the PET main screen.
3.) Select Volumetric QC from the drop-down menu. The Volumetric QC panel shown in
Figure 8-6 displays.
Figure 8-6: Initial Volumetric QC Panel
4.) Refer to Figure 8-7. Click [Load] to load the image sets that represent the CT and PET planes.
The Images Database Navigator displays showing the Patient List.
Figure 8-7: Images Database Navigator

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Refer to Figure 8-8. From the Patient List, click the entry representing the calibration
acquisition. A list of image sets displays.
PET
Image
CT
Image
Figure 8-8: Images Database Navigator Showing Image Sets List
6.) From the Image Sets list in Figure 8-8, select the two image sets that represent the CT and
PET slices and click [OK]. The Image Alignment Table (shown in
Figure 8-9) displays.
Measurements in red are

outside acceptable limits.
Use Z values for CT-PET table distance correction.
Not for service use.
Figure 8-9: Image Alignment Table
Note: The Image Alignment Table displays system messages in a box at the bottom of the panel. These
messages are for the User (Operator) only, and are related to the software realignment process.

GE HEALTHCARE
Service personnel should ignore these messages and proceed to mechanical realignment in
Section 8.1.1.6.
Image Alignment Table

The Image Alignment Table shows the accuracy of alignment between PET and CT images. The
alignment results are calculated for the phantom landmarks in the center of FOV and 20 cm from
the center of FOV.
The Specs column of the table shows the user-acceptable limits in each direction (in-plane X, Y,
and slice offset Z):
• 1.3 mm at the center of FOV
• 2.0 mm at 20 cm from the center of FOV
NOTICE The above limits are User (Operator) limits. Mechanical system calibration should provide
image alignment within the following Service Limits:
• 0.5 mm at the center of the FOV
• 1.0 mm at 20 cm from the center of FOV
The calculated X, Y, Z deltas (misalignments in mm) between PET and CT images are presented
in the Delta table columns. The out-of-user limit values are RED in color. The system should be
mechanically calibrated until all the deltas are inside the Service Limits.
Gantry Alignment Table

If all the deltas are within the user limits, this section of the screen will not immediately display.
Proceed as follows:
Click [Options], and select Show Gantry Alignment from the drop-down menu. The Gantry
Alignment Table and the [Update CT Recon Center] and [Update Plane Offset] buttons for software
realignment display.
NOTICE The [Update CT Recon Center] and [Update Plane Offset] buttons are for User (Operator) use
only. Please do NOT use these buttons. Proceed to the mechanical PET Gantry Alignment in
Section 8.1.1.6.
The Gantry Alignment Table displays the linear shifts in millimeters for X, Y, and Z directions and
the angular rotations in degrees required for the PET gantry registration and table calibration. These
values are calculated for the PET gantry center of rotation and may differ from the values in the
Image Alignment table.

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.1.6 Mechanical Alignment Table
Important: Mechanical alignment must only be performed by a GE qualified service engineer.
1.) Choose Options from the Volumetric QC Panel.
2.) Choose Show Mechanical Calibration from the drop-down list. The Mechanical Calibration
parameters (shown in Figure 8-10) display in the Planes Alignment Panel.
Use Z values for CT-PET

table distance correction.
Figure 8-10: VQC Results Report - Mechanical Calibration
The Mechanical calibration report lists the three leveling adjusters and the two screws that need to
be adjusted in order to correct the misalignments found in the Image Alignment Report. The
illustration next to the report shows the position of the adjusters and the screws on the PET Gantry
baseplates.
3.) Make the required adjustments to the leveling adjusters and screws on the linear bearing
assembly baseplate and the leveling adjusters on the rollers baseplate of the PET Gantry. The
adjustments are made by turning the adjustment screws the specified number of rotations in a
clockwise or counterclockwise as explained below:
• The minimal rotation is 1/6 of a turn for leveling adjusters and 1/4 of a turn for the adjustment
screws.
• For example: In the mechanical calibration shown in Figure 8-10, Adjuster #3 needs to be
turned 1/3 of a turn in a clockwise direction, and Screw #2 needs to be turned 1/4 of a turn
in a clockwise direction. Follow the procedures in Section 8.1.2.

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.1.7 Options
The following functions can be accessed via the [Options] button on the Planes Alignment Panel:
Option Description of Function

View Fused Images. Displays a fusion of images of the VQC phantom in CT and PET
mode.
Show Gantry Alignment. Displays the Gantry Alignment table.
Show Mechanical Calibration. Displays the Mechanical Calibration report, listing the 3 leveling
adjusters and the 2 screws that need to be adjusted (in order to
correct the misalignments found in the QC Results Report). An
illustration also displays.
Reset Planes Offset. Resets the Planes Offset to a predefined value.
Note: After Reset Planes Offset, a Scan Hardware Reset should
be performed.
Reset CT Recon Center. Resets the CT Recon Center Offsets to 0.0.
8.1.2 Table and Gantry Alignment Procedure

Based on the Mechanical Calibration Table described in Section 8.1.1.5, table and gantry alignment
adjustments are now performed
NOTICE Service corrections to the plane alignment adjusters may only be performed by a qualified
GE Service Engineer.
8.1.2.1 .Aligning the Table
Align the table according to the Gantry Alignment Table as follows:
1.) Move the Secondary Base PET Positioning Block by the Z distance that is indicated in the
Gantry Alignment Table as follows:
a.) Open the locking nut.
b.) If necessary, turn the Z Adjustment Screw clockwise until it rests firmly on the PET
Positioning Block.
c.) Refer to Figure 8-11. Loosen the three screws attaching the PET Positioning Block to the
secondary base.
d.) Reposition the Z Adjustment Screw by the Z measurement shown in the VQC
Transformation Panel in Figure 8-10.
e.) Close the locking nut.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Refer to Figure 8-11. After adjustment, make sure that the Z Adjustment Screw is firmly
positioned against the PET Positioning Block, and tighten the three screws loosened earlier.
Loosen 3 screws.
Z Adjustment Screw
Locking Nut
Figure 8-11: PET Positioning Block Adjustment
8.1.2.2 Gantry Alignment Prerequisites

Before performing the gantry alignment procedures, perform the following steps:
1.) Verify that the two dollies are installed on the PET gantry.
Note: Make sure a 2 in. x 2 in. x 30 in. wooden block is available to place between the dolly and gantry
while raising the gantry to prevent bending of the dolly into the gantry's side.
2.) Verify that the PET Gantry is in its normal working position next to the CT Gantry.
3.) Optional: If the driving mechanism is already installed, remove the 4 x M6 screws securing
the holding bracket (shown in Figure 8-12) from inside the rear beam.
Driving Assembly Holding Bracket
Figure 8-12: Driving Assembly Holding Bracket

GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Loosen the screws on the driving assembly holding bracket (shown in Figure 8-14), and
remove the holding bracket from the leg of the gantry enabling the gantry to move freely along
its transport rails.
5.) Close the adjuster of the rear high-load roller (shown in Figure 8-13) to lift it from the baseplate,
leaving only the front high-load roller in contact with the baseplate.
Adjuster Closed
Figure 8-13: High-Load Rollers
8.1.2.3 Preparing the Gantry for Adjustment

1.) Release the adjuster securing screw from each linear bearing assembly adjuster (shown in
Figure 8-14).
Linear Bearing Assembly Adjusters
Holding Bracket
Screws
Baseplate Screws
Adjuster
Securing
Screw
Adjuster Assembly
Figure 8-14: Linear Bearing Assembly Adjuster Screws and Baseplate Screws

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Unscrew all the baseplate screws (shown in Figure 8-14) sufficiently to take the pressure off
the spring washers and allow the baseplate to be adjusted.
3.) Move the gantry to the middle of its travel range.
4.) Make sure that the securing screws (shown in Figure 8-15) on the high-load roller adjusters
are closed enough to prevent the rollers from falling off the gantry leg; verify that the roller can
be rotated freely.
Securing Screws
Figure 8-15: Securing Screws on Rollers
5.) Unscrew and raise the adjuster locking rings with 3-5 turns from the two linear bearing
assembly adjusters and from the front high-load roller Adjusters 1, 2, and 3 (shown in
Figure 8-16).
Adjuster #2
Adjuster #3 Adjuster Locking Ring
Adjuster #1
Figure 8-16: Adjuster Locking Rings

GE HEALTHCARE
8.1.2.4 Aligning the Gantry
1.) Raise the Gantry left side dolly until the front high-load roller clears the floor (5 mm minimum).
Note: When raising the Gantry, always lift the left side first and lower it last.
2.) Raise the right side gantry dolly (when viewed from the front of the gantry) until the linear
bearing adjusters lift approximately 1 cm off their spherical washers. Do not raise too much to
enable easy return.
3.) Based on the results of the gantry VQC report, align the gantry adjusters and the base plates
as follows:
a.) Remove the screw from an adjuster, turn the locking ring together with the adjuster the
necessary amount, and then replace the screw into the nearest hole to the locking ring’s
new position.
b.) Note that clockwise or counterclockwise adjustments are defined when viewing the
adjusters from above.
c.) Note that base plate x-axis alignment screw adjustments are defined when viewing the
screw from the outer side of the base plate and that screws are arranged in pairs so that
rotation of the outside screw must be performed together with a proportional counter
rotation of the inner screw.
4.) Tighten the base plate screws that were previously loosened.
5.) Lower the right side gantry dolly until the spherical washers (shown in Figure 8-17) fit tightly
into each other.
Spherical Washers
Figure 8-17: Spherical Washers
6.) Lower the left side gantry dolly until the high-load rollers are seated firmly on the baseplate.
7.) Tighten the securing screws on the linear bearing assembly adjusters (shown in Figure 8-14).
8.) Tighten the locking rings on the two linear bearing assembly adjusters and the front high-load
roller (Adjusters 1, 2, and 3 in Figure 8-16).
9.) Move the gantry back and forth to allow the spherical washers to align inside the adjusters.
10.) Repeat Step 7 and Step 8.

GE HEALTHCARE
11.) Refer to Figure 8-18. Move the gantry to its home position, and secure it to the mechanical
stoppers, adjusting the screws of the mechanical stoppers as follows:
a.) Remove screws marked 2.
b.) Loosen screws marked 1.
c.) Fasten both brackets to the gantry legs with screws marked 3, making sure that the bases
of both brackets remain resting on the baseplate at all times.
The gantry can now be moved within the range of movement allowed by the oval holes
holding the screws marked 1.
d.) Move the gantry to enable insertion of the screws marked 2, and fasten them tightly.
e.) Fasten screws marked 1 tightly.
3
1
Figure 8-18: Mechanical Stoppers Adjustment Screws
12.) Tighten all the baseplate screws that were previously loosened.
13.) After VQC confirms that the Gantry is aligned within specifications, adjust the rear high-load
roller adjuster to a torque of 30 Nm so that the roller rests firmly on the floor.
14.) Replace the bracket that was removed in Steps 3 and 4 of Section 8.1.2.2.
15.) Perform a Well Counter Correction Calibration.
Note: • Well Counter calibration is performed after running the VQC procedure that is described in
Section 8.1.1.
• The full Well Counter Correction procedure is described in the PET Advance Operator Manual,
Direction 2280383-100 in the sections: Prepare the Phantom for 2D Well Counter Correction and
Prepare the Phantom for 3D Well Counter Correction (if needed).

GE HEALTHCARE
For Discovery LS systems, the following changes to this procedure should
be made:
1.) The alignment of the phantom is performed using the inner laser light only. Landmarks should
be defined only with the inner laser light in the CT position.
2.) The landmark should be aligned on the rear part of the phantom, close to the cover. The
distance between the rear part of the phantom and the landmark should be less than 2 cm.
3.) After the landmarks are defined, changes to the cradle position are not permitted. The
movement of the phantom to the PET position is only performed by moving the table, using the
pedal and the remote control switch on the secondary base.

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 9 - Planned Maintenance (PM)
In addition to the maintenance procedures for the new Discovery LS components described on the
following pages, the maintenance schedules for the CT and the PET components included in the
system as detailed in the documents listed hereunder, must be followed carefully:
• For maintenance procedures for the CT components, refer to to the CT Planned
Maintenance Procedures CD-ROM, Direction 5112972-200.
• For maintenance for the PET components, refer to PET Advance Imaging System Planned
Maintenance Manual, Direction 2240409-100.
9.1 Maintenance of Mechanical Components
Table 9-1 gives descriptions and frequencies of the Discovery LS procedures for maintenance of
mechanical components.
Table 9-1: Maintenance Procedures of Mechanical Components
Description of Procedure Frequency
Lubricate PET gantry driving mechanism (linear bearings, rails, rollers, 1 Year
lead screw). See Section 9.1.1.
Secure nuts/screws of base plates, rollers, driving assembly. 2 Years
Verify covers brackets, screws, tightness and clearances Visual inspection after
every cover removal.
Check retractors chains and movement. After PET gantry is
moved back to initial
position.
Check tightness of grounding cables. 1 Year
Check secondary base linear rails/bearings tightness. See Section 9.1.1. 2 Years
Lubricate secondary base linear rails/bearings*. 1 Year
Check timing belts adjustment and tightness. See Section 9.1.2. 1 Year
Check adjustment tightness of secondary base screws and pulleys. 1 Year
Check tightness of table anchoring screws. 2 Years
Check tightness of table retractors chains and brackets. Every PM
Chapter 9 - Planned Maintenance (PM) Page 259

GE HEALTHCARE
9.1.1 Lubrication of PET Gantry Driving Mechanism
The recommended grease used for the PET gantry linear rail and the secondary base rails: Grease
Lithium THK AFB, Catalog Number: CH060000120.
9.1.1.1 Overview of Maintenance and Lubrication Procedure
1.) Check the PET gantry linear bearings and rail components:
a.) Verify that they are not rusty.
b.) Verify that they are not bent or distorted.
c.) Check for proper oiling and oil if necessary. Use a grease gun for this purpose.
2.) Check the PET gantry roller bearings:
b.) Verify that they are not broken.
c.) Verify that the rollers rotate freely and smoothly.
3.) Check the secondary base linear rails:
b.) Verify that they are not bent or distorted.
c.) Check for proper oiling and oil if necessary. Use a grease gun for this purpose.
d.) Verify the tightness of the bearings.
9.1.1.2 Quantity and Frequency of Lubrication
The lubrication procedures should be carried out every 2 years or during routine inspection if the
rails and bearings are found to be rusty or dry. The linear bearing units are filled with 3g (three full
grease pumps) AFB grease during assembly. This is the amount of grease normally used during
re-greasing.
9.1.1.3 Lubrication Kit
Table 9-2: Lubrication Kit
Part Name Catalog Number Quantity per System
Grease Gun ZT83001190K 1

Flexible Hose ZT83001195K 1
Grease CH060000120 1 Tube (400 g)
Straight Grease Fittings HY000110574 20
Tapered Adapter (Fits on the MEc0000501 1
end of the grease gun hose.)
Page 260 Chapter 9 - Planned Maintenance (PM)

GE HEALTHCARE
9.1.1.4 Greasing the PET Gantry Linear Bearings
Figure 9-1: Greasing the Linear Bearings
1.) Remove the screw or grease fitting from the lubrication points.
2.) If necessary, clean the linear rail using medical alcohol.
3.) Attach a grease gun to the grease fittings and fill them with 2.9 g (three full grease pumps) of
AFB grease.
4.) Apply a few dabs of grease to several points on both sides of the linear rail.
5.) Move the linear bearings several times back and forth along the rail to spread the grease on
the rail.
9.1.1.5 Greasing the High Load Rollers Linear Guide
1.) Apply a few dabs of grease to several points along the linear guide.
2.) Move the high-load rollers several times back and forth along the guide to spread the grease
on the guide.
9.1.1.6 Greasing the Secondary Base Linear Bearings
Follow the procedure described in Section 9.1.1.4.
9.1.2 Checking the Timing Belts Adjustments and Tightness

Check the timing belt and pulley of all the belts:
• Check the belt for wear and tear.
• Check the belt for proper tension. Press the belt with your finger and verify that the belt is
not too loose or too tight.
• Verify that the pulleys are properly secured on the shafts.
Chapter 9 - Planned Maintenance (PM) Page 261

GE HEALTHCARE
9.2 Maintenance of Cables and Connectors
Table 9-1 provides descriptions and frequencies of the Discovery LS procedures for maintenance
of cables and connectors.
Table 9-3: Maintenance Procedures of Cables and Connectors
Description of Procedure Frequency Comment
Visual inspection and verification of all table bulkhead connections. 1 Year
Visual inspection and verification of all the cable connections of cables on the 1 Year
gantry side of the table retractor.
Visual inspection and verification of all cables connected to new A36-1, A36-2, 1 Year See
and A37-1 panels on the back of the PET Gantry. Section
7.5.3.
Visual inspection and verification of all PET and CT E-Stop cable connections. 1 Year
Visual and manual inspection and verification of all the grounding connections. 1 Year
Important: Make sure that all grounding cables are firmly connected by
testing them manually.
Page 262 Chapter 9 - Planned Maintenance (PM)

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10 - Electrical Connections

For electrical diagrams for the CT components, refer to one of the following appropriate manuals:
• LightSpeed 2.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2243317-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2296441-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS
Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Schematics Manual, Direction 2341962-100 (for 16-slice MDAS Systems)
10.1 Power and Data Cables Checklist
The following sections contain tables that list all the cables connecting the Discovery LS
subsystems.
10.1.1 CT Electronics Cabinet

The cables that connect to the CT Electronics cabinet are Red Coded.
Table 10-1: CT Electronics Cabinet Cables
Cable Connector Part Number Destination Notes
120 VAC J4 226880 Gantry 1/2 Turn

Power Plug
Control J2 2266014 Gantry
HVDC Power A2-TS1 2267642 (CPDU) Gantry
2347513 (NGPDU)
HVAC Power A3-TB1 2267644 (CPDU) Gantry Axial Motor
2347514 (NGPDU) Power
Console J5 2266879 (CPDU) Console

Power 2347378 (NGPDU)
Interlock A4 Panel Room Door
See Note 1.
X-ray Lamp A4 Panel Lamp
Main Power Input Power See Note 2. Hospital Includes
Input Panel 0utlet Ground
Ground #1 A4 Panel 2275844 Ground Bar
System on Table
Ground Base
Note 1: See the appropriate manual below:

• LightSpeed 2.X Installation Manual, Direction 2243312-100 (for 4-slice SDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 3.X Installation Manual, Direction 2296439-100 (for 4 or 8-slice MDAS Systems)
• LightSpeed 4.X Installation Manual, Direction 2341957-100 (for 16-slice MDAS Systems)
Note 2: See Discovery LS Site Preparation Manual, Direction 2317947-100, Section 6.3.7.
Chapter 10 - Electrical Connections Page 263

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.2 PET Electronics Cabinet
Table 10-2: PET Electronics Cabinet Cables
Service Outlets CAB1 A3 46-311772P1 Gantry Includes

Power TS 8 Ground
PDB Power CAB1 A3 46-311772P1 OWS Includes

TS 2 Ground
Reddog HV CAB1 A3 46-311772P1 Gantry Includes

Power TS 3 Ground
Gantry and CAB1 A3 46-311772P1 Gantry Includes

Table Power TS 4 Ground
Main Power CAB1 A3 Hospital Includes

Input TS 11 Outlet Ground
AEDI Cables CAB1 A3 46-325061P1 Gantry 14 Identical

(X14) J1 - J14 Bulkhead Cables
Reddog Serial CAB1 A3 46-311629P1 Gantry 2 Cables

Cable (X2) J20, J21 Bulkhead
DAS Data (Fiber CAB1 A3 46-311920P1 Gantry

Optic Cable) J15 Bulkhead
LAN Cable (X2) CAB 1 A3 46-311844 Gantry Connection

J16 A37-1 J11 Per LAN
Diagram
SHARC-OWS CAB1 A3 46-311828G3 OWS

Cable J18
Magic-OWS CAB1 A3 46-311828G4 OWS

Cable J17
Page 264 Chapter 10 - Electrical Connections

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.3 Discovery LS Console
Table 10-3: Discovery LS Console Cables
SHARC-OWS Cable OWS1 A6 46-311828G3 Pet PDU

Serial 3
Magic-OWS Cable OWS1 A6 46-311828G4 Pet PDU

Serial 1
Serial Line RS232 OWS1 A6 46-311828G1 Gantry

Serial 2
PDB Power PDB 46-311772P1 PDU Includes

Ground
Console Power Power Panel 2266879 CPDU For H2 OC
2335376 For GOC1
2347378 NGPDU
Scan Interlock Console Back 2271060 Gantry

Bulkhead J20
DAS Data Console Back 2117848-2 Gantry

(Fiber-Optic) Bulkhead J52
LAN Cable Scan LAN 2266887 Gantry Per LAN

Transceiver Diagram
GND #2 Terminal Lug 2275844-2 GND Bar On

Table Base

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.4 Table Retractor Cables
10.1.4.1 Manual Table Retractor Cables
Table 10-4: Discovery LS Dynamic Table Cables (Manual Tables)
Cable Connector Part Number Destination
Table I/F J1 EXT Table Bulkhead 2295952 CT Gantry

J1 (Cable 2265881-2)

J2 (Cable 2265683)

J3 (Cable 2263663)

J4 (Cable 2265683)

J5 (Cable 2271059)

J9 (Cable 2265683)

J10 (Cable 2309061)
Ground Table Base ETC Backplane 2295969 CT Gantry Base
Ground ETC Back Table Base 2301800 Ground Bar on

Plane Table Base
Base Axis Motor R J11 2309058 CT Gantry

(Cable 2323720)
Clutch R J12 2309059 CT Gantry

(Cable 2323726)
Pedals L.S.R. J13 2309064 Spare Cable

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.4.2 Automated and Extended Table Retractor Cables
Table 10-5: Discovery LS Dynamic Table Cables (Automated & Extended Tables)

J1 (Cable 2265881-2)

J2 (Cable 2223729)

J3 (Cable 2263663)

J4 (Cable 2265683)

J5 (Cable 2271059)

J9 (Cable 2265683)

J10 (Cable 2265683)
Ground Table Base ETC Backplane 2295969 CT Gantry Base
Ground ETC Table Base 2301800 Ground Bar on

Backplane Table Base
Base Axis Motor R J11 2309058 CT Gantry

(Cable 2323720)
Clutch R J12 2309059 CT Gantry

(Cable 2323726)
Pedals L.S.R. J13 2309064 Spare Cable

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.5 Secondary Base Cables
10.1.5.1 Manual Table Secondary Base Cables
Table 10-6: Discovery LS Static Table Cables (Manual Tables)
KB Box Ground Ground Screw 2309245 Grounding Bar
KBPB Supply KB Box J1 2309061 Cables 2265683

and 2295961
Pedals LS + Clutch E KB Box J3 2309062 Cables 2309064

and 2309059
Remote Control KB Box J2 2309065 Operator Switch
Base Axis Motor M KB Box J4 2309067 Table Motor
Pedals L.S.I. Table 2309063 Pedal

Bulkhead J13 Mechanism
INTF SW and CL CONT I Table 2309066 ETC I/F J7

Bulkhead J12
CT-PET Positions ETC I/F J8 2318721 Pedal

Mechanism
10.1.5.2 Automated and Extended Table Secondary Base Cables

Table 10-7: Discovery LS Static Table Cables (Automated and Extended Tables)
Secondary Base (SB) Ground Screw 2340388 Grounding Bar

Connector Bracket
Ground
Base Pot P SB Connector 2323728 Potentiometer

Bracket J1
Base Pot E SB Connector 2323729 Table IF J2 Ext,

Bracket J1 2295961
Clutch Control C SB Connector 2323727 Clutch

Bracket J2
Clutch Control E SB Connector 2323726 Clutch R,

Bracket J2 2309059
Base Axis Motor M SB Connector 2323722 Table Motor

Bracket J3
Base Axis Motor E SB Connector 2323720 Base Axis Motor R,

Bracket J3 2309058

GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.6 CT Gantry Cables
The cables that connect to the CT Gantry are Blue Coded.
10.1.6.1 CT Gantry Cables – Manual Table
Table 10-8: CT Gantry Cables (Manual Tables)
Part
Cable Connector Destination Notes
Number
Scan Interlock J7 2271060 Console STC Backplane
Control J8 2266014 PDU STC Backplane
DAS Data Power Panel 2117848-2 Console J52 Fiber-Optic
High Voltage AC Power Panel 267644 CPDU
2347514 NGPDU
High Voltage DC Power Panel 2267642 CPDU
2347513 NGPDU
120 VAC Power Power Panel 2266880 CPDU J4 On Power Panel
2347377 NGPDU TS5
E-Stop/Sources CT 1000 J1 2295382 PET Gantry

CT-PET A37 J101
CT-PET LAN Power Panel J3 2295968 PET Gantry

A37 J102
Table I/F, From GAN to Table 2271059 To Cable

2271059 Retractor Side 2295959
Power 120 VAC From GAN to Table 2265683 To Cables

Retractor Side 2309061,
2295958,
2295960
Covers to ETC From GAN to Table 2263663 To Cable

Retractor Side 2295956
Tilt Limit Switch From GAN to Table 2268222 To Cable

LAN From GAN to Table 2265881-2 To Cable


GE HEALTHCARE
10.1.6.2 CT Gantry Cables – Automated and Extended Table
Table 10-9: CT Gantry Cables (Automated and Extended Tables)
Part
Cable Connector Destination Notes
Number
Scan Interlock J7 2271060 Console STC

Backplane
Control J8 2266014 PDU STC

Backplane
DAS Data Power Panel 2117848-2 Console J52 Fiber-Optic
High Voltage AC Power Panel 267644 CPDU
2347514 NGPDU
High Voltage DC Power Panel 2267642 CPDU
2347513 NGPDU
120 VAC Power Power Panel 2266880 CPDU J4 On Power

Panel
2347377 NGPDU TS5
E-Stop/Sources CT 1000 J1 2295382 PET Gantry

CT-PET A37 J101
CT-PET LAN Power Panel J3 2295968 PET Gantry

A37 J102
Table I/F, From GAN to Table 2271059 To Cable

2271059 Retractor Side 2295959
Power 120 VAC From GAN to Table 2265683 To Cables

Retractor Side 22295961,
2295958,
2295960
Covers to ETC From GAN to Table 2263663 To Cable

Tilt Limit Switch From GAN to Table 2268222 To Cable

LAN From GAN to Table 2265881-2 To Cable


GE HEALTHCARE
10.2 PET Gantry
Table 10-10: PET Gantry Cables
Part Number Part Number

Cable Connector Destination
(Tilt Version) (Non Tilt Version)
AEDI A37-1 J17 46-325061P1 2121185 PET PDU CAB1 A3 J7
REDDOG 0 A37-1 J16 46-311629P1 2121185 PET PDU CAB1 A3 J21

Serial Channel
Fiber-Optic A37-1 J15 46-311920P3 PET PDU CAB1 A3 J15
Gantry Serial A37-1 J13 46-311888 OWS-1
RHK Terminator A37-1 J12 2295966 A6 Serial 2
LAN A37-1 J11 2295968
LAN CT-PET A37-1 J102 2295968 CT Gantry Power Panel
E-Stop/Sources A37-1 J101 2295382 CT Gantry 1000 J1

CT-PET
Service Outlet A36-2 TS3 46-311772P2 PDU CAB1 A2 TS8
Table/Gantry A36-2 TS2 46-311772P2 PDU CAB1 A2 TS4
REDDOG/ A36-2 TS1 46-311772P2 PDU CAB1 A2 TS3

Detector HV
Ground CT-PET PET left 2295967 Ground Bar on Table

Leg M5 Base
Screw
AEDI A36-1 J1 46-325061P1 2121185 PDU CAB1 A3 J14
REDDOG A36-1 J8 46-311629P1 PDU CAB1 A3 J20

GE HEALTHCARE
10.3 Wiring Diagrams
10.3.1 Grounding Connections
10.3.1.1 Manual Table Grounding Connections
Table 10-11: Discovery LS Grounding Cables (Manual Tables)
No Part Number Gauge Description From To
1 Hospital See Power and Ground Hospital Mains PET PDU and CT PDU
Supplied Note 1.
2 46-311772 #10 Power and Ground PET PDU 3 cables to PET Gantry
(4 cables) 1 cable to PET PDB
3 46-327217P1 #1/0 Ground CT PDU Grounding Bar
2275844?
4 See Note 2. Ground CT Gantry Power Grounding Bar
Panel
5 2295967 #2 New Ground PET Gantry Left Leg Grounding Bar
Connection
6 2275584-2 #2 Ground CT Console Grounding Bar
7 2295969 #2 Robotic Cable Ground ETC Backplane Grounding Bar
8 2275844 #1 Ground CT Gantry Grounding Bar
9 2301800 #1 Robotic Cable Ground CT Gantry Table
10 2309245 #14 Ground KB Box Grounding Bar
11 2309058 Base Axis Motor M KB Box Table Motor
Note 1 - See Discovery LS Site Preparation Manual, Direction 2317947-100, Section 6.3.7.
Note 2 - See one of the following appropriate manuals:

GE HEALTHCARE
10.3.1.2 Automated and Extended Table Grounding Connections
• For automated table internal wiring diagrams, see 2338513SCH.
• For extended table internal wiring diagrams, see TBD Glen Schneider.
Table 10-12: Discovery LS Grounding Cables (Automated Tables)
No Part Number Gauge Description From To
1 Hospital See Power and Ground Hospital Mains PET PDU and CT PDU
Supplied Note 1.
2 46-311772 #10 Power and Ground PET PDU 3 cables to PET Gantry
(4 cables) 1 cable to PET PDB
3 46-327217P1 #1/0 GND CT PDU Grounding Bar
2275844?
4 See Note 2. GND CT Gantry Power Grounding Bar
Panel
5 2295967 #2 New GND Connection PET Gantry Left Leg Grounding Bar
6 2275584-2 #2 GND CT Console Grounding Bar
7 2295969 #2 Robotic Cable GND ETC Backplane Grounding Bar
8 2275844 #1 GND CT Gantry Grounding Bar
9 2301800 #1 Robotic Cable GND CT Gantry Table
10 2340388 #14 Ground SB Connector Bracket Grounding Bar
11 2323722 Base Axis Motor M SB Connector Bracket Table Motor
Note 1 - See Discovery LS Site Preparation Manual, Direction 2317947-100, Section 6.3.7.
Note 2 - See one of the following appropriate manuals:

Page 274
GE HEALTHCARE
PET PDU
PET Left n
CT GANTRY Leg FE
Retractor r k
TABLE
FE
FE Switch
ETC 12 Box PE
Motor
Backplane q
Grounding Retractor
p Power
Panel Hospital
Bar PET GANTRY Mains
11
s m j
Manual tables - KB Box o

Automated Tables - SB Connector Bracket PE
DRAGON AWS l
FE
(PET) (PET)
CONSOLE (CT) CT PDU
FE
*Functional Diagram Only Power Distribution Box
Figure 10-1: Discovery LS Grounding Connections (Manual and Automated Tables)

10.3.2
Detail A:
GE HEALTHCARE
Detail B: Gantry Power Pan Detail C: STC

H2 Console Back Bulkhead Backplane
Front View: Bulkhead Top View, including Bulkhead
J52 (HVDC omitted for clarity)
Mini 123 BNC (Mini BNC behind)

BNC
J19 J20 120VAC
LAN
(DAS behind) Power
SCIM Scan INTL
Axial Mtr 123 J7
Power J8
DAS (fiber)
1
2 Axial Mtr Pwr
Mini BNC LAN
Clamps HVDC Pwr BNC Clamp
CPDU
2266879 Console Power J5

Console
CT Cable Connections
Gantry
Power Panel SCIM Trackball
J7 STC J8 J2
Backplane Control 2266014
2271060 Scan INTL (Interlock) (Detail C)
J19 TS1-1
2117848-2 DAS Data (Fiber)
Bulkhead Power Ground
Pan HVDC Power TS2-1
(H2 OC) J20
Bulkhead † 2267642
(Detail A) 2266887 LAN
J52 (Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13 2
Table IF 2271059 - J17 STC Backplane
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
Transceiver 120 VAC 2265683 - Tilt Relay Bd J4 † Axial Mtr Power GND Lug
2275584-2 #2 Ground
2263663 J3 J9 2267644
DASM Option Tilt Limit Sw. 2268222 J2 Power
Host J1 Pan

Hospital Network LAN 2265881-2 †Shields grounded with
Computer J10 (Detail B)
clamp at gantry base.
Phone
Line J4
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2266880
braided gnd cable
KB Box
1/0 gnd
Keyboard
1/0 gnd System
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Console Monitors ETC Panel
Retractor
1/0 gnd
Table Motor
Scan Display J11 J12 J13
Vault
Secondary Base Ground
Braided GND cable
Figure 10-2: CT System with H2 Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables)

H2 Operator Console = P/N 2366862-2 CPDU = P/N 2269902
A detailed view of Discovery LS CT cables

is shown in Figure 10-5
Page 275
Page 276
GE HEALTHCARE
Front View: Bulkhead Top View, including Bulkhead Backplane

(HVDC omitted for clarity)
123 BNC (Mini BNC behind)
LAN 120VAC
(DAS behind) Power
Axial Mtr 123 J7

Power J8
SCSI Tower (GOC1) DAS (fiber)
1
Device 1 2 Axial Mtr Pwr
Mini BNC LAN
Device 2
CPDU

Console
Gantry
J7 STC J8 J2
Recon Box
(GOC1) J19
2117848-2 DAS Data (Fiber) TS1-1
Power Ground
J20 Pan HVDC Power TS2-1
J52 2266887 LAN
(Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13 2
Table IF 2271059 - J17 STC Backplane
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
2275584-2 #2 Ground
2263663 J3 J9 2267644
Host Hospital Network LAN 2265881-2 J1 Pan

†Shields grounded with
Phone
Line J4
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2266880
braided gnd cable
KB Box
1/0 gnd
Keyboard
1/0 gnd System
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Retractor
1/0 gnd
Table Motor
Vault
Braided GND cable
CPDU = P/N 2269902

GOC1 (Global Operator Console) = P/N 2341104-2 or 2341923-2
Figure 10-3: CT System with GOC1 & CPDU Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables)
GE HEALTHCARE

LAN 120VAC
(DAS behind) Power
Axial Mtr 123 J7

Power J8
SCSI Tower (GOC1)
DAS (fiber)
1
Mini BNC LAN
Device 2
NGPDU
Console 2347378 Console Power TS5

Gantry
J7 STC J8 J2
Recon Box
(GOC1) J19
Power Ground
J20 Pan HVDC Power TS2-3
J52 2266887 LAN
(Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13
Table IF 2271059 - J17 STC Backplane 2 TS3
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
2275584-2 #2 Ground
2263663 J3 J9 2347514
Host J1 Pan

Hospital Network LAN 2265881-2 †Shields grounded with
Phone
Line TS5
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2347377
braided gnd cable
KB Box
1/0 gnd
Keyboard
1/0 gnd System
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Retractor
1/0 gnd
Table Motor
Vault
Braided GND cable
NGPDU = P/N 2326492-2

Figure 10-4: CT System with GOC1 & NGPDU Interconnect Diagram (Manual Tables)
Page 277
Page 278
GE HEALTHCARE
Pedals LS + Clutch E 2309062
CT Gantry
Pedals L.S R 2309064 Terminator

Can Bus
Clutch R 2309059
2295965
To Cove
Base Axis Motor R 2309058 A1 I/F
Table IF 2271059 Table IF J5 EXT 2295959
STC Backplan
KBPB Supply 2309061 Table IF J9 EXT 2295960 J6
er
ow
P Table IF J10 EXT 2295961
Power 120 VAC 2265683
G
an
Plastic conduit Covers to ETC2263663 try Table IF J4 EXT 2295958
Ti
Tilt Limit Sw
2268222 lt
To Cover I/F
LAN2265881-2 Table IF J3 EXT 2295956

Source Indicators
To CT Front Cover
Table IF J2 EXT 2295953
Remote Control 2309065

KB Box GND 2309245
Retractor
J3 J1 J4 J3 J2 J1 GND Table Base 2295969
J4 J2
KB Box
J10 J9 J5

ETC Panel
2295381
LAN (DAS Behind)
To Power Panel
Base Axis Motor M

Table (Dynamic)J11J12J13
Grounding Bar
Table Motor
Secondary Base (Static)
Braided GND Cable
To Console 2275844 GND ETC Back Plane 2301800
Figure 10-5: Discovery LS CT Cables (Manual Tables)

EStop/Source
CT-PET 2295
LAN CT-PET GAN

2295968
2275967
To PET Gantry Chassis
2275844
To System Ground Bus on P
GE HEALTHCARE
Detail A: Detail B: Gantry Power Pan Detail C: STC

H2 Console Back Bulkhead Backplane
Front View: Bulkhead Top View, including Bulkhead
J52
Mini 123 BNC (Mini BNC behind)
BNC
J19 J20 120VAC
LAN
(DAS behind) Power
SCIM Scan INTL
Axial Mtr 123 J7
J8
Power
DAS (fiber)
1
2 Axial Mtr Pwr
Mini BNC LAN
CPDU

Console
Gantry
J7 STC J8 J2
J19 TS1-1
2117848-2 DAS Data (Fiber)
Power Ground
Bulkhead HVDC Power
(H2 OC) J20 Pan TS2-1
Bulkhead 2267642
(Detail A) 2266887 LAN *
J52 (Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13 2
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
Transceiver J4 * Axial Mtr Power GND Lug
227558
J3 J9 2267644
DASM Option J2 Power
Host J1 Pan * Shields grounded with

Hospital Network clamp at gantry base.
Phone
Line J4
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2266880
braided gnd cable
1/0 gnd
Keyboard 1/0 gnd System
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Console Monitors
Retractor
1/0 gnd
J11 J12 J13
Scan Display Vault
Braided GND cable
Figure 10-6: CT System with H2 Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables)

H2 Operator Console = P/N 2366862-2 CPDU = P/N 2269902
A detailed view of Discovery LS CT Automated

Table cables is shown in Figure 10-9
Page 279
Page 280
GE HEALTHCARE

LAN 120VAC
(DAS behind) Power
Axial Mtr 123 J7

Power J8
SCSI Tower (GOC1)
DAS (fiber)
1
Mini BNC LAN
Device 2 Clamps HVDC Pwr BNC Clamp
CPDU

Console
Gantry
J7 STC J8 J2
Recon Box
(GOC1) J19
Power Ground
J20
Bulkhead 2267642
J52 2266887 LAN *
(Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13 2
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
227558
J3 J9 2267644

Phone
Line J4
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2266880
braided gnd cable
1/0 gnd
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Console Monitors
Retractor
1/0 gnd
J11 J12 J13
Scan Display Vault
Braided GND cable
CPDU = P/N 2269902

Figure 10-7: CT System with GOC 1 & CPDU Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables)
GE HEALTHCARE

LAN 120VAC
(DAS behind) Power
Axial Mtr 123 J7

Power J8
SCSI Tower (GOC1) DAS (fiber)

1
Mini BNC LAN
Device 2 Clamps HVDC Pwr BNC Clamp
NGPDU
Console 2347378 Console Power TS5

Gantry
J7 STC J8 J2
Recon Box
(GOC1) J19
Power Ground
J20
Bulkhead 2347513
J52 2266887 LAN *
(Detail B) 1
J11 J12 J13 2 TS3
Scan LAN HVDC 3
J5
227558
J3 J9 2347514

Phone
Line TS5
120VAC Power
J1 J2 2347377
braided gnd cable
1/0 gnd
Table J9 J10
2275844 Ground
Bus
Console Monitors
Retractor
1/0 gnd
J11 J12 J13
Scan Display Vault
Braided GND cable
NGPDU = P/N 2326492-2

Figure 10-8: CT System with GOC1 & NGPDU Interconnect Diagram (Automated Tables)
Page 281
Page 282
GE HEALTHCARE
CT Gantry
Clutch Control E 2323726
Terminator
Pedals L.S R 2309064 (spare)
Can Bus
Clutch R 2309059
2295965
To Cove
2323720
STC Backpla
Base Axis Motor E

er Table IF J9 EXT 2295960 J6
ow
P
Power 120 VAC 2265683 Table IF J10 EXT 2295961
SB Connectors Bracket Plastic conduit G
an
Covers to ETC
2263663tr y Table IF J4 EXT 2295958
T
2268222
Tilt Limit Sw ilt
Base Pot P 2323728
J1
To Cover I/F
Clutch Control C 2323727 LAN 2265881-2 Table IF J3 EXT 2295956

Source Indicators
To CT Front Cover
J2
J3
Pot
Base Pot E 2323729 Table IF J2 EXT 2295953
Elevation Tilt
Table Ground Bar
Driver TABLE GND Table Base 2295969
J4 J3 J2 J1
AC Table IF J1 EXT 2295952
CDU Line
GND Filter
Clutch Driver
Power J10 J9 J5
2323722
2340388
Clutch DriverClutch Control I 2340390
Retractor
Base Axis Motor M

Clutch-Solenoid
2295381
LAN (DAS Behind)
SB Connector Bracket GND

CMD To Power Panel
Solenoid J11J12J13
ETC Panel
Table Motor Clutch

SECONDARY BASE Grounding Bar Braided GND Cable
GND ETC Back Plane 2301800

To Console 2275844
Figure 10-9: Discovery LS CT Cables (Automated Tables)

EStop/Sourc
CT-PET 229
Schematic Diagram Only
LAN CT-PET GAN

2295968
2275967
2275844
To System Ground Bus on
GE HEALTHCARE
10.3.3 PET Cable Connections
Figure 10-10 shows the PET system interconnections (excluding power). Power connections are
shown in Figure 10-11.
R
C TO
T RA
RE
7
5 96 8
29 96
2 5 82
T 2 29 53
E 9
-P AN 22
CT T G ET
P
ND - P E CT
-
G
CT es
N rc Y
LA ou NTR
To
/ S A
p G
to ET
G
S r
ro
E- P we l
un
Po ane
di
P
ng
Y
Ba
TR
r
N
GA
CT
Ethernet Cable 46-311844G2
Fiber-Optic Cable (Source Position) 46-311920P3

14 x AEDI Cables 46-325061P1 or 2121185
Serial Link Cables 46-311828
ELECTRONICS
CABINET
PET
COMPUTER
PET
TAPE
Ethernet Cable 46-3118442
Serial Link Cables 46-311828 G3 & G4
Figure 10-10: PET System Interconnections

GE HEALTHCARE
SCANNER ROOM
Label both
ends #1
Label both
ends #2
Y
TR
GAN
CT
Label both
ends #3
UP TO 100 ft
E
BL
TA
Power cable
for gantry
and table
Flexible conduit ELECTRONICS

and power cable CABINET
To scanner PDU
system PET
disconnect COMPUTER
MONITOR PET
TAPE
UP TO 100 ft
ELECTRONICS ROOM PDB CONTROL ROOM

Power cable
to PDB
Figure 10-11: PET System Power Interconnections

GE HEALTHCARE
10.4 E-Stop Wiring
Figure 10-12: PET E-Stop Wiring

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 10-13: CT E-Stop Wiring

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11 - Replacement Parts
11.1 PET Gantry
3
2 4
1
Figure 11-1: Gantry Rear View
Chapter 11 - Replacement Parts Page 287

GE HEALTHCARE
FRU
Item Part Number Description Quantity
Yes/No
1 2287062 Legs Cross Beam No 1
2 2290093 Bulkhead Bracket Left No 1
3 2290094 Bulkhead Bracket Power No 1
4 2290095 Bulkhead Bracket Data No 1
5 2296528 Static Retractor Bracket (not No 1

shown in illustration)
6 2296529 Inner Retractor Bracket No 1

(Not shown in illustration.)
7 2296530 Outer Retractor Bracket No 1

(Not shown in illustration.)
8 XW040440030 Bumper, OD40 Yes 2
Table 11-1: Gantry Parts
Page 288 Chapter 11 - Replacement Parts

GE HEALTHCARE
101
102
Figure 11-2: Base Plate and Rollers
FRU
Yes/No
9 2290246 High Load Rollers Assembly Yes 2
101 2285908 Linear Base Plate No 1
102 2287054 Rollers Base Plate No 1
Table 11-2: High-Load Roller Parts

GE HEALTHCARE
11
12
14 10
11
13
15
12 16
16
15
Figure 11-3: Linear Bearing Assembly and Adjusters

GE HEALTHCARE
FRU
Yes/No
10 2292298 Adjuster Spherical Washer D Yes 2

(Lower)
11 2287048 Adjuster Leveling Yes 4
12 2290076 Adjuster Lock Ring Yes 4
13 2292296 Adjuster Lock Washer Yes 4
14 2292302 Adjuster Spherical Washer C Yes 4

(Upper)
15 2290248 Linear Driving Assembly Yes 1
16 HG01041720E Linear Rail Yes 1
Table 11-3: Linear Bearing Assembly and Adjusters Parts
17
Figure 11-4: Positioning Pin
FRU
Yes/No
17 2287052 Positioning Pin, Short Yes 2
Table 11-4: Positioning Pin Part

GE HEALTHCARE
19
18
Clips
Legs Crossbeam
7 6
Figure 11-5: PET Gantry Retractor Assembly (Schematic Illustration Only)
FRU
Yes/No
18 HF00371251 Inner Cable Retractor Yes 1
19 HF00371251 Outer Cable Retractor Yes 1
6 2296529 Inner Retractor Bracket No 1
7 2296530 Outer Retractor Bracket No 1
Table 11-5: Gantry Retractor Parts

GE HEALTHCARE
FRU
Yes/No
20 2295381 E-Stop/Sources CT Cable Yes 1

(Not shown in Illustration.)
21 2295382 E-Stop/Sources CT-PET Cable Yes 1

22 2295383 E-Stop/Sources PET Cable Yes 1

23 2295965 CAN Bus Terminator Yes 1

24 2295966 RHK Terminator Yes 1

25 2295967 GND CT-PET Cable Yes 1

26 2295968 LAN CT-PET Cable Yes 1

26a 2316636 PET SVC door terminator No 1

Table 11-6: Cables and Terminators
FRU
Yes/No
27 2174128 SCSI Cable Yes 1

28 2197229-3 5 Port with Hub Fast Ethernet Yes 1

29 CP32003872A Video Connector Adapter Yes 1

30 CP32000002K Computer Switch Yes 1

31 CP32015156M Cable SVGA HD 15 - 6FT Yes 1

32 CP320040930 Cable Null Modem DB25 Yes 1

Table 11-7: Console

GE HEALTHCARE
11.2 Table
11.2.1 Secondary Base Covers
1
5
Figure 11-6: Secondary Base Covers
FRU
Yes/No
1 2309060 Top Cover, Secondary Base Yes 1
2 2309046 Back Cover, Secondary Base Yes 2
3 2309048 Rear Cover, Secondary Base Yes 1
4 2309045 Front Left Cover, Secondary Yes 1

Base
5 2309044 Front Right Cover, Secondary Yes 1

Base
Table 11-8: Secondary Base Covers Parts

GE HEALTHCARE
11.2.2 Secondary Base Components
Figure 11-7: Secondary Base Components (1)

GE HEALTHCARE
Clutch
Motor

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
0700

GE HEALTHCARE
FRU
Yes/No
0010 2304631 Pulley for Motor Yes 2

0060 2304646 Shaft 2 Yes 1
0070 2304647 Belt Base Yes 1
0080 2304652 Pulley Shaft 4 Yes 1
0090 2304654 Key, 3.2 x 3.2 mm Yes 2
0110 2304666 Pulley, Base Axis Yes 2
00170 2305660 Belt Shaft Yes 1
00180 2306555 Lock Ring Yes 4
00190 2306556 Adjuster Leveling Pad Yes 4
0200 2306557 Leveling Pad Yes 4
0150 2309028 Motor Coupling Yes 1
0160 2309029 Cam Rail, Secondary Base Yes 1
B010279211 Motor, Servo (Not shown.) Yes 1
DG00030428B Clutch, Torque 240 (Not shown.) Yes 1
2309065 Remote Control, Secondary Base Yes 1
(Not shown.)
2309062 Cable, Limit Switch and Clutch Yes 1
(Not shown.)
2199586 Position Limit Switch (Not shown.) Yes 4
0310 2325772 KB Box Assembly Yes 1
0370 2309898 Spring for Table Belt Yes 2
0680 2315204 Spacer for Roller Cover Yes 1
Table 11-9: Secondary Base Components

GE HEALTHCARE
FRU
Yes/No
0700 2329498 Pedal Pin Yes 1

0520 HB10011012F Bearing for Cam Followers Roller Yes 4
0530 HB201161902 Bearing Ball, Deep Groove 15 Yes 2
0540 HB201161903 Bearing Ball, Deep Groove 175 Yes 2
0350 HB70010300 Retaining Ring, Internal Yes 2
M
0360 HB70020150 Retaining Ring, External Yes 2
M
0660 HG00052505M Timing Belt Segment Yes 1
0670 HG000560018 Timing Belt, 5 mm Yes 3
0640 HG010424002 Linear Motion Bearing Assembly Yes 1
0500 XW040420015 Bumper Yes 1
HK000112520 Spring, Compression (Not Yes 1
shown.)
Table 11-9: Secondary Base Components

GE HEALTHCARE
11.2.3 Table Retractor Components
Figure 11-11: Table Retractor Components
FRU
Yes/No
0010 2309773 Retractor Cable Assembly – Yes 1

Internal, Table

Middle, Table

External, Table
Table 11-10: Table Retractor Components

GE HEALTHCARE
11.2.4 Secondary Base Cables
FRU
Yes/No
2309063 Pedals LS Cable No 1
2309066 Interface Switch and Clutch No 1

Control Cable
2318721 CT-PET Positions Cable No 1
2301800 Ground ETC Backplane Cable No 1
2295969 Ground Table Base Cable No 1
2309245 KB Box Ground No 1
2309061 KB Box Supply Cable No 1

GE HEALTHCARE
11.3 Covers
Figure 11-12 shows a general view of the Discovery LS set of covers.
Figure 11-12: Discovery LS Covers – General View

GE HEALTHCARE
11.3.1 Cover Sections and Components
The Discovery LS CT and PET gantry covers comprise the sections and additional components that
are shown in Figure 11-13, Figure 11-14, Figure 11-15, Figure 11-16, and Figure 11-17, and
detailed in Table 11-11 and Table 11-12.
13
10
3
14
7
4
8
5
1 6
Figure 11-13: Gantry Covers – Front/Side View

GE HEALTHCARE
10
12
Figure 11-14: Gantry Covers – Side View

GE HEALTHCARE
17 18
16
11 6
Figure 11-15: Front View Showing Control Keys, Front Display and Breathing Lights

GE HEALTHCARE
21 22
20
19
Figure 11-16: Left and Right E-Stop Buttons and Source Indicators
24
23
Figure 11-17: Rear E-Stop Button and Source Indicator

GE HEALTHCARE
Table 11-11: Discovery LS Gantry Cover Sections

No. Description of Cover Section Part Number
1 Front Cover 2309570
2 CT Top Cover 2309571
3 PET Top Cover 2309572
4 PET Right Side Cover 2309573
5 CT Right Side Cover 2309574
6 Bottom Right Side Cover 2309575
7 CT-PET Tunnel 2309576
8 Front Center Cover 2309577
9 CT Left Side Cover 2309578
10 PET Left Side Cover 2309579
11 Bottom Left Side Cover 2309580
12 Rear Bottom Cover 2309581
13 PET Left Rear Cover PET Advance Cover
14 PET Right Rear Cover PET Advance Cover
15 PET Cone Cover PET Advance Cover
Table 11-12: Additional Cover Components

No. Description of Additional Cover Components
16 Control Keys
17 Front Display
18 Breathing Lights
19 Right E-Stop Button
20 Right Source Indicator
21 Left E-Stop Button
22 Left Source Indicator
23 Rear E-Stop Button
24 Rear Source Indicator

GE HEALTHCARE
11.4 Brackets for the Covers - Required Parts
11.4.1 Brackets
No. Description Quantity Part Number Comment
13 Single Omega Bracket 12 GEMS 2316395DDW Embedded in cover.

14a Double Bracket 4 GEMS 2316396DDW
14b Double Bracket (Bumper) 2 GEMS 2320238DDW
15 PET Top Bracket 4 GEMS 2316397DDW
16 PET Side L Bracket 8 GEMS 2316398DDW
17 Ball-Stud Holder 8 GEMS 2316399DDW
18 PET Bracket Type A 2 GEMS 2316401DDW
19 PET Bracket Type B 2 GEMS 2316402DDW 1 each, left and right.
20 PET Bracket Type C 2 GEMS 2316414DDW
21 PET Bracket Type D 2 GEMS 2316415DDW
22 PET Bracket Type E 2 GEMS 2316417DDW
23 Side Bumper Back A 2 GEMS 2316418DDW
24 Side Bumper Back B 2 GEMS 2316419DDW
25 Side Bumper Front A 2 GEMS 2316421DDW Embedded in cover.
26a Side Bumper Front B 2 GEMS 2316422DDW Embedded in cover.
26b Side Bumper Front C 2 GEMS 2320243DDW Embedded in cover.
27 Back Bumper Support 2 GEMS 2316423DDW
28 Back Bumper Lock (A+B) 2 GEMS 2316424DDW 1 each, left and right.
28a Lock, Omega 6 GEMS 2320250DDW Embedded in cover.
29 PET Top Rear Support 1 GEMS 2316425DDW
29a PET Top Side Support 1 GEMS 2320251DDW
30 CT Top Center 1 GEMS 2316427DDW
31 CT Side Support 2 GEMS 2316428DDW
32 CT Side Lock Front 2 GEMS 2316429DDW Embedded in cover.
33 CT Side Lock Back 2 GEMS 2316430DDW
34a CT Side/Top A 2 GEMS 2316431DDW
34b CT Side/Top B 2 GEMS 2320255DDW
34c CT Side/Top C 2 GEMS 2320256DDW
34d CT Side/Top D 2 GEMS 2320257DDW
35 CT Top/Front 2 GEMS 2316432DDW Ball Studs (See 41, 42.)
36 PET Center Fan Base 1 GEMS 2316433DDW Embedded in cover.
37 PET Tube Interface 6 GEMS 2316434DDW
38 PET Side/Top Interface 6 GEMS 2320260DDW

GE HEALTHCARE
11.4.2 Accessories
No. Description Quantity Part Number Comment
39 Wire Mesh 1 Air vent covers.
40 SouthCo Lock 6
41 SouthCo Key 2
42 Ball Stud Clip 12
43 Ball Stud 12 GEMS 2320261DDW
44 SouthCo Draw Latch 4
11.5 Assembling the Covers

The assembly of the covers should be performed in the order detailed below. The numbers in
brackets refer to the No. column in Table 11-11 and Table 11-12. Assembly of the cover brackets
is described in the Discovery LS Installation Manual, Direction 2317946-100, Chapter 8.
To assemble the covers:
1.) Install the Front Display (17) and Breathing Lights (18) inside the front cover, and connect the
electrical harnesses to the display board.
2.) Install the Front Controls (16) in the front cover (left and right), by pressing them into position.
Connect the electric harnesses to the controls.
3.) Install the Front Cover (1). Cover should be positioned on the front brackets on both CT sides.
4.) Lock the cover using the four locking bars, rubber levers, and two lockers.
5.) Install the CT-PET Tunnel Cover (7). During initial installation, adjusting the screws in the
brackets should enable clearance of 3-5 mm between the bracket and the PET Gantry.
a.) Move the PET Gantry toward the CT.
b.) While rotating the CT rotor, verify that the clearance between the CT rotor and the tunnel
at the CT FOV is uniform (~10 mm).
c.) Adjust the tunnel as necessary to maintain a uniform clearance between the tunnel and
the CT rotor during rotation of the rotor.
d.) Tighten the screws with Loctite® (red).
6.) Install the PET Top Cover (3).
7.) Move the PET from the service position to its final position, and fix it to the locking brackets.
8.) Install the CT Top Cover (2) by connecting the front ball studs to the front cover, and the vent
holes to the supporting brackets.
9.) Install the PET Cone Cover (15). Adjust the cover to ensure uniform clearance around it.
10.) Install the PET Right Rear Cover (14).
11.) Install the PET Left Rear Cover (13).
12.) Adjust Covers (13 and 14) together with the Cone Cover to ensure a good fit between all three.
13.) Install the Bottom Right Side Cover (6) and Bottom Left Side Cover (11).
14.) Install the PET Left Side Cover (4) and PET Right Side Cover (10). Covers should be placed
on the top pins, and pressed to connect the ball studs.
15.) Install the CT Left Side Cover (9) and CT Right Side Cover (5). Covers should be placed on
the top pins on the front cover. Lock the covers with an Allen key (2 for each).
16.) Install the Rear Bottom Cover (12). Lock the using an Allen key.
17.) Install the Front Center Cover (8). Press the cover towards the front cover and ensure proper
fit between the covers (ball studs locked).
18.) Install the CT and PET scan windows.

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 12 - Troubleshooting
This chapter contains information that will help when troubleshooting the Discovery LS system and
comprises the following sections:
• 12.1 – System Software Operation Issues on page 311.
• 12.2 – Manual Table Operation Issues on page 316.
• 12.3 – Automated Table Operation Issues on page 322.
• 12.4 – Extended Cradle Table Operation Issues on page 330.
• 12.5 – CT-PET Communication Difficulties Due to NULL Modem Cable on page 338.
12.1 System Software Operation Issues

This section contains a list of problems that may be encountered during operation of the Discovery
LS system, suggests their likely causes and the action that can be taken to rectify the problem.
Problem Likely Cause Suggested Action
Landmark is lost after CT, Operator changed PET

just before PET. landmark abbreviation.
Did not move the table to Stop the acquisition, move table to PET position
PET position and started and restart PET acquisition.
PET acquisition.
CT study is not transferred Network problems. Verify that DICOM server is alive and that the
correctly/completely to DICOM server problems. connection to the Xeleris is alive (ping).
Xeleris. • From the Desktop, select [ImageWorks].
• From the pop-up menu, choose Network.
• Select Remote Host option.
• Select the desired Host from the list and
press [OK].
• From the Network menu, choose Ping
DICOM Host.
• If the connection is alive, a message
"<Hostname> DICOMHost Alive" displays.
• Open a winterm a type:
ps -ef ¦ grep -i dic [Enter]
• Search in the output for a line containing
DICOM. If the connection is alive, this
displays.
Send the data again. If the problem persists,
check the hardware and the network.
Chapter 12 - Troubleshooting Page 311

GE HEALTHCARE
PET study is not transferred Network problems. Verify that DICOM server is alive and that the
correctly/completely to DICOM server problems. connection to the Xeleris is alive (ping) as follows:
Xeleris. • From the Utilities menu, open an xterm a
type:
ps -ef ¦ grep -i dic [Enter]
• Search in the output for a line containing
Dicomserver. If the connection is alive, this
displays.
• In the xterm, type:
ping <Xeleris IP address> [Enter].
The output should be "<Xeleris IP address>
is alive"
Send the data again. If the problem persists,
check the hardware and the network.
There is no CTAC to CTAC server problem. If CT data is not on the PET, resend the data.
reconstruct PET with (no A/ Network problems. Next, run CTAC manually through CTAC GUI on
C possible). the CT data.
CT data does not arrive at One of the network Check the connection of the remote stations,
the PET station, and CTAC destinations of CT is down. manually clean the CT networking queue, and if
is not performed. network problem persists, exclude the
problematic destinations from the target
destinations list.
PET and CT images are System is misaligned. Run VQC procedure.

misaligned.
Cannot set the landmark. CT exam not ended. End CT exam by clicking [End Exam].
Cannot start a new CT Operator quit acquisition Reopen PET acquisition screen and exit using the
acquisition because end screen through the main Quit option inside the screen. This will enable End
exam is disabled. menu instead of through the Exam button.
acquisition screen menu.
Cannot set CT parameters A PET protocol is defined for Press PET protocol button and clear the protocol
for slice interval, recon pan, that CT scan. selection.
KV, because they are
disabled.
Table will not go down to the Table not in CT position. Move table to CT position.
loading position. Cradle not retracted. Retract cradle.
Keyboard does not respond, KVM switch fault. (See the Reset KVM switch by disconnecting all incoming
or gives wrong characters. Discovery LS Service connectors and reconnecting.
Manual, Direction 2307224-
100.)
Mouse does not respond. KVM switch fault (see Reset KVM switch as above.
Discovery LS Service
manual 2307224-100)
Page 312 Chapter 12 - Troubleshooting

GE HEALTHCARE
Cannot load study in Xeleris 1. CT and PET do not 1. Reselect the input or redo the acquisition.
PET-CT review protocol have the same
2. Reselect the input or redo the acquisition.
("Inconsistent data, sequence length.
Aborting”). 3. CT-PET or PET-CT should differ by less
2. CT and PET do not
than 2% from an integer.
start at the same table
position. 4. For both: CT should be integer multiple of
PET.
3. CT and PET do not
have the same pixel
size.
4. MatrixSizeY,
MatrixSizeY
Window level of MIP and There is a customized Set the Connect MIP Scaling option to Apply.
coronals in Xeleris are variable, named "Connect
linked; cannot adjust them MIP Scaling", which applies
independently. to all NM windows", which is
set to its default option "Do
not apply".
Pressing PET desktop Incorrect ‘hosts’ file Open an xTerm window on the PET and open the
button does not open PET definition. files: ~service/.rhosts and ~operator/.rhosts.
Advance display. Both files should contain the line: + ctuser. If
the line is missing, add it to each file.
When pressing Pet Incorrect NFS mount. 1. Open an xTerm window on the PET.
Protocol button on the CT 2. Login as root.
prescription view, a popup
3. Open the file: /etc/dfs/dfstab, and confirm it
window is displayed but no
contains the following line:
PET protocols are listed.
share –F nfs –o rw=edcat:gantry:…:CTHOST –d /
usr/PET (where CTHOST is sbcorig)
4. If the line is missing, add it. If it is different than
above, change it accordingly.
5. Save the file and exit.
6. Run the command: exportfs –a.
7. Open a winterm on the CT and login as root.
8. Run the command: mount -a.
CT and PET Image Sets in Hospital ID on the PET 1. Open an xTerm window on the PET and login
the PET DB are in different system is different from the as root.
exams. Hospital Name on the CT 2. Open the file: /usr/PET/systemConfig/pub/
system. suite.cfg, and look for the line which defines
hospital ID.
3. Open a winterm on the CT and login as root.
4. Run reconfig, press config button and find
Hospital Name definition.
5. If the PET hospital ID does not match the CT
hospital name, change one to match the other.

GE HEALTHCARE
CT host shutting down 1.Incompatability between Stop launching of CT application (there is the
automatically after bringing CT software to CT firmware. message before starting the application that gives
up the CT application. 2. Failure of one or more the possibility not to run the application).
electronic boards. Open a winterm and look at the file /usr/var/adm/
SYSLOG.
If CUP error displays at the end of the file ‘CUP
error’ that indicates a SW/FW mismatch or an
electronic board failure.
CT images do not get 1. Network failure. 1. ping petows

transferred to the PET even 2. DICOM server is down. 2. Open: /etc/hosts file on the CT system, and
though Auto-Transfer to confirm it contains the following line:
3. petows is not defined on
petows is set.
CT system. 192.9.220.31 petows
4. DICOM definition is 3. Follow the installation instructions to correctly
wrong. define DICOM. Set DICOM port to 4050 and AE
to PET host name (lower case).
Cannot transfer CT images 1. Network failure Follow the installation instructions to correctly
to Xeleris. 2. DICOM server is down. define DICOM.
3. Xeleris is not defined on Set DICOM port to 104 and AE to Xeleris host
CT system. name (upper case).
4. DICOM definition is For example: If Xeleris host name is EWS, then
wrong. AE should be EWS.
Cannot transfer PET images 1. Network failure. Follow the installation instructions to correctly
to Xeleris. 2. DICOM server is down. define DICOM.
3. Xeleris is not defined on Set DICOM port to 104 and AE to Xeleris host
CT system. name (upper case).
4. DICOM definition is For example: If Xeleris host name is "EWS", then
wrong. AE should be EWS.
Patient ID on the PET is 1. Patient ID on the CT was No recovery needed. All data (CT and PET) will
different than patient ID on set to more than 12 be stored in the same exam under the new PET
the CT. characters and was patient.
truncated to 12 characters
on the PET.
2. CT Patient ID already
exist in the PET database,
and was replaced by
<patientID>_x, for x =
1,2,3…
Prospective recon does not prm server is not running. 1. Open xterm window and login as root.
start. A message displays on 2. Type: /etc/rc3.d/S60pet stop.
the Acquisition screen:
3. Type: /etc/rc3.d/S60pet start.
"Unable to connect to prm
service, see error log."
CTAC processing is not ctac server is not running. 1. Open xterm window and login as root.
performed. 2. Type: /etc/rc3.d/S60pet stop.

GE HEALTHCARE
Reconstruction is not cjmMain server in not 1. Open xterm window and login as root.
performed. The following running. 2. Type: /etc/rc3.d/S60pet stop.
message displays:
"Notification: The compute
API failed to initialize.
Reconstruction cannot be
performed. See error log for
more details."
On the PET, when pressing SHARC disk is full. Remove raw data from the SHARC via the Delete
Accept Setup the following screen.
message displays:
“Insufficient file space. Scan
terminated.”
VQC does not find phantom Phantom not positioned in View the reconstructed images using the Display.
points. the FOV of CT and/or PET If all 5 points are not visible, the problem is with
gantries. the phantom position. Fit the phantom correctly
Image quality problem. according to the operator manual instruction.
If all 5 points are visible, the problem is a result of
poor image quality. Perform Blank Scan to check
image quality.
During the PET installation, CU connection problem. Close the current winterm. Open a new one and
after CU connection is type: cu petows [Enter] and continue with the
established and input is installation.
received, the winterm stops
receiving input.
After typing cu petows in Incorrect NULL modem Make sure that the NULL modem cable is
the winterm, the screen cable connection. properly connected. (See the Discovery LS
does not respond to Installation Manual 2317946-100, Section
input. 4.11.1.)
After pressing [PET Incorrect NULL modem Click the [Console] icon on the upper left of
Series] button for the first cable connection. the Scan Monitor.
time after shutdown or Look for PET error messages. If no PET
restart of the CT, the PET error messages are found, and a message
application does not with the following content exists:
open. Pinging the PET
Host also fails.
“Booting up the PET system, one moment
OR
please...
After pressing [PET]
Connected
Desktop button the first
Return from transmit after eof non - tty input
time after shutdown or
Disconnect”
restart of the CT, the PET
application does not
open. Pinging the PET Make sure that the NULL modem cable is
Host also fails. properly connected. (See the Discovery LS
Installation Manual 2317946-100, Section
4.11.1.)
If this problem persists, power the PET Host
Off and On again.

GE HEALTHCARE
12.2 Manual Table Operation Issues
LS Manual table, suggests their likely causes and the action that can be taken to rectify the problem.
A summary of the issues is presented in table and more detailed explanations are given in the
following sections.
CAUTION IN ALL THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE
SERVICE ENGINEER USES ONLY THE PROPER EQUIPMENT AND TAKES ALL THE
NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
Suggested Action/
Problem Likely Cause
Replace if Necessary
Clutch fails to engage/ • E-Stop circuitry activated. • Release E-Stop button.

disengage. • Faulty KBPB supply cable • Connect cable properly.
connection.
• Faulty clutch control signal • Connect cables properly.
cable connection.
• Faulty clutch power cable • Connect cable properly.
connection.
• Blown fuse in KB Box. • Replace fuse.
KB Box replacement may be

necessary. (More details in
Section 12.2.1.)
Base axis does not move. • Mechanical interference. • Remove mechanical interference.
• Malfunctioning locking • Repair malfunction.
mechanism.
• Faulty KBPB supply cable. • Reconnect/replace cable.
• Blown KB Box fuse. • Replace fuse.
KB Box replacement may be

necessary. (More details in
Section 12.2.2.)
Base axis moves • Faulty Remote Control cable • Replace remote control cable.
constantly. switch.
• Faulty KB Box. • Replace KB Box. (More details in
Section 12.2.3.)
Base axis moves in one • Faulty Remote Control cable • Replace remote control cable.
direction only. switch.
• Faulty KB Box. • Replace KB Box. (More details in
Section 12.2.4.)
Base axis does not stop at • Faulty pin locking mechanism. • Repair/replace pin locking
the limit switch and collides • Faulty connections of Position mechanism.
with mechanical stopper. cable. • Connect Position cable properly.
(More details in Section 12.2.5.)

GE HEALTHCARE
Suggested Action/
After base axis stops at • Faulty pin locking mechanism. • Repair/replace pin locking
limit switch, the workstation • Faulty connections of Position mechanism.
displays the message: Cable. • Connect Position cable properly.
Move table to CT position. (More details in Section 12.2.6.)
12.2.1 Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage

If the clutch fails to engage or disengage, perform the following checks:
1.) Check whether the E-Stop circuitry was activated. The red lamp on the gantry panel will be
blinking.
a.) E-Stop activation causes clutch to be disengaged. Release the E-Stop button.
b.) If problem persists, proceed to Step 2 below.
2.) Perform the following checks:
a.) Disconnect the KBPB Supply Cable, P/N2309061, from the J1 connector.
* Verify that the voltage between the input pins is 120 VAC.
* If 120 VAC is not present, check for proper connection of the other side of the cable
(between Cable P/N 2265683 [Power 120 VAC] and Cable
P/N 2295961 [Table I/F J10 EXT] shown in Figure 12-3).
b.) Verify proper connections along the complete path of the clutch control signal (Cable P/N
2309062 [KB Box J3 to Gantry], Cable P/N 2309059 [inside the retractor], and Cable P/N
2309066 to ETC Interface).
c.) Verify proper connection of Clutch Power Cable, P/N 2309067, to J4 on the Clutch/Motor.
d.) Check the 200 mA SB fuse on the KB Box chassis.
CAUTION DISCONNECT J1 POWER BEFORE CHECKING THE FUSE.

3.) If the problem persists, open the KB box cover by unfastening the five screws. Reconnect the
power cable to J1.
CAUTION DO NOT TOUCH DRIVER BOARD. HIGH VOLTAGE RISK.

4.) Verify that the SSR red LED toggles On and Off when the Cradle Release button is pressed
on the Control panel several times.
a.) If the LED toggles, disconnect the Clutch from the KB Box by disconnecting Cable P/N
2309067 at J4, and measure the voltage between Pins 5 and 6 on the KB Box side.
* This should change from 0 VDC to 130 VDC when the Cradle Release button is
pressed. If the voltage changes, replace the Clutch.
* If the voltage does not change, replace the KB Box.
b.) If the LED does not toggle On and Off when the Cradle Release button is pushed on the
Control panel, check the complete path between J3 on the KB Box and J7 on the ETC
Interface. (This path includes Cables, P/N 2309062, 2309059, and 2309066.)

GE HEALTHCARE
12.2.2 Base Axis Does Not Move
If the base axis does not move, perform the following checks:
1.) Check if a mechanical interference exists.
2.) Check if the locking mechanism is malfunctioning and causing the limit switch to remain
continuously pressed.
3.) Disconnect the KBPB Supply Cable, P/N 2309061, from J1 on the KB Box.
a.) Measure the voltage between pins on the cable. This should be 120 VAC.
b.) If not, check for proper connection of the other side of the cable (between Cable P/N
2265683 [Power 120 VAC] and Cable P/N 2295961 [Table I/F J10 EXT] shown in
Figure 12-3).
4.) Reconnect the cable.
5.) Check whether the clutch is engaged, i.e., the motor shaft is not rotating freely. If clutch is
disengaged, proceed to Section 12.2.1.
6.) Verify that the motor is energized.
a.) Disconnect Cable P/N 2309067, and measure the voltage between Pins J4-1 and J4-2 on
the KB Box side. The expected voltage should be between 10-20 VDC.
b.) If no power is received, power off the KB Box by disconnecting both J1 and J3 connectors.
Open the KB Box cover by loosening the five screws, and check the internal fuses on the
driver board (See Figure 12-1.)
CAUTION DO NOT POWER ON KB BOX WHEN CHECKING FUSES. HIGH VOLTAGE RISK.)
5 Amp SB 25 Amp SB
Figure 12-1: KB Box Driver Board Fuses

GE HEALTHCARE
12.2.3 Base Axis Moves Constantly
If the base axis moves constantly, take the following action:
1.) Disconnect the Remote Control Cable (2309065):
a.) If the base axis continues to move, replace the KB Box.
b.) If the base axis stops moving, check the Remote Control Cable, P/N 2309065, and verify
that the switch works correctly and is not stuck in one position.
Note: Before opening the Control Box, disconnect the KBPB supply cable from J1. Touching wires under
voltage might blow the KB Driver.
12.2.4 Base Axis Moves in One Direction Only

If the base axis only moves in one direction, perform the following checks:
1.) Check the Remote Control Cable, P/N 2309065, and verify that the switch works correctly and
is not stuck in one position.
2.) Disconnect the Remote Control Cable, P/N 2309065. If the base axis continues to move,
replace the KB Box.
12.2.5 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the Limit Switch and Collides with
Mechanical Stopper
If the base axis does not stop and collides with the mechanical stopper, perform the following
checks:
1.) Verify that the Pin Locking Mechanism works properly, and both limit switches are pressed at
CT and PET end.
Note: Do not touch the terminal lugs of the limit switches or short them to the chassis. Doing so could blow
the KB Driver.
2.) Open the ETC Cover and look at the I/F LEDs.
a.) Toggle the PET Position Limit Switch and verify that LED DS12 is blinking.
b.) Toggle the CT Position Limit Switch and verify that LED DS10 is blinking.
c.) If the LEDs are not blinking, check the connections of the Position Cable,
P/N 2318721.
12.2.6 Base Axis Stops at Limit Switch, But Workstation Displays Message:
Move Table to CT Position
If the base axis stops at the limit switch, but the workstation still displays the message: Move table
to CT position, perform the checks in Section 12.2.5, and verify that the Limit Switches work
properly.

GE HEALTHCARE
The base axis wiring connections referred to in the above sections are shown in
Figure 12-2 and Figure 12-3 below.
GE-2318721
J2 10 9 1 2
KBPB Driver 1 FWD (PET)
1
2 2
S4
3 3 REV (CT) etc i/f j8
S3
Remote Control Operator Switch
GE-2309065
S2 KB box harness
GE-2309068
S1 J3 J13 NO C NO C
1 1
1 1 1
I2 Pedals L.S R
2 2 2 2 GE-2309064 2 CT PET
I1 NC C NC C
clutch high 3 3 1 Pedals L.S I
P3 1 1 1 GE-2309066
clutch low 4 2 2 2 2
R2 = 3.8KOhm 4
Clutch R
P2 KB box harness
GE-2309059
R1 = 1.2KOhm
GE-2309068 Pedals L.S +
Clutch E
J12
P1 GE-2309062 1 1
2 2 11 12
F-
Base Axis Motor R
F+ GE-2309058
11 12
A2
Fuse INTF Sw and Cl Cont I etc i/f j7
GE-2309066
5A A1
1 1 KBPB Supply GE-2309061 1 2 3 4
Fuse L2 FROM
25A KB box harness 1 2 3 4
J10 CABLE
GE-2309068 2 TABLE I/F
L1 2
KB BOX GND
Fuse
200mA
J1 GE-2309245
GN
D
22
1 1
KB GND Screw
3 3
5 5
66
J4
120 HI
Clutch Motor
KB box harness
GE-2309068
3 SSR 1
Base Axis
KB box harness Motor M
GE-2309068 GE-2309067
4 2 Bridge
Neutral
Suppressor
Figure 12-2: Discovery LS - Base Axis Wiring Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE
Pedals LS + Clutch E 2309062

CT Gantry
Pedals L.S R 2309064 Terminator
Can Bus
Clutch R 2309059
2295965
To Cover
STC Backplane
KBPB Supply 2309061 Table IF J9 EXT 2295960 J6
er
w
Po
G
an
try
Plastic conduit 2263663
Covers to ETC Ti Table IF J4 EXT 2295958
lt
Tilt Limit Sw
2268222
To Cover I/F
LAN 2265881-2 Table IF J3 EXT 2295956

Source Indicators
To CT Front Cover
Remote Control 2309065

KB Box GND 2309245
Retractor
J3 J1 J4 J3 J2 J1 GND Table Base 2295969
J4 J2
KB Box
J10 J9 J5
ETC Panel
2295381
LAN (DAS Behind)
To Power Panel
Base Axis Motor M

Table (Dynamic) J11J12J13
Grounding Bar
Table Motor
Secondary Base (Static)
Braided GND Cable
Figure 12-3: Discovery LS CT Cables

To Console 2275844 GND ETC Back Plane 2301800
EStop/Sources
CT-PET 22953
LAN CT-PET GAN

2295968
2275967
2275844
To System Ground Bus on PDU
Page 321
GE HEALTHCARE
12.3 Automated Table Operation Issues
LS Automated table, suggests their likely causes, and the action that can be taken to rectify the
problem. A summary of the issues is presented in the table that follows, and more detailed
explanations are given in the sections that follow.
CAUTION IN ALL THE PROCEDURS DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE
SERVICE ENGINEER USES ONLY THE PROPER EQUIPMENT AND TAKES ALL THE
NECESSARY PRECAUTONS TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
Suggested Action/
Clutch fails to engage/ • E-Stop circuitry activated. • Release E-Stop button.

disengage. • Blown fuse in Clutch Driver Unit • Replace fuse. (CDU replacement
(CDU). may be necessary, see Section
12.2.1.)
• Faulty CDU supply cable • Connect cable properly.
connection.
• Faulty clutch control signal cable • Connect cables properly. (For
connection. flowchart see Figure 12-8.)
• Faulty clutch power cable
connection.
Base axis does not move. • Clutch not engaged. • Check CDU.
• Base stuck in CT position. • Check if Solenoid is stuck. (For
flowchart see Figure 12-10.
Base axis motion • Elevation Tilt Amplifier malfunction. • Refer to LightSpeed Service
malfunction. • E/T or ETC control loop of the Manual.
amplifier malfunction.
Base axis does not stop at • Faulty connections of Table Position • Connect Position cable properly.
the limit switch and collides cable. (More details in Section 12.2.5.)
with mechanical stopper.
Digits disappear from • Faulty Table Position Cable. • Repair/replace Table Position
Gantry Display. Cable.

If the clutch fails to engage or disengage, perform the following checks:
1.) Check whether the E-Stop circuitry was activated. The green LEDs on the gantry control
panels will be blinking.
a.) E-Stop activation causes clutch to be disengaged. Release the E-Stop button.
b.) If the problem persists, proceed to Step 2 below.

GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Perform the following checks:
a.) Check the 200 mA SB fuse on the Clutch Driver Unit.
CAUTION DISCONNECT J1 POWER BEFORE CHECKING THE FUSE.

b.) Disconnect the CDU Power Cable, P/N 2338088, from the J200 connector.
* Verify that the voltage between the input pins is 120 VAC.
* If 120 VAC is not present, check for proper connections of the other side of the cable
(two terminal lugs) to the Short Filter outputs.
c.) Verify proper connections along the complete path of the clutch control signal (Base CMD
Adapter 2340737, Clutch/Solenoid CMD 2338086 (J18 side).
d.) Verify proper connection of Clutch Power Cable, Clutch Control P/N I 2340390,
Clutch P/N R 2309059, Clutch Control P/N E 2323726, and Clutch Control P/N C 2323727.
3.) Open the Clutch Driver Unit.
CDU
Figure 12-4: Clutch Driver Unit (CDU)
4.) Verify that the SSR red LED toggles On and Off when the Cradle Release button is pressed
on the control panel several times.
a.) If the LED toggles, disconnect the Clutch Control Cable, P/N 2340390, from CDU J221,
and measure the voltage between Pins 1 and 4 on the CDU J221 connector side.
* This should change from 0 VDC to 130 VDC when the Cradle Release button is pushed.
* If the voltage changes, replace the Clutch. If the voltage does not change, replace the
CDU.
b.) If the LED does not toggle On and Off when the Cradle Release button is pushed on the
control panel, check Step 2c again.

GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Check the ETC Interface J7 (Pins 11 and 12). Verify that when the [Cradle Release] button is
pressed and released on the control panel, the voltage changes as follows:
• Button pressed: 24 VDC
• Button released: 0 VDC
Clutch fails to engage/

disengage
Replace the FUSE
Reset the E-STOP Is E-STOP circuitry

circuitry or press the yes activated or Cradle Release no
Cradle Release button button pressed?
yes
Check the FUSE F1 on the

no
Clutch Driver Unit, is it blown ?
Does the SSR LED(which is found on the SSR in the

Clutch Driver Unit) toggle on and off when you press the
no
Cradle Release button on the Control Panel several
times?
Measure the voltage on cable 2338086
J18 side, between pins 1 & 3. The
voltage should change from 0Vdc to
24Vdc when you press the Cradle
Release button.
yes
Does the voltage

yes change between 0 to
Perform a voltage measurement on 24 Vdc?
J221 between pins 1 & 4 (on the
Clutch Driver Unit).The voltage
should change from 0Vdc to 130Vdc
when you press the Cradle Release no
button. The malfanction is in the
SSR or the connection
between the SSR and Check the cables in the path from the
the J18 Connector ETC I/F J7 to the Clutch Driver Unit
including the ETC Card
Does the voltage PNs:
change between 0 to no 1. 2340737
130 Vdc? 2. 2338086
yes
Check all the cables in the path
including the Clutch.
The malfanction is in PNs:
the SSR or the 1. 2340390
connection between 2. 2309059
the SSR and the 3. 2323726
J221 Connector 4. 2323727
End of test
Figure 12-5: Troubleshooting for Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage (Automated Tables)

GE HEALTHCARE
For flowchart see Figure 12-10.
1.) Check if a mechanical interference exists.
2.) If the Table Base Axis does not move out of the CT position, check:
a.) If the solenoid of the Positioning Unit is faulty by pressing the PET Position Jog button on
the control panel, and
b.) Check if the Solenoid pulls the locking mechanism down, releasing the CT Position Latch.
* If the locking mechanism does not release from the CT Position latch, go to Number 3.)
on page 326.
* If the locking mechanism releases from the CT Position Latch, go to Number 4.) on page
327.
CT Position Latch
Locking Mechanism
Solenoid
Positioning Unit CT Position
Secondary Base
Figure 12-6: Solenoid, Locking Mechanism and CT Position Latch

GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Check the Solenoid Drive path. (See Figure 12-7.)
Base Drive Base Drive
Retractor
Base Bulkhead Bulkhead
Axis Base Axis Base Axis
Motor I Motor R Motor E Base Axis
J11 Motor M
To Elev/Base 2323724 2309058 2323720 J3 Motor
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2323722
Driver J5 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
3
3 GND
Clutch
Control I J12 gnd screw
2340390 1 1 1 1 1 1
to Base Clutch 2 2 2 2 2 2
Driver J221 Clutch R Clutch
Clutch 3 Clutch
2309059 Control C
Control E J2
2323727
2323726
To Gantry Table IF
15 J2 ext
2295953 to Table
7
Bulkhead J2 D-Type
Tilt Limit 8
9 pin Base Pot P
SW Base Pot E
2268222 J1 2323728
2323729 black 1 Gnd
1 3 Pot
red 2 2 Ref 1 fwd - CCW
white 3 3 Wipper 2 bck- CW
2.2uF
Clutch Control I SB connectors
2340390 Bracket GND
to GND 2340388
gnd screw
bar
1 4
to table 120VAC Clutch Driver Unit
J221 GND
Filter Short to Base GND
120VAC-H 1 2338084 bar
gnd screw
120VAC-N 2
Clutch Driver
Clutch Driver J200
Unit
Unit Power
2338088
J18 Clutch/Solenoid CMD

1 3 2338086
CT
1 65 9 Solenoid
J2
J2
J7 1 6 5 9 J1 J7
11
12 p/o Signal Harness
2271256
15
16
Base CMD Adapter
2340737
J8
9
ETC/IF 10
20Kohm Table Position NO
2338079 C
1
2 Positions
20Kohm Micro Switch
J4 J4
Base Drive
Enable To
2340386 Elevation/Base(Tilt)
9
2271251 ETC Amplifier
J24 J24
9
J24
Figure 12-7: Secondary Base Internal Wiring Diagram
a.) Disconnect the Clutch/Solenoid Command Cable, P/N 2338086, on the Solenoid side (two
terminal lugs).
b.) Measure the voltage between the terminal lugs, while pressing the [PET Position Jog]
button on the control panel. (The measurement should be 24 VDC.)
* If 24 VDC exists, check the Solenoid assembly connections. If necessary, replace the
Solenoid.

GE HEALTHCARE
* If 24 VDC does not exist, check the path of Cables: P/N 2338086, Clutch Solenoid
Command and P/N 2340737, Base Command Adapter between the ETC Interface and
the Solenoid.
c.) Replace the relevant part if found to be faulty.
* If no fault is found in the path, check that 24 VDC exists between Pins 15 and 16 on the
ETC Interface J7 when pressing the [PET Position Jog] button.
* If no voltage exists, check the ETC Interface and the ETC according to the relevant
schematics in the LightSpeed Service manuals.
4.) Check the Table Base (Elevation/Tilt) Amplifier.
a.) Check the Base Drive Enable cable, 2340386 continuity between Pin 9 on the ETC J4 side
and Pin 9 on the J24 cable side.
b.) Check the Table Base (Elevation/Tilt) Amplifier. (See the LightSpeed Service manuals).
5.) If the Table Motor is turning and the Drive Belt is not moving, perform the checks described in
Section 12.3.1.
Base Axis does not move

yes no
circuitry activated?
Does a mechanical interference exist?

Release the
Check the locking mechanism including the
mechanical yes
solenoid functionality, use the PET position Jog
interference
button on the Control Panel
no
Check:
1. The path from the ELEVATION/TILT(BASE Axis ) Amplifier to
the motor include the Amplifier itself
PNs:
1. 2323724
2. 2309058
3. 2323720
4. 2323722
End of test
Figure 12-8: Troubleshooting for Base Axis Movement (Automated Tables)

GE HEALTHCARE
12.3.3 Base Axis Movement Malfunction
If the base axis does not move properly, perform the following checks:
1.) Check for possible Elevation Tilt Amplifier malfunction. (See the LightSpeed Plus General
Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100.)
2.) Check for possible E/T or ETC control loop of amplifier malfunction. (See the LightSpeed Plus
General Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100.)
12.3.4 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the PET or CT Positions
If the base axis does not stop at the PET or CT position, perform the following checks:
Check the Table Position Cable, 2338079. Verify that there is 0 ohms between the J8 side (pins 1
and 2) and the relevant terminal on the Positions Microswitch side.
12.3.5 Digits Disappear from Gantry Display

If the digits disappear from the Gantry Display and only three small round LEDs remain, this
indicates an interference problem in the motion mechanism. Perform the following checks:
1.) Verify that no non-table related CT motion interference exists.
2.) Perform the following Base position checks:
a.) Locate the Table somewhere between the CT and PET positions, and verify that table
power is On.
b.) Disconnect Cable P/N 2338079 on the ETC Interface J8 side, and verify that the two
orange LEDs (DS10 and DS12) on the ETC Interface J8 side are On.
c.) Reconnect Cable P/N 2338079 on the ETC Interface J8 side, and verify that the two
orange LEDs (DS10 and DS12) on the ETC Interface J8 side are Off.
d.) If the LEDs do not turn Off, measure 20k ohm resistance between Pins 1, 2 and 9, 10 on
the cable connector.
3.) While toggling the Positions Microswitch, verify that the green LED (DS13) is blinking.

GE HEALTHCARE
CT Gantry
Clutch Control E 2323726
Terminator
Pedals L.S R 2309064 (spare)
Can Bus
Clutch R 2309059
2295965
To Cove
2323720
STC Backpla
Base Axis Motor E

er Table IF J9 EXT 2295960 J6
ow
P
SB Connectors Bracket Plastic conduit G
an
2263663
Covers to ETC tr y Table IF J4 EXT 2295958
Ti
2268222
Tilt Limit Sw lt
Base Pot P 2323728
J1
To Cover I/F
Clutch Control C 2323727 LAN 2265881-2 Table IF J3 EXT 2295956

Source Indicators
To CT Front Cover
J2
J3
Pot
Base Pot E 2323729 Table IF J2 EXT 2295953
Elevation Tilt
Table Ground Bar
Driver TABLE GND Table Base 2295969
J4 J3 J2 J1
AC Table IF J1 EXT 2295952
CDU Line
GND Filter
Clutch Driver
Power J10 J9 J5
2323722
2340388
shown in Figure 12-7 on page 326 and Figure 12-9.
Clutch DriverClutch Control I 2340390
Retractor
Base Axis Motor M

Clutch-Solenoid
2295381
LAN (DAS Behind)
SB Connector Bracket GND

CMD To Power Panel
Solenoid J11J12J13
ETC Panel
Table Motor Clutch

SECONDARY BASE Grounding Bar Braided GND Cable
GND ETC Back Plane 2301800

To Console 2275844
Figure 12-9: Discovery LS CT Cables (Automated Tables)

EStop/Sourc
CT-PET 2295
Schematic Diagram Only
LAN CT-PET GAN

2295968
2275967
The base axis wiring connections for the automated table referred to in the above sections are
2275844
To System Ground Bus on
Page 329
GE HEALTHCARE
12.4 Extended Cradle Table Operation Issues
LS Extended Cradle table, suggests their likely causes and the action that can be taken to rectify
the problem. A summary of the issues is presented in table and more detailed explanations are
given in the following sections.
CAUTION IN ALL PROCEDURES DESCRIVED IN THIS SECTION, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE SERVICE
ENGINEER USES ONLY THE PROPER EQUIPMENT AND TAKES ALL THE NECESSARY
PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
Suggested Action/
Clutch fails to engage/ • E-Stop circuitry activated. • See flow chart in Figure 12-10.
disengage. • Faulty CDU supply cable connection.
• Faulty clutch control signal cable
connection.
• Faulty clutch power cable connection.
• Malfunction in clutch.
Base axis does not move. • Clutch not engaged. • See flow chart in Figure 12-12.
• Base stuck in CT position.
Base axis motion malfunction. • Elevation Tilt Amplifier malfunction. • Refer to the LightSpeed Service
• E/T or ETC control loop of the Manual.
amplifier malfunction.
Base axis does not stop at • Faulty connections of Table Position • Connect Position cable
the limit switch and collides Cable. properly. (More details in
with mechanical stopper Section 12.2.5 on page 319.)
Digits disappear from Gantry • Faulty Table Position Cable. • Repair/replace Table Position
Display Cable.

GE HEALTHCARE
If the clutch fails to engage or disengage on an extended cradle table, perform the following checks:
Clutch fails to engage/

disengage
Reset the E-STOP

circuitry or press the
Cradle Release botton
Is E-STOP circuitry or Cradle

yes
Release botton activated ?
no
Does the SSR LED (which is found on the SSR in the

Upper Connectors Bracket) toggle on and off when you
press the Cradle Release button on the Control Panel no
several times?
yes
Measure the voltage on cable CAP J18

side, between pins 1 & 4. The voltage
Perform a voltage measurement on should change from 0Vdc to 24Vdc when
J221 between pins 1 & 4 (on the you press the Cradle Release button.
Upper Connectors Bracket).The
voltage should change from 0Vdc to
130Vdc when you press the Cradle
Release button.
The malfanction is in the

Does the voltage
SSR or the connection
yes change between 0 to
between the SSR and
24 Vdc?
the J18 Connector
Does the voltage
change between 0 to yes
130 Vdc?
no
no
Check the cables in the path from the
Check all the cables in the path ETC I/F J7 to the Upper Connectors
including the Clutch. Bracket including the ETC Card
The malfanction is in the SSR or PNs: PNs:
the Bridge or the connection 1. 2323725 1. CT Signal Harness J7&J9 to J18
between the SSR and the J221 2. 2309059
connector 3. 2323726
check PNs: 4. 2323727
1. 2326953
2. 2350128
End of test
Figure 12-10: Troubleshooting for Clutch Fails to Engage/Disengage

GE HEALTHCARE
Cradle Drive Unit
Figure 12-11: Cradle Drive Unit

GE HEALTHCARE
Base Axis does not move

circuitry or press the yes activated or Cradle Release no
Cradle Release button button pressed?
Does a mechanical interference exist?

Release the
Check the locking mechanism including the
mechanical yes
solenoid functionality, use the PET position Jog
interference
button on the Control Panel
no
Check:
1. The path from the ELEVATION/TILT(BASE Axis ) Amplifier to
the motor include the Amplifier itself
PNs:
1. 2323724
2. 2309058
3. 2323720
4. 2323722
End of test
Figure 12-12: Troubleshooting for Base Axis Does Not Move

GE HEALTHCARE
CT Position Latch
Locking Mechanism
Solenoid
Positioning Unit CT Position
Secondary Base
Figure 12-13: Solenoid, Locking Mechanism and CT Position Latch

GE HEALTHCARE
Table
Base Drive
Bulkhead
Retractor Bulkhead
Base Axis Base Axis Base Axis

Motor I Motor R Motor E Base Axis
2323724 J11 2309058 2323720 Motor M
J3 Motor
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2323722
To Elev/Base 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
Driver J5 3
3 GND
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
To Cradle
Sub Unit J221 3 Clutch
Clutch J12 Clutch Clutch
Clutch
J2 Control C
Control I Control R Control E 2323727
2323725 2309059 2323726
GND ??
Table IF J2 ext
To Gantry 15 2295953
7 to Table
D-Type Base Pot P
8
Retractor Bulkhead J2
9 pin 2323728
J1
black 1 1 Gnd 3
Tilt Limit SW Pot
red 2 2 Ref 1
2268222 fwd - CCW
white 3 3 Wipper 2 bck- CW
Base Pot E
2.2uF
2323729
D-Type
J8 9 pin
9
10 20Kohm
Table Position NO
2338079 C
1
2 20Kohm Positions
Micro Switch
J7
1
CT
2
Solenoid
part of
table signal
ETC/IF harness
2271256
J4 Base Drive J4
Enable
2340386
9
2271251 ETC
J24 J24
To
Elevation/Base(Tilt)
9 Amplifier
J24
Figure 12-14: Base Axis Schematics (Extended Cradle Table)

GE HEALTHCARE
Cradle Retractor 2326961 J240 Strain Rleaf Switch 2326959
NC C
J240 Collision sense
J230 J230 p/o Cradle SSR 2326962
release switch
Cradle
Bulkhead
J18 P18
Cradle Clutch HI (+24VDC) 1 1
3 SSR 1
Cradle Brake HI 2
Cradle Tach HI 3 3
ETC/IFJ7 Cradle Clutch LO 4 4
ETC J9 Cradle Brake Lo (PGND) 5
6
4 2
Cradle Tach Lo 6
p/o Cradle SSR 2326962
J190 J190
Tach High 1 1
GND 2 2 TACH MOTOR+GEAR CLUTCH
Tach Low 3 3
Cradle
Motor &
Tacho p/o Cradle Clutch
J5 Existing cable
2326956 2326954
From J21 J21
2 FWD
Cradle 1 1
BCKW 2
Amplfier 3 2
Cradle Bridge 2
Cradle Drive Unit 2350128
Power
2326958 Cradle Bridge 2
J200 J200 2350128
120VAC 120VAC-H 1 1
Input 2 2 AC-1 Bridge
Filter (short) 120VAC-N

Bridge Screw
Upper BR- BR+

Bracket
Table GND Cradle Drive Unit GND
Screw Cradle Bridge 1 AC-2
BAR GND 2326960 2326953
J220 J220
1 1 Supressor
2 2 p/o Cradle Clutch

2326954
4 4
J221 J221
To Table Bulk Head

Clutch Control I 2323725 J12
J16 J16 Cradle Encoder

1 CH A HIGH-WHITE 2326955
2 CH B HIGH-GREEN
J8 3 CH C HIGH-WHITE/BLACK
4 5V-RED
6
7
CH A LOW-BLUE
CH B LOW-ORNG ENCODER
8 CH C LOW-RED/BLACK
9 LGND BLACK FWD=CCW
ETC BWD=CW
J9 Cradle Pot
J17 J17 2326957 1 3
1 10V REF
2 AGND POT
4 POT WIPPER
FWD=CW
2 BWD=CCW
2.2uF
Out L.S
TS1
J7 EXT
10 2342037 N.C Fully Out
5
L.S
9 4 COM
ETC/IF
24 2 Home L.S COM Home
25 1 EXT N.O Interference
2342036
L.S
Figure 12-15: Cradle Axis Schematics (Extended Cradle Table)

GE HEALTHCARE
12.4.3 Base Axis Movement Malfunction
If the base axis does not move properly, perform the following checks:
1.) Check for possible Elevation Tilt Amplifier malfunction. (See the LightSpeed Plus General
Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100.)
2.) Check for possible E/T or ETC control loop of amplifier malfunction. (See the LightSpeed Plus
General Service Manual, Direction 2243314-100.)
12.4.4 Base Axis Does Not Stop at the PET or CT Positions
If the base axis does not stop at the PET or CT position:
1.) Check the Table Position Cable, P/N 2338079.
2.) Verify that there is 0 ohms between the J8 side (Pins 1 and 2) and the relevant terminal on the
Positions Microswitch side.
12.4.5 Digits Disappear from Gantry Display
If the digits disappear from the Gantry Display and only three small round LEDs remain, there is an
interference problem in the motion mechanism. Perform the following checks:
1.) Verify that no nontable-related CT motion interference exists.
2.) Perform the following Base position checks:
a.) Locate the Table somewhere between the CT and PET positions, and verify that table
power is On.
b.) Disconnect Cable P/N 2338079 on the ETC Interface J8 side, and verify that the two
orange LEDs (DS10 and DS12) on the ETC Interface J8 side are On.
c.) Reconnect Cable P/N 2338079 on the ETC Interface J8 side, and verify that the two
orange LEDs (DS10 and DS12) on the ETC Interface J8 side are Off.
d.) If the LEDs do not turn Off, measure 20k ohm resistance between Pins 1, 2 and 9, 10 on
the cable connector.
3.) While toggling the Positions Microswitch, verify that the green LED (DS13) is blinking.

GE HEALTHCARE
12.5 CT-PET Communication Difficulties Due to NULL Modem
Cable
Suggested Action/
After typing cu petows in the Incorrect NULL modem cable Make sure that the NULL modem cable is properly
winterm, the screen does not connection. connected. (See the Discovery LS Installation
respond to input. Manual 2317946-100, Section 4.11.1.)
After pressing [PET Series] Incorrect NULL modem cable Click the [Console] icon on the upper left of the
button for the first time after connection. Scan Monitor.
shutdown or restart of the CT, the Look for PET error messages. If no PET error
PET application does not open. messages are found, and a message with the
Pinging the PET Host also fails. following content exists:
OR
After pressing [PET] button on
“Booting up the PET system, one moment
the Desktop, or the first time after
please...
shutdown or restart of the CT, the
Connected
PET application does not open.
Return from transmit after eof non - tty input
Pinging the PET Host also fails.
Disconnect”
Make sure that the NULL modem cable is properly

connected. (See the Discovery LS Installation
Manual 2317946-100, Section 4.11.1.)

GE HEALTHCARE
Appendix A - Illustrated Parts Breakdown
A.1 System Drawings

Figure A-1: Discovery LS Gantry Assembly Drawing #1
Appendix A - Illustrated Parts Breakdown Page 339

GE HEALTHCARE
Figure A-2: Discovery LS Gantry Assembly Drawing #2
Figure A-3: Discovery LS Linear Bearing Assembly and Adjuster Assembly
Page 340 Appendix A - Illustrated Parts Breakdown

GE HEALTHCARE

GE HEALTHCARE
A.2 Part Lists
A.2.1 Gantry and Cables
Table A-1: Assembly 2283533 - DLS Gantry Mechanical Parts and Cables
Item Part Number Description

0080 2290802 RR Gantry SIMAT Kit
0050 2288866 Discovery LS Cables Collector
0010 2290244 Basis Casted Assembly
0020 2290245 Linear Bearing Assembly
0030 2290246 High Load Rollers Assembly
0040 2290247 Support Legs Assembly
0060 2290804 RR Gantry Mechanical Parts and Cables Packing
Collector
0070 HG01041720E Linear Motion, Rail L = 1,720 mm with two KUE45
blocks on one rail
A.2.2 Base Casting

Table A-2: Base Casting Assembly

0020 2285908 Linear Baseplate
0030 2287054 Rollers Basic Plate
0010 HD010000013 Anchor Hole, 18.0 x 115 mm M-1

GE HEALTHCARE
A.2.3 Legs
Table A-3: Assembly 2290247 - Discovery LS Support Legs Assembly

0010 2287048 Adjuster Leveling
0020 2287070 Support Leg Left
0030 2287071 Support Leg Right
0050 2290076 Adjuster Lock Ring
0060 2292296 Jack Lock Washer
0070 2292302 Jack Spherical Washer C
0120 2292951 Support Leg Shim
0110 HS004005010 Screw M-5, L = 10 mm Cap-Head
0140 HS004012120 Screw M-12, L = 120 mm Cap-Head Socket Stl, 12.9 Blk/Ox DIN-912
0150 HS004016060 Screw M-16, L = 60 mm Cap-Head Socket Stl, 12.9 Blk/Ox DIN-912
0160 HS004020070 Screw M-20, L = 70 mm Cap-Head Socket Stl, 12.9 Blk/Ox Din-912
0230 HW00081200M Washer M12, ID = 13, OD = 37, T = 3, DIN9021
0200 HW00091230M Plain Heavy Duty Washer M-12, OD = 30, T = 6, Stl/Zinc DIN7349
0190 HW00100005M Washer M-5, ID = 5.3, OD = 10
0170 HW00151200F Conical Seats M-12, Female Type D, DIN-6319/D
0180 HW00151200M Washer M-12, Spherical, Male Type C, DIN-6319/C
0240 HW00800050M Washer Lock Spring, M-5, OD = 8.8
0250 HW00800120M Washer Lock Spring M-12, OD=
0260 HW03110160M Washer Lock Spring # M16, W=5.6MM, T=3.5, DIN 127
0270 HW03110200M Washer Lock Spring # M20, W=6.7MM, T=4, DIN 127
0280 ZT83005136A Pull Action Toggle Clamp
A.2.4 Linear Bearings

Table A-4: Assembly 2290245 - Discovery LS Linear Bearing Assembly

0010 2287052 Positioning Pin Short
0040 2287058 Adjustable Baseplate
0050 2287061 Linear Guide Interface Plate
0120 2290077 Back Stopper

GE HEALTHCARE

0130 2292298 Jack Spherical Washer D
0020 2292854 Positioning Stopper 1
0030 2292855 Positioning Stopper 2
0210 HN001508000 Nut M-8 Hex, AF = 13 mm
0190 HS006716040 Screw M-16, L = 40 mm Hex-Head Stl, 10.9 Black/Ox DIN-933
0170 HW00091025M Plain Heavy Duty Washer M-10, OD = 25, T = 4 Stl/Zinc DIN7349
0180 HW00091640M Plain Heavy Duty Washer M-16, OD = 44, T = 6 Stl/Zinc DIN7349
0220 HW00100008M Washer M-8, ID = 8.4, OD = 16
0090 HW00100012M Washer M-12, ID = 13.0, OD = 24
0250 HW03110160M Washer Lock Spring # M16, W = 5.6 mm, T = 3.5, DIN 127
0100 XW040440030 Bumper, OD = 40, L = 30, STUD M8 L = 23

GE HEALTHCARE
A.2.5 Driving Mechanism
Table A-5: Assembly 2290248 - Discovery LS Driving Mechanism Assembly

0100 2294696 Tracking Trapezoidal Screw
0110 2294697 Tracking Trapezoidal Nut
0120 2294698 Tracking Bearing Basis
0130 2294699 Driving Nut Holder
0230 2299099 Nut Rotation Stopper
0210 2299163 Tracking Screw Support Flange
0220 2299164 Tracking Screw Support Bracket
0050 HB60000201U Ball Bearing Unit Pr. Steel Pillow
0060 HB60000206U Ball Bearing Unit Pr. Steel Pillow
0140 HB70020120M Retaining Ring External Shaft
0150 HB70020300M Retaining Ring External Shaft
0180 HW00100006M Washer M-6, ID = 6.4, OD=12
0040 HW00100008M Washer M-8, ID = 8.4, OD=16
0190 HW00100010M Washer M-10, ID = 10.5, OD=20
0200 HW03110100M Washer Lock Spring M10, W=

GE HEALTHCARE
A.2.6 Cabling
Table A-6: Assembly 2290249 - Discovery LS Cabling Assembly

0010 2287062 Legs Crossbeam
0040 2290093 Bulkhead Bracket Left
0050 2290094 Bulkhead Bracket Power
0060 2290095 Bulkhead Bracket Data
0020 2296528 Static Retractor Bracket
0030 2296529 Inner Retractor Bracket
0160 2296530 Outer Retractor Bracket
0190 HF00037125I Cable-Chain, 16 Links, Inner R
0200 HF000375200 Cable-Chain, 20 Links, Outer R, SR445075200A445075KM3
0210 HS006012040 Screw M-12, L = 40 mm Hex-Head
0220 HW00081200M Washer M12, ID = 13, OD = 37, T = 3, DIN9021
0100 HW00100005M Washer M-5, ID = 5.3, OD=10
0110 HW00100006M Washer M-6, ID = 6.4, OD = 12
0130 HW00800050M Washer Lock Spring M-5, OD=8.8
0170 XW025000201 Cable-Tie Mount, 14.9 x 9.5 x 9.9
0180 XW025000203 Cable-Tie Mount Screw, Hole No

GE HEALTHCARE
Appendix B - System Calibration Quick Guide
The table below contains a list of the calibration procedures necessary for the regular operation of
the Discovery LS PET-CT system. The PET calibration procedures are described in the PET
Advance Operator Manual, Direction 2280383-100. The calibrations should be performed in the
order presented in the table.
No. Calibration Type Frequency Duration
1 Reboot Daily 5 min.
2 Singles: Weekly 50 - 240 min.

Update Gain
• When performing position
(crystal map calibration).
• After detector or ACEM board
replacement.
3 Singles: • Every 3 months. 50 min.

Position
• After detector replacement.
4 Singles: • Every 3 months. 50 min.

Energy
• When performing position
(crystal map calibration).
5 CTC Weekly 10 - 15 min.
6 Blank Scan Daily 30 min.
7 Normalization Every 3 months 12, 18, or 24 hours

depending on
sources strength.
8 VQC Weekly during 4-8 weeks after initial 15 min.

installation, then monthly.
9 Well Counter Every 3 months. 1 - 2 hours

Calibration
10 Tube Warm-Up Daily 1 min.
11 Fast Cals Daily 30 min.

(Once every 3 months, a full
System call must be performed by a
Service Engineer.)
12 Clean Database Weekly 20 min.
Note: Well Counter Correction should be performed after running the VQC procedure.
Appendix B - System Calibration Quick Guide Page 347

GE HEALTHCARE
B.1 Daily Calibrations
The procedures in the following “quick guides” can be used as guidelines by experienced users.
They are intended for reference after the user has gained an understanding of the procedures from
reading the full descriptions in the Discovery LS Operator Guide.
System 1. Reboot Subsystems 5 minutes

CT 1. Service A message displays “Scan completed
2. System Resets successfully”. If this does not happen
3. Scan after two tries, call Service.
4. Run
PET 1. PET On each screen a message ending
2. Service “...completed normally” displays.
3. Terminal Interface Pkg Close each screen after message
4. Tip All displays.
5. Four screens open. In three of them If this does not happen after two tries,
(excluding Table), type Reboot [Enter].
call Service.
2. PET Blank Scan 5 minutes

1. Full QA If acquisition fails, a message displays
2. Blank Scan explaining the failure and giving instructions.
3. Acquisition (5 min. daily; 30 min. weekly) To view the error log:
4. Accept Setup 1. Utilities
5. Move to Scan 2. Error Log Viewer
6. Start Scan 3. Message Level = Programmer
4. Update Message
After acquisition, recon as sinogram: Wait until Recon starts. The selected data will
1. Screens display highlighted on the right during Recon,
2. Recon and the number of slices processed displays.
3. Next Recon
4. Select Blank Scan data by date and time.
5. OK
6. Output = Sinogram
7. Submit to Top
To view, select/type: View the sinogram and decide whether to use
1. Screens data from this acquisition. A good acquisition
2. Display usually produces a homogenous sinogram.
3. Mid Significant black stripes usually indicate an
4. 128 x 128 error in the acquisition or in one or more
5. Rows = 5 detectors. If these appear, call Service.
6. Columns = 7
7. OK
8. Load
10. Select the file needed and click OK.
Page 348 Appendix B - System Calibration Quick Guide

GE HEALTHCARE
3. Tube Warm-Up 1 Minute

1. Exam Rx Do Tube Warm-Up if no CT scans were done in
2. Daily Prep the last two hours. During activation, a message
3. Tube Warm-Up box displays in the upper right of the screen. In
4. Accept and Run Tube Warm-Up. addition, information about the process displays
5. Quit in the center of the screen.
4. Fast Cals (Always After Tube

6-30 Minutes
Warm-Up)
1. Exam Rx During calibration, a message box displays with
2. Daily Prep information about the process. If calibration stops
3. Fast Cals (rare), click [Resume] in the message box. If
4. OK calibration does not resume, call Service.
5. Quit

GE HEALTHCARE
B.2 Weekly Calibrations
System 1. Reboot Subsystems 5 Minutes
CT 1. Service A message displays “Scan completed
2. System Resets successfully”. If this does not happen after
3. Scan two tries, call Service.
4. Run
PET 1. PET On each screen a message ending
2. Service “...completed normally” displays. Close
3. Terminal Interface Pkg each screen after message displays.
4. Tip All If this does not happen after two tries, call
5. Four screens open. In three of Service.
them (excluding Table), type
Reboot [Enter].
2. Singles Update Gain 45 - 240 Minutes

1. PET Modules are calibrated in four groups (each group up to
2. Full QA six attempts).
3. Singles If calibration succeeds, a message displays “The fine
4. Singles task = Update gain gain calibration ... terminated by convergence.”
5. System will select (default) to calibrate modules If calibration fails, a message displays “The fine gain
0-55 (unless otherwise specified)
calibration ... terminated,” and the system will try to
6. Save Raw Data = No (unless specified
calibrate the next group. At the end of the process, try to
otherwise by Service).
7. Accept Setup repeat the calibration for problematic modules (reported in
8. OK the Error Log File). If calibration does not succeed after
9. OK two attempts, call Service.
To view progress in the error log viewer file, proceed
as follows:
1. Utilities
2. Error Log Viewer
3. Message Level = Programmer
4. Update
Singles Default Gain - 50 minutes (Used only to improve the current default) Under normal
circumstances, choose Singles Update Gain.)

GE HEALTHCARE
3. CTC 10 - 15 Minutes
1. PET To view the progress of the calibration in the
2. Full QA Error Log File, proceed as follows:
3. Coincidence Timing 1. Utilities
4. Acquisition 2. Error Log Viewer
5. Enter acquisition time = 5 min. 3. Message Level = Programmer
6. Accept Setup 4. Update
7. Start scan Error messages will also display in a message
8. Wait until acquisition is completed. box that opens during the process. In case of
9. Full QA failure, call Service.
10. Coincidence Timing
11. Processing
12. Select
13. Select acquisition data by date and time.
14. OK
15. Calculate
16. OK

GE HEALTHCARE
4. PET Blank Scan 30 Minutes

1. Full QA If acquisition fails, a message displays
2. Blank Scan explaining the failure and giving instructions.
3. Acquisition (5 min. daily – 30 min. weekly) To view the error log:
4. Accept Setup 1. Utilities
5. Move to Scan 2. Error Log Viewer
6. Start Scan 3. Message Level = Programmer
4. Update Message
After acquisition, recon as sinogram: Wait until Recon starts. The selected data will
1. Screens display highlighted on the right during Recon,
2. Recon and the number of slices processed displays.
3. Next Recon
5. OK
6. Output = Sinogram
7. Submit to Top
To view, select/type: View the sinogram and decide whether to use
1. Screens data from this acquisition. A good acquisition
2. Display usually produces a homogenous sinogram.
3. Mid Significant black stripes usually indicate an
4. 128 x 128 error in the acquisition or in one or more
5. Rows = 5 detectors. If these appear, call Service.
6. Columns = 7
7. OK
8. Load
10. Select the file needed and click OK.
At the end of the weekly blank scan, if good
sinograms are obtained and transmission
acquisitions are needed, it is recommended to
use the following process for correction:
1. Full QA
2. Blank Scan
3. Processing
4. Next Recon
5. Select Blank Scan data by date and time
and click OK.
6. Output = Correction
7. Submit to Top
5. Tube Warm- Up 1 Minute

1. Exam Rx Do Tube Warm-Up if no CT scans were done
2. Daily Prep in the last two hours. During activation, a
3. Tube Warm-Up message box displays in the upper right of the
4. Accept and Run Tube Warm-Up screen. In addition, information about the
5. Quit process displays in the center of the screen.

GE HEALTHCARE
6. Fast Cals (Always After Tube

30 Minutes
Warm-Up)
1. Exam Rx During calibration, a message box displays with
2. Daily Prep information about the process. If calibration stops
3. Fast Cals (rare), click [Resume] in the message box. If
4. OK calibration does not resume, call service.
5. Quit
7. Volumetric QC 20 Minutes
Position phantom: Wait until the system calculates the
1. Align L-R laser light alignment tables.
2. Align Up-down center line If the alignment results are outside
3. Align Start Acquisition line acceptable limits after software realignment,
CT Scan: try to repeat the VQC procedure making sure
1. Exam Rx that the table is in the correct position at
2. New Patient each stage.
3. Enter patient information, e.g. VQC_8_13_N1
Also, make sure that the phantom’s position
4. Click image below patient legs and select
has not changed its on the cradle, and make
Volumetric QC protocol.
5. Verify phantom is properly positioned and sure it is fastened down properly.
oriented and table is in CT position. If the specs are still outside limits after
6. Set <Start Landmark> on Start Acquisition repeating the procedure, call Service.
line of phantom. To view the error log:
7. Confirm 1. Utilities
PET Scan: 2. Error Log Viewer
1. Pet Series 3. Message Level = Programmer
2. Move table to PET position 4. Update Message
3. Accept Setup
4. Emission activity present = No
5. OK
6. <Move to Scan>
7. <Start Scan>
Recon:
1. Screens
2. Recon
3. Next Recon
4. Default Protocols = VQC Reconstruction
Protocol
5. Submit to Top
VQC Processing and Software Realignment:
1. PET
2. Full QA
3. Volumetric QC
4. Load
5. Select CT and PET slices that were acquired.
6. OK
7. Make sure Specs are within acceptable limits:
1.3 mm at center of FOV; 2.0 mm at 20 cm
from center of FOV.
8. If Specs are outside limits, click [Update CT
Recon Center] and [Update Plane Offset]
buttons.
9. Call Service if message displays “...Please
call service to perform mechanical
alignment.”
10. Close

GE HEALTHCARE
8. Clean Database 20 Minutes

CT Network Queue: This process deletes all data from memory
1. Image Works except for data from the last week. It is
2. Network recommended to back up all data before
3. Select Remote Host clean-up.
4. Ping Dicom Host If not able to perform a backup before
5. Queue
the clean-up, perform a partial clean-up
6. Network
by deleting all CT data entered in the
7. Delete old exams or images.
CT Recon Queue: PET database and for which records
1. Recon Management still exist in the CT database.
2. Restart Queue
CT Archive:
1. Image Works
2. Queue
3. Archive
4. Scroll through images.
5. Delete old exams or images.
PET Data:
1. Utilities
2. Delete
3. Type of Data = Patient
4. Sort by = Date-Time
5. Include = All
6. Select all patients except from the last week.
7. Select
8. Delete Selection.
9. Delete Items.

GE HEALTHCARE
B.3 Three Monthly Calibrations
No. Calibration Type Duration and Notes
1 Reboot 5 min.
2 Singles: 50 min.
Position (Also performed after detector replacement).
3 Singles: 50 -240 min.

Update Gain Always performed after Position (crystal map
calibration) and after detector or ACEM board
replacement.
4 Singles: 50 min.
Default Gain Used to change default. For normal use, Singles Update
gain is recommended.
5 Singles: 50 min.
Energy Always performed after Position (crystal map
calibration).
6 CTC 10 - 15 min.
7 Blank Scan 30 min.
8 Normalization 12, 18, or 24 hours depending on sources strength.
9 VQC 10 min.
Weekly for first month, and three per month thereafter.
10 Well Counter 1 - 2 hours

Calibration
11 Tube Warm-Up 1 min.
12 Full System Cal 30 min.
13 Clean Database 20 min.
Note: Well Counter correction should be performed after running the VQC procedure.

GE HEALTHCARE

(c) 2007, General Electric Company.
GE Medical Systems, a General Electric Company, going to market as GE Healthcare.
3000 N. Grandview Boulevard
Waukesha, Wisconsin 53188
USA
www.gehealthcare.com

Discovery Ls

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Discovery Ls

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE Healthcare

ADVARSEL • Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.

WAARSCHUWING • Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar.

Important Precautions Page 3

HOIATUS • Käesolev teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.

VAROITUS • Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.

ATTENTION • Ce manuel de service n'est disponible qu'en anglais.

WARNUNG • Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in Englischer Sprache.

ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ • Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται στα αγγλικά μόνο.

FIGYELMEZTETÉS • Ezen karbantartási kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.

Page 4 Important Precautions

AÐVÖRUN • Þessi þjónustuhandbók er eingöngu fáanleg á ensku.

AVVERTENZA • Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in inglese.

경고 • 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다 .

ĮSPĖJIMAS • Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra prieinamas tik anglų kalba.

Important Precautions Page 5

ADVARSEL • Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.

OSTRZEŻENIE • Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku

ATENÇÃO • Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.

ATENŢIE • Acest manual de service este disponibil numai în limba engleză.

ОСТОРОЖНО! • Данное руководство по обслуживанию предлагается только на

Page 6 Important Precautions

UPOZORNENIE • Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.

ATENCION • Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.

VARNING • Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.

DIKKAT • Bu servis kilavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.

Important Precautions Page 7

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

Page 8 Important Precautions

LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

ATTENTION Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a replacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Important Precautions Page 9

Page 10 Important Precautions

Revision Date Reason for Change

0 10/14/01 First release

Revision History Page 11

Revision Date Reason for Change

6 03/07/07 Changed "eNTEGRA" to "Xeleris".

Page 12 Revision History

2.2.2 Safety Awareness Indicators........................................................................................... 44

2.7.1.3 Circuit Breakers and Switches - CPDU............................................................ 63

3.3.1.3 PDU ................................................................................................................. 81

Page 16 Table of Contents

6.2.6.11 Install the Table Bulkhead (If Necessary) ...................................................... 143

6.2.10 Manual Table Wiring...................................................................................................... 213

Table of Contents Page 19

Page 20 Table of Contents

9.1.1.3 Lubrication Kit ................................................................................................ 260

11.2.4 Secondary Base Cables................................................................................................ 302

Page 22 Table of Contents

Table of Contents Page 23

Page 24 Table of Contents

Discovery LS System Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

DLS System Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

LIst of Figures Page 25

Service Desktop, Tools and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Page 26 List of Figures

List of Figures Page 27

Page 28 List of Figures

System QC, Calibration and Functional Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

List of Figures Page 29

Planned Maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263